Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F
¨	 	REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
OR
 
x	 	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
 
¨	 	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
OR
 
¨	 	SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
Date of event requiring this shell company report             
For the transition period from              to             
Commission file number 001-33725
Textainer Group Holdings Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
Bermuda
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Century House
16 Par-La-Ville Road
Hamilton HM 08
Bermuda
(Address of principal executive offices)
Ernest J. Furtado
Textainer Group Holdings Limited
c/o Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited
650 California Street, 16th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94108
(415) 434-0551
ejf@textainer.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Shares, $0.01 par value	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None	
(Title of Class)	
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None	
(Title of Class)	
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
47,604,740 Common Shares
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes    ¨    No  x
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes   ¨     No   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  ¨            Accelerated filer  x            Non-accelerated filer  ¨
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP  x    International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ¨    Other  ¨
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17   ¨     Item 18   ¨
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

Table of Contents
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	  	Page	
Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements; Cautionary Language	  	1	
PART I	  	 	
Item 1.        Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers	  	3	
Item 2.        Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable	  	3	
Item 3.        Key Information	  	3	
Item 4.        Information on the Company	  	28	
Item 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments	  	49	
Item 5.        Operating and Financial Review and Prospects	  	49	
Item 6.        Directors, Senior Management and Employees	  	68	
Item 7.        Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions	  	77	
Item 8.        Financial Information	  	81	
Item 9.        The Offer and Listing	  	83	
Item 10.      Additional Information	  	84	
Item 11.      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	  	93	
Item 12.      Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities	  	94	
PART II	  	 	
Item 13.      Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies	  	95	
 	 	 	
 	  	Page	
Item 14.       Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds	  	95	
Item 15.      Controls and Procedures	  	95	
Item 16.      [Reserved]	  	96	
Item 16A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert	  	96	
Item 16B.  Code of Ethics	  	96	
Item 16C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services	  	97	
Item 16D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees	  	97	
Item 16E.   Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers	  	97	
Item 16F.   Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant	  	97	
Item 16G.  Corporate Governance	  	97	
PART III	  	 	
Item 17.      Financial Statements	  	99	
Item 18.      Financial Statements	  	99	
Item 19.      Exhibits	  	100	
Signatures	  	103	

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, unless indicated otherwise, references to: (1) “Textainer,” “TGH,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Textainer Group Holdings Limited, the issuer of the publicly-traded common shares that has been registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and its subsidiaries; (2) “TEU” refers to a “Twenty-Foot Equivalent Unit,” which is a unit of measurement used in the container shipping industry to compare shipping containers of various lengths to a standard 20’ dry freight container, thus a 20’ container is one TEU and a 40’ container is two TEU; (3) “CEU” refers to a Cost Equivalent Unit, which is a unit of measurement based on the approximate cost of a container relative to the cost of a standard 20’ dry freight container, so the cost of a standard 20’ dry freight container is one CEU; the cost of a 40’ dry freight container is 1.6 CEU; and the cost of a 40’ high cube dry freight container (9’6” high) is 1.68 CEU; (4) “our owned fleet” means the containers we own; (5) “our managed fleet” means the containers we manage that are owned by other container investors; (6) “our fleet” and “our total fleet” mean our owned fleet plus our managed fleet plus any containers we lease from other lessors; (7) “container investors” means the owners of the containers in our managed fleet; and (8) “Trencor” refers to Trencor Ltd., a public South African container and logistics company, listed on the JSE Limited in Johannesburg, South Africa, which, together with certain of its subsidiaries, are the discretionary beneficiaries of a trust that indirectly owns a majority of our common shares (such interest, “beneficiary interest”). See Item 4. “Information on the Company” for an explanation of the relationship between Trencor and us.
Dollar amounts in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are expressed in thousands, unless otherwise indicated.

Table of Contents
INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS; CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE
This Annual Report on Form 20-F, including the sections entitled Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors,” and Item 5, “ Operating and Financial Review and Prospects ,” contains forward-looking statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not statements of historical facts and may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations or estimates of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar terminology. Although we do not make forward-looking statements unless we believe we have a reasonable basis for doing so, we cannot guarantee their accuracy, and actual results may differ materially from those we anticipated due to a number of uncertainties, many of which cannot be foreseen. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements for many reasons, including, among others, the risks we face that are described in the section entitled Item 3, “ Key Information—Risk Factors ” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to potential investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause actual events or results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in or implied by our forward-looking statements. The risk factors listed in Item 3, “ Key Information—Risk Factors ,” as well as any cautionary language in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Before you decide to buy, hold or sell our common shares, you should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in Item 3, “ Key Information—Risk Factors ” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F could negatively impact our business, cash flows, results of operations, financial condition and share price. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements regarding our present plans or expectations for fleet size, management contracts, container purchases, sources and availability of financing, and growth involve risks and uncertainties relative to return expectations and related allocation of resources, and changing economic or competitive conditions, as well as the negotiation of agreements with container investors, which could cause actual results to differ from present plans or expectations, and such differences could be material. Similarly, forward-looking statements regarding our present expectations for operating results and cash flow involve risks and uncertainties related to factors such as utilization rates, per diem rates, container prices, demand for containers by container shipping lines, supply and other factors discussed under Item 3, “ Key Information—Risk Factors ” or elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, which could also cause actual results to differ from present plans. Such differences could be material.
All future written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and we cannot predict those events or how they may affect us. We assume no obligation to, and do not plan to, update any forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F as a result of new information, future events or developments, except as required by federal securities laws. You should read this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the documents that we reference and have filed as exhibits with the understanding that we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements and that actual results may differ materially from what we expect.
Industry data and other statistical information used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are based on independent publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Some data are
also based on our good faith estimates, derived from our review of internal surveys and the independent sources listed above. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information.
 
1

Table of Contents
In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, unless otherwise specified, all monetary amounts are in U.S. dollars. To the extent that any monetary amounts are not denominated in U.S. dollars, they have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with our accounting policies as described in Item 18, “ Financial Statements ” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
 
2

Table of Contents
PART I
 
ITEM 1.	IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 2.	OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 3.	KEY INFORMATION	
 
A.	 	Selected Financial Data	
The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 18. “ Financial Statements ” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 are audited and have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2004 are unaudited and have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In the opinion of management, all unaudited selected financial data presented below under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” reflect all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of December 31, 2004. The data presented below under the heading “Other Financial and Operating Data” are not audited. Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts have been made in order to conform with the 2008 financial statement presentation. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected in future periods. You should read the selected consolidated financial data and operating data presented below in conjunction with Item 5, “ Operating and Financial Review and Prospects ” and with Item 18, “ Financial Statements ” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,	
 	 	2008	 	2007	 	2006	 	2005	 	2004	
 	 	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)	
Statement of Income Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Lease rental income	 	$	198,600	 	$	192,342	 	$	186,093	 	$	188,904	 	$	147,152	
Management fees	 	 	28,603	 	 	24,125	 	 	16,194	 	 	15,472	 	 	17,942	
Trading container sales proceeds	 	 	34,231	 	 	25,497	 	 	14,137	 	 	16,046	 	 	8,429	
Gain on sale of containers, net	 	 	15,647	 	 	13,544	 	 	9,558	 	 	10,456	 	 	4,275	
Incentive management fees and general partner distributions	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	2,874	 	 	1,579	
Other	 	 	—  	 	 	284	 	 	480	 	 	648	 	 	940	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	 	 	277,081	 	 	255,792	 	 	226,462	 	 	234,400	 	 	180,317	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Direct container expense	 	 	25,709	 	 	32,895	 	 	29,757	 	 	24,314	 	 	16,431	
Cost of trading containers sold	 	 	26,596	 	 	20,753	 	 	11,480	 	 	12,944	 	 	6,235	
Depreciation expense	 	 	48,900	 	 	48,757	 	 	54,330	 	 	60,792	 	 	48,321	
Amortization expense	 	 	6,979	 	 	3,677	 	 	1,023	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	
General and administrative expense	 	 	20,991	 	 	18,063	 	 	15,870	 	 	16,357	 	 	16,807	
Short-term incentive compensation expense	 	 	4,257	 	 	4,094	 	 	4,694	 	 	5,140	 	 	3,790	
Long-term incentive compensation expense	 	 	3,148	 	 	932	 	 	285	 	 	210	 	 	717	
Bad debt expense, net	 	 	3,663	 	 	1,133	 	 	664	 	 	91	 	 	868	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	140,243	 	 	130,304	 	 	118,103	 	 	119,848	 	 	93,169	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	 	 	136,838	 	 	125,488	 	 	108,359	 	 	114,552	 	 	87,148	

3

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	 	2005	 	 	2004	 	
 	 	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	 	(26,227	)	 	 	(37,094	)	 	 	(33,083	)	 	 	(27,491	)	 	 	(13,434	)	
Interest income	 	 	1,482	 	 	 	3,422	 	 	 	2,286	 	 	 	1,086	 	 	 	399	 	
Realized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps and caps, net	 	 	(5,986	)	 	 	3,204	 	 	 	2,848	 	 	 	(4,153	)	 	 	(9,905	)	
Unrealized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps, net	 	 	(15,105	)	 	 	(8,274	)	 	 	(574	)	 	 	8,688	 	 	 	9,016	 	
Gain on lost military containers, net	 	 	2,252	 	 	 	4,639	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	
Other, net	 	 	(203	)	 	 	56	 	 	 	243	 	 	 	(2,648	)	 	 	(237	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net other expense	 	 	(43,787	)	 	 	(34,047	)	 	 	(28,280	)	 	 	(24,518	)	 	 	(14,161	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income tax and minority interest	 	 	93,051	 	 	 	91,441	 	 	 	80,079	 	 	 	90,034	 	 	 	72,987	 	
Income tax benefit (expense)	 	 	871	 	 	 	(6,847	)	 	 	(4,299	)	 	 	(4,662	)	 	 	(4,011	)	
Minority interest expense	 	 	(8,681	)	 	 	(16,926	)	 	 	(19,499	)	 	 	(22,393	)	 	 	(15,382	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	85,241	 	 	$	67,668	 	 	$	56,281	 	 	$	62,979	 	 	$	53,594	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	1.79	 	 	$	1.66	 	 	$	1.47	 	 	$	1.65	 	 	$	1.41	 	
Diluted	 	$	1.78	 	 	$	1.66	 	 	$	1.46	 	 	$	1.63	 	 	$	1.39	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	47,605	 	 	 	40,800	 	 	 	38,186	 	 	 	38,142	 	 	 	38,022	 	
Diluted	 	 	47,827	 	 	 	40,841	 	 	 	38,488	 	 	 	38,598	 	 	 	38,490	 	
Cash dividends declared per common share	 	$	0.89	 	 	$	1.14	 	 	$	0.71	 	 	$	0.70	 	 	$	0.55	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other Financial and Operating Data (unaudited):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA(1)	 	$	177,746	 	 	$	154,022	 	 	$	132,357	 	 	$	144,060	 	 	$	116,501	 	
Purchase of containers and fixed assets	 	$	320,218	 	 	$	207,171	 	 	$	104,818	 	 	$	158,193	 	 	$	194,634	 	
Utilization rate(2):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Former Computation	 	 	93.84	%	 	 	91.50	%	 	 	91.10	%	 	 	91.90	%	 	 	93.20	%	
New Computation	 	 	94.80	%	 	 	93.90	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fleet in TEU (as of the end of the period)	 	 	2,043,778	 	 	 	2,039,759	 	 	 	1,527,814	 	 	 	1,183,332	 	 	 	1,157,063	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Unaudited)	 	
Balance Sheet Data (as of the end of the period):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	71,490	 	 	$	69,447	 	 	$	41,163	 	 	$	42,231	 	 	$	28,354	 	
Containers, net	 	 	999,411	 	 	 	856,874	 	 	 	763,612	 	 	 	722,611	 	 	 	748,604	 	
Net investment in direct finance leases	 	 	91,719	 	 	 	57,191	 	 	 	42,222	 	 	 	33,011	 	 	 	5,742	 	
Total assets	 	 	1,303,767	 	 	 	1,128,346	 	 	 	947,267	 	 	 	870,765	 	 	 	846,579	 	
Long-term debt (including current portion)	 	 	724,643	 	 	 	581,414	 	 	 	541,167	 	 	 	546,167	 	 	 	503,469	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	795,760	 	 	 	674,513	 	 	 	620,051	 	 	 	592,791	 	 	 	627,813	 	
Minority interest	 	 	58,398	 	 	 	49,717	 	 	 	85,922	 	 	 	66,423	 	 	 	44,029	 	
Total shareholders’ equity	 	 	449,609	 	 	 	404,116	 	 	 	241,294	 	 	 	211,551	 	 	 	174,737	 	
 
(1)	 	EBITDA (defined as net income, before interest income and interest expense, realized and unrealized (gains) losses on interest rate swaps and caps, net, income tax (benefit) expense, minority interest expense and depreciation and amortization expense) is not a financial measure calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, income from operations or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. EBITDA is presented solely as a supplemental disclosure because management believes that it may be a useful performance measure that is widely used within our industry. EBITDA is not calculated in the same manner by all companies and, accordingly, may not be an appropriate measure for comparison. We believe EBITDA provides useful information on our earnings from ongoing operations, our ability to service our long-term debt and other fixed obligations, and our ability to fund our expected growth with internally generated funds. EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results or cash flows as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:	
 
 	•	 	EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;	
 
4

Table of Contents
 	•	 	EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;	
 
 	•	 	EBITDA does not reflect interest expense or cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;	
 
 	•	 	although depreciation is a non-cash charge, the assets being depreciated may be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;	
 
 	•	 	EBITDA is not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows; and	
 
 	•	 	other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.	
The following is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA:

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	 	2005	 	 	2004	 	
 	  	(Dollars in thousands)	 	
 	  	(Unaudited)	 	
Reconciliation of EBITDA:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	85,241	 	 	$	67,668	 	 	$	56,281	 	 	$	62,979	 	 	$	53,594	 	
Adjustments:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest income	  	 	(1,482	)	 	 	(3,422	)	 	 	(2,286	)	 	 	(1,086	)	 	 	(399	)	
Interest expense	  	 	26,227	 	 	 	37,094	 	 	 	33,083	 	 	 	27,491	 	 	 	13,434	 	
Realized (gains) losses on interest rate swaps and caps, net	  	 	5,986	 	 	 	(3,204	)	 	 	(2,848	)	 	 	4,153	 	 	 	9,905	 	
Unrealized (gains) losses on interest rate swaps, net	  	 	15,105	 	 	 	8,274	 	 	 	574	 	 	 	(8,688	)	 	 	(9,016	)	
Income tax (benefit) expense	  	 	(871	)	 	 	6,847	 	 	 	4,299	 	 	 	4,662	 	 	 	4,011	 	
Minority interest expense	  	 	8,681	 	 	 	16,926	 	 	 	19,499	 	 	 	22,393	 	 	 	15,382	 	
Depreciation expense	  	 	48,900	 	 	 	48,757	 	 	 	54,330	 	 	 	60,792	 	 	 	48,321	 	
Amortization expense	  	 	6,979	 	 	 	3,677	 	 	 	1,023	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	
Impact of reconciling items on minority interest expense	  	 	(17,020	)	 	 	(28,595	)	 	 	(31,598	)	 	 	(28,636	)	 	 	(18,731	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	  	$	177,746	 	 	$	154,022	 	 	$	132,357	 	 	$	144,060	 	 	$	116,501	 	

(2)	 	We measure the utilization rate on the basis of containers on lease, using the actual number of days on hire, expressed as a percentage of containers available for lease, using the actual days available for lease. Prior to fiscal year 2007, we calculated containers available for lease to include all containers in our fleet (“Former Computation”). Utilization rate figures above for periods prior to 2007 are calculated in the latter manner. Starting in fiscal year 2007, to conform to the method used by most of our competitors, we began calculating containers available for lease by excluding containers that have been manufactured for us but have not been delivered yet to a lessee and containers designated as held-for-sale units (“New Computation”).	
 
B.	 	Capitalization and Indebtedness	
Not applicable.
 
C.	 	Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds	
Not applicable.
 
5

Table of Contents
D.	 	Risk Factors	
An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto, before you decide to buy, hold or sell our common shares. Any of the risk factors we describe below could adversely affect our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition. The market price of our common shares could decline and you may lose some or all of your investment if one or more of these risks and uncertainties develop into actual events. The following risk factors restate and supersede the risk factors previously disclosed in our Reports on Form 6-Ks for the quarters ended September 30, 2008 and March 31, 2008 and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on November 10, 2008 and May 14, 2008, respectively.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
The continued downturn and other adverse developments in the global economy, including the global financial crisis that accelerated and the global recession that deepened during the last half of fiscal year 2008, may materially and negatively impact our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and future prospects.
During the second half of fiscal year 2008, the global financial crisis, particularly affecting the credit markets as well as equity markets, accelerated and the global recession deepened. Economic forecasts indicate that the global economy will be exceptionally weak in 2009. Global containerized cargo volume contracted on some trade routes in the fourth quarter of 2008. A number of forecasters are projecting that global containerized cargo volumes may contract in 2009. Though we cannot predict the extent, timing or ramifications of the global financial crisis and the global recession, we believe that the current downturn in the world’s major economies and the constraints in the credit markets have heightened or could heighten a number of material risks to our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, as well as our future prospects, including the following:
 
 	•	 	Containerized cargo volume growth—A contraction or slowdown in containerized cargo volume growth or negative containerized cargo volume growth would likely create a surplus of containers, lower utilization, higher direct costs, weaker shipping lines going out of business, pressure us to offer lease concessions and lead to a reduction in the size of our customers’ container fleets.	
 
 	•	 	Credit availability and access to equity markets—Continued issues involving liquidity and capital adequacy affecting lenders could affect our ability to fully access our credit facilities or obtain additional debt and could affect the ability of our lenders to meet their funding requirements when we need to borrow. Further, the high level of volatility in the equity markets and the recent decline in our stock price may make it difficult for us to access the equity markets for additional capital at attractive prices, if at all. If we are unable to obtain credit or access the capital markets, our business could be negatively impacted.	
 
 	•	 	Credit availability to our customers—We believe that many of our customers are reliant on liquidity from global credit markets and, in some cases, require external financing to fund their operations. As a consequence, if our customers lack liquidity, it would likely negatively impact their ability to pay amounts due to us.	
Many of these and other factors affecting the container industry are inherently unpredictable and beyond our control.
The demand for leased containers depends on many political and economic factors beyond our control.
Substantially all of our revenue comes from activities related to the leasing, managing and selling of containers. Our ability to continue successfully leasing containers to container shipping lines, earning management fees on leased containers and sourcing capital required to purchase containers depends, in part, upon the continued demand for leased containers.
 
6

Table of Contents
Demand for containers depends largely on the rate of world trade and economic growth, with worldwide consumer demand being the most critical factor affecting this growth. Demand for leased containers is also driven by our customers’ “lease vs. buy” decisions. Economic downturns in the U.S., Europe, Asia and countries with consumer-oriented economies could result in a reduction in world trade volume and demand by container shipping lines for leased containers. Thus, a decrease in the volume of world trade may adversely affect our utilization and per diem rates and lead to reduced revenue and increased operating expenses (such as storage and repositioning costs), and have an adverse effect on our financial performance. We cannot predict whether, or when, such downturns will occur. During the second half of fiscal year 2008, the global financial crisis accelerated and the global recession deepened, and global containerized cargo volume contracted on some trade routes in the fourth quarter of 2008. Many of our customers reported slower growth in cargo bookings during fiscal year 2008 compared to fiscal year 2007, which was affected by the following factors, among others: (i) a slowdown in the U.S. economy resulted in less import and export growth in the U.S.; (ii) a stronger Chinese Yuan affected cargo growth; (iii) severe snowstorms in China reduced exports; (iv) some factories in southern China closed due to new labor laws in China making them less competitive; and (v) reductions in export tax credits. A number of forecasters are projecting that global containerized cargo volumes may shrink in 2009. Weak or negative global containerized cargo volume growth in 2009 would likely lead to a decrease in demand for leased containers, utilization and per diem rates, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, as well as our future prospects.
Other general factors affecting demand for leased containers, utilization and per diem rates include the following:
 
 	•	 	prices of new and used containers;	
 
 	•	 	economic conditions, competitive pressures and consolidation in the container shipping industry;	
 
 	•	 	shifting trends and patterns of cargo traffic;	
 
 	•	 	fluctuations in demand for containerable goods outside their area of production;	
 
 	•	 	the availability and terms of container financing;	
 
 	•	 	fluctuations in interest rates and U.S. and non-U.S. currency values;	
 
 	•	 	overcapacity, undercapacity and consolidation of container manufacturers;	
 
 	•	 	the lead times required to purchase containers;	
 
 	•	 	the number of containers purchased by competitors and container lessees;	
 
 	•	 	container ship fleet overcapacity or undercapacity;	
 
 	•	 	increased repositioning by container shipping lines of their own empty containers to higher demand locations in lieu of leasing containers;	
 
 	•	 	consolidation or withdrawal of individual container lessees in the container leasing industry;	
 
 	•	 	import/export tariffs and restrictions;	
 
 	•	 	customs procedures, foreign exchange controls and other governmental regulations;	
 
 	•	 	natural disasters that are severe enough to affect local and global economies or interfere with trade; and	
 
 	•	 	other political and economic factors.	
Many of these and other factors affecting the container industry are inherently unpredictable and beyond our control. These factors will vary over time, often quickly and unpredictably, and any change in one or more of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, many of these factors also influence the decision by container shipping lines to lease or buy containers. Should one or more of these factors influence container shipping lines to buy a larger percentage of the containers they operate, our utilization rate could decrease, resulting in decreased revenue and increased storage and repositioning costs, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
7

Table of Contents
Lease rates may decrease, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, lessee defaults may harm our business, results of operations and financial condition by decreasing revenue and increasing storage, repositioning, collection and recovery expenses.
We compete mostly on price and the availability of containers. Lease rates for our containers depend on a large number of factors, including the following:
 
 	•	 	the supply of containers available;	
 
 	•	 	the price of new containers (which is positively correlated with the price of steel);	
 
 	•	 	the type and length of the lease;	
 
 	•	 	interest rates;	
 
 	•	 	embedded residual assumptions;	
 
 	•	 	the type and age of the container;	
 
 	•	 	the location of the container being leased;	
 
 	•	 	the number of containers available for lease by our competitors; and	
 
 	•	 	the lease rates offered by our competitors.	
Most of these factors are beyond our control. In addition, lease rates can be negatively impacted by, among other things, the entrance of new leasing companies, overproduction of new containers by factories and the over-buying by shipping lines, leasing competitors and tax-driven container investors. For example, during 2001 and again in the second quarter of 2005, overproduction of new containers, coupled with a build-up of container inventories in Asia by leasing companies and shipping lines, led to decreasing utilization rates. Although market lease rates remained consistent during 2008, market lease rates may decrease in 2009 due to the deepening of the global recession and the related decrease in demand for containers. If future market lease rates decrease, revenues generated by our fleet will likely be adversely affected, which could harm our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Our containers are leased to numerous container lessees. Lessees are required to pay rent and to indemnify us for damage to or loss of containers. Lessees may default in paying rent and performing other obligations under their leases. A delay or diminution in amounts received under the leases (including leases on our managed containers), or a default in the performance of maintenance or other lessee obligations under the leases could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make payments on our debt.
Our cash in-flows from containers, principally container rental revenue, management fee revenue, gain on disposition of used equipment and commissions earned on the sale of containers on behalf of container investors, are affected significantly by our ability to collect payments under leases and purchase and sale agreements, which is subject to external economic conditions and the operations of lessees and others that are not within our control.
When lessees default, we may fail to recover all of our containers, and the containers that we do recover may be returned to locations where we will not be able to quickly re-lease or sell them on commercially acceptable terms. We may have to reposition these containers to other places where we can re-lease or sell them, which could be expensive, depending on the locations and distances involved. Following repositioning, we may need to repair the containers and pay container depots for storage until the containers are re-leased. For our owned containers, these costs directly reduce our income before taxes and for our managed containers, lessee defaults decrease rental revenue and increase operating expenses, and thus reduce our management fee revenue. While we maintain insurance to cover some defaults, it is subject to large deductible amounts and significant exclusions and, therefore, may not be sufficient to prevent us from suffering material losses. Additionally, this
 
8

Table of Contents
insurance might not be available to us in the future on commercially reasonable terms or at all. While defaults by lessees, as measured by our experience and reflected on our financial statements as a bad debt expense, averaged 0.9% of lease rental revenue over the past 5 years, it increased to 2.7% in fiscal 2008 and future defaults may be more material. Any such future defaults could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Sustained reduction in either the prices of new containers or the production of new containers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. A contraction or slowdown in containerized cargo growth or negative containerized cargo growth would lead to a surplus of containers and a lack of storage space. Furthermore, if we are unable to lease our new containers shortly after we purchase them, our risk of ownership of the containers increases.
If there is a sustained downturn in new container prices, the lease rates of older, off-lease containers would also be expected to decrease. As of December 31, 2008, we had an average cost of $1,708 per CEU for our owned fleet. If there is a sustained reduction in the price of new containers such that the market lease rate for all containers is reduced, this trend could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition, even if this sustained reduction in price would allow us to purchase containers at a lower cost.
Most factories that produce containers have recently been closed and the companies operating them have indicated that they will not reopen those factories until at least April 2009 due to a decrease in the demand for new containers. If there is a sustained reduction in the production of new containers, it could impact our ability to expand our fleet, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition, even if we could purchase used containers at a lower cost.
A slowdown in containerized cargo growth has led to a surplus of containers and a lack of storage space. As a result, we have recently been required to ration remaining available storage space in some locations. If the current slowdown in containerized cargo growth continues, we may have a lack of storage space, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Lease rates for new containers are positively correlated to the fluctuations in the price of new containers, which is positively correlated with the price of steel, which is a major component used in the manufacture of new containers. In the past five years, we have purchased containers at prices ranging from $1,390 per CEU to $2,686 per CEU. Our average container cost per CEU increased less than 5% during 2008. If we are unable to lease the new containers that we purchase within a short period of time of such purchase, the market price of new containers and the corresponding market lease rates for new containers may decrease, regardless of the high cost of the previously purchased containers. This decline could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Further consolidation of container manufacturers or the disruption of manufacturing for the major manufacturers could result in higher new container prices and/or decreased supply of new containers. Any increase in the cost or reduction in the supply of new containers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We currently purchase almost all of our containers from manufacturers based in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). If it were to become more expensive for us to procure containers in the PRC or to transport these containers at a low cost from the manufacturer to the locations where they are needed by our container lessees because of changes in exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and Chinese Yuan, further consolidation among container suppliers, increased tariffs imposed by the U.S. or other governments, increased fuel costs, or for any other reason, we may have to seek alternative sources of supply. While we are not dependent on any single manufacturer for our supply of containers, we may not be able to make alternative arrangements quickly enough to meet our container needs, and the alternative arrangements may increase our costs.
In particular, the availability and price of containers depend significantly on the capacity and bargaining position of the major container manufacturers. There has recently been a consolidation in the container
 
9

Table of Contents
manufacturing industry, resulting in two major manufacturers having market share of approximately 70% of that industry. This increased bargaining position has led to sustained increases in container prices. Although the increase in container prices may not be sustainable in the future due to a decrease in the demand for new containers resulting from the global recession, if the cost of purchasing containers does increase and it is not matched by an increase in lease rates, our business, results of operations and financial conditions would be harmed.
Terrorist attacks, the threat of such attacks or the outbreak of war and hostilities could negatively impact our operations and profitability and may expose us to liability.
Terrorist attacks and the threat of such attacks have contributed to economic instability in the U.S. and elsewhere, and further acts or threats of terrorism, violence, war or hostilities could similarly affect world trade and the industries in which we and our container lessees operate. For example, worldwide containerized trade dramatically decreased in the immediate aftermath of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in the U.S., which affected demand for leased containers. In addition, terrorist attacks, threats of terrorism, violence, war or hostilities may directly impact ports, depots, our facilities or those of our suppliers or container lessees and could impact our sales and our supply chain. A severe disruption to the worldwide ports system and flow of goods could result in a reduction in the level of international trade and lower demand for our containers.
Our lease agreements require our lessees to indemnify us for all costs, liabilities and expenses arising out of the use of our containers, including property damage to the containers, damage to third-party property and personal injury. However, our lessees may not have adequate resources to honor their indemnity obligations upon a terrorist attack. Our insurance coverage is limited and is subject to large deductibles and significant exclusions and we have very limited insurance for liability arising from a terrorist attack. Accordingly, we may not be protected from liability (and expenses in defending against claims of liability) arising from a terrorist attack.
A substantial portion of our containers is leased out from or manufactured at locations in the PRC and a significant portion of our major shipping line customers is domiciled in either the PRC (including Hong Kong) or Taiwan. Therefore, our results of operations are subject to changes resulting from the political and economic policies of the PRC.
A substantial portion of our containers is leased out from locations in the PRC because of the large volume of goods being shipped from the PRC to the U.S. or Europe. The main manufacturers of containers are also located in the PRC. These business operations could be restricted by the political environment in the PRC. The PRC has operated as a socialist state since 1949 and is controlled by the Communist Party of China. In recent years, however, the government has introduced reforms aimed at creating a “socialist market economy” and policies have been implemented to allow business enterprises greater autonomy in their operations. Changes in the political leadership of the PRC may have a significant effect on laws and policies related to the current economic reform programs, other policies affecting business and the general political, economic and social environment in the PRC, including the introduction of measures to control inflation, changes in the rate or method of taxation, and the imposition of additional restrictions on currency conversion, remittances abroad, and foreign investment. Moreover, economic reforms and growth in the PRC have been more successful in certain provinces than in others, and the continuation of or increases in such disparities could affect the political or social stability of the PRC.
Although we believe that the economic reform and the macroeconomic measures adopted by the PRC have had a positive effect on the economic development of the PRC, the future direction of these economic reforms is uncertain. This uncertainty may affect the economic development in the PRC, thereby affecting the level of trade with the rest of the world and the corresponding need for containers to ship goods from the PRC. In addition, a large portion of our shipping line customers are domiciled either in the PRC (including Hong Kong) or in Taiwan. In fiscal year 2008, 34.0% of our revenue was attributable to shipping line customers that were either domiciled in the PRC (including Hong Kong) or in Taiwan. The manufacturing facilities of the container
 
10

Table of Contents
manufacturers from which we purchased the majority of our containers in 2008 are also located in the PRC. Political instability in either the PRC or Taiwan could have a negative effect on our major customers, our ability to obtain containers and correspondingly, our results of operations and financial condition.
The legal systems in the PRC and other jurisdictions have inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us.
We currently purchase all of our containers from manufacturers based in the PRC. In addition, a substantial portion of our containers is leased out from locations in the PRC. California law governs almost all of these agreements. However, disputes or settlements arising out of these agreements may need to be enforced in the PRC. The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, PRC legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in the PRC. However, since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and may be subject to considerable discretion, variation, or influence by external forces unrelated to the legal merits of a particular matter. The enforcement of these laws, regulations, and rules involves uncertainties that may limit remedies available to us. Any litigation or arbitration in the PRC may be protracted and may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. In addition, the PRC may enact new laws or amend current laws that may be detrimental to us, which may have a material adverse effect on our business operations. If we are unable to enforce any legal rights that we may have under our contracts or otherwise in the PRC, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be harmed.
In addition, as our containers are used in trade involving goods being shipped from the PRC to the United States, Europe or other regions, it is not possible to predict, with any degree of certainty, the jurisdictions in which enforcement proceedings may be commenced. Litigation and enforcement proceedings have inherent uncertainties in any jurisdiction and are expensive. These uncertainties are enhanced in countries that have less developed legal systems where the interpretation of laws and regulations is not consistent, may be influenced by factors other than legal merits and may be cumbersome, time-consuming and even more expensive. For example, repossession from defaulting lessees may be difficult and more expensive in jurisdictions whose laws do not confer the same security interests and rights to creditors and lessors as those in the United States and where the legal system is not as well developed. As a result, the remedies available and the relative success and expedience of collection and enforcement proceedings with respect to the containers in various jurisdictions cannot be predicted.
The demand for leased containers is partially tied to international trade. If this demand were to decrease due to increased barriers to trade, or for any other reason, it could reduce demand for intermodal container leasing, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
A substantial portion of our containers is used in trade involving goods being shipped from the PRC to the United States, Europe or other regions. The willingness and ability of international consumers to purchase PRC goods is dependent on political support, in the United States, Europe and other countries, for an absence of government-imposed barriers to international trade in goods and services. For example, international consumer demand for PRC goods is related to price; if the price differential between PRC goods and domestically-produced goods were to decrease due to increased tariffs on PRC goods, demand for PRC goods could decrease, which could result in reduced demand for intermodal container leasing. A similar reduction in demand for intermodal container leasing could result from an increased use of quotas or other technical barriers to restrict trade from or to the PRC. The current regime of relatively free trade may not continue.
Because substantially all of our revenues are generated in U.S. dollars, but a significant portion of our expenses are incurred in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
The U.S. dollar is our primary operating currency. Almost all of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, and approximately 62% of our direct container expenses were denominated in U.S. dollars for the year
 
11

Table of Contents
ended December 31, 2008. Accordingly, a significant amount of our expenses are incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. This difference could lead to fluctuations in net income due to changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the other currencies. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, 38% of our direct container expenses were paid in 15 different non-U.S. currencies, a significant amount due to containers on lease to the U.S. military under our contract with the Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (“SDDC”), which contains a provision to protect us from fluctuations in exchange rates for payments made in foreign currencies. A decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against non-U.S. currencies in which our expenses are incurred translates into an increase in those expenses in U.S. dollar terms, which would decrease our net income.
Sustained Asian economic instability could reduce demand for leasing, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Many of our customers are substantially dependent upon shipments of goods exported from Asia. From time to time, there have been health scares, such as Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome and avian flu, financial turmoil, natural disasters and political instability in Asia. If these events were to occur in the future, they could adversely affect our container lessees and the general demand for shipping and lead to reduced demand for leased containers or otherwise adversely affect us. Any reduction in demand for leased containers would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We own a large and growing number of containers in our fleet and are subject to significant ownership risk.
Ownership of containers entails greater risk than management of containers for container investors. As we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet, we will increase our exposure to financing costs, changes in per diem rates, re-leasing risk, changes in utilization rates, lessee defaults, repositioning costs, storage expenses, impairment charges and changes in sales price upon disposition of containers. The number of containers in our owned fleet fluctuates over time as we purchase new containers, sell containers into the secondary resale market, and acquire other fleets. As part of our strategy, we are focused on increasing the number of owned containers in our fleet and we therefore expect our ownership risk to increase correspondingly. In 2008 and 2007, we paid $319.3 million and $206.6 million, respectively, to purchase containers for our owned fleet. We believe we will be able to find container investors to purchase the desired portion of the new containers that we want to manage. If we are unable to locate container investors to purchase these containers, we may purchase the containers ourselves and operate them as part of our owned fleet.
As we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet, we will have significant capital at risk and may need to incur more debt, which could result in financial instability.
As we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet, either as a result of planned growth in our owned fleet or as a result of our inability to attract investment to purchase containers from container investors, we will likely have more capital at risk and may need to maintain higher debt balances at a level that may adversely affect our return on equity and reduce our ability to raise capital, including our ability to borrow money to continue expanding our owned fleet. Future borrowings may not be available under our revolving credit facility or our secured debt facility, and we may not be able to refinance these facilities, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in order to fund our business, expand our sales activities and/or respond to competitive pressures. We may not have access to the capital resources we desire or need to fund our business. These effects, among others, may reduce our profitability and adversely affect our plans to maintain the container management portion of our business.
If we are unable to finance our continued purchase of containers or other capital expenditures, our competitive position may diminish and our business, growth plans and results of operations may be harmed.
Our container lessees typically prefer newer containers. Also, a portion of our container fleet is disposed of due to age or other factors every year. To grow our business, we must add new containers to our fleet. We have
 
12

Table of Contents
typically funded a significant portion of the purchase price of new containers through borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility and intend to use borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility for such funding in the future. Future borrowings may not be available under our revolving credit facility or our secured debt facility, and we may not be able to refinance these facilities, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in order to fund our capital expenditures. We may not have access to the capital resources we desire or need to fund our capital expenditures. If we are unable to make the necessary capital expenditures, our fleet of containers may be less attractive to our container lessees and our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer.
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from each of our Container Ownership and Container Resale segments from a limited number of container lessees, and the loss of, or reduction in business by, any of these container lessees could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We have derived, and believe that we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue and cash flow from a limited number of container lessees. Our business comprises four reportable segments for financial statement reporting purposes: Container Ownership, Container Management, Container Resale and Military Management. Revenue for our Container Ownership segment comes primarily from container lessees that lease containers from our owned fleet. Revenue for our Container Management segment is also primarily dependent on the lease revenue of those containers that we manage. Lease billings from our 25 largest container lessees by revenue represented $347.0 million or 75.9% of the total fleet container for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, with lease billings from our single largest container lessee accounting for $44.7 million, or 9.8% of container lease billings during such fiscal year.
We do not distinguish between our owned fleet and our managed fleet when we enter into leases with or lease containers to container shipping lines. Accordingly, the largest lessees of our owned fleet are typically among the largest lessees of our managed fleet, and our management fee revenue is based on the number and performance of managed containers on lease to container lessees. As a result, the loss of, or default by, any of our largest container lessees could have a material adverse effect on the revenue for both our Container Ownership segment and our Container Management segment, and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face extensive competition in the container leasing industry.
We may be unable to compete favorably in the highly competitive container leasing and container management businesses. We compete with a relatively small number of major leasing companies, many smaller lessors, companies and financial institutions offering finance leases, and promoters of container ownership and leasing as a tax-efficient investment. In addition, shipping lines own a significant amount of the world’s intermodal containers and effectively compete with us. Some of these competitors have greater financial resources and access to capital than we do. Additionally, some of these competitors may have large, underutilized inventories of containers, which could, if leased, lead to significant downward pressure on per diem rates, margins and prices of containers. Competition among container leasing companies depends upon many factors, including, among others: per diem rates; supply reliability; lease terms, including lease duration, drop-off restrictions and repair provisions; customer service; and the location, availability, quality and individual characteristics of containers. New entrants into the leasing business have been attracted by the high rate of containerized trade growth and the extent of investment from a number of container investors in recent years. New entrants may be willing to offer pricing or other terms that we are unwilling or unable to match. Shipping lines may prefer to use containers they own instead of leasing containers from us. As a result, we may not be able to maintain a high utilization rate or achieve our growth plans.
The international nature of the container shipping industry exposes us to numerous risks.
Our ability to enforce lessees’ obligations may be subject to applicable law in the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought or the country of domicile of the lessee. As containers are predominantly located on
 
13

Table of Contents
international waterways and the lessees domiciled in many different countries, it is not possible to predict, with any degree of certainty, the jurisdictions in which enforcement proceedings may be commenced. For example, repossession from defaulting lessees may be difficult and more expensive in jurisdictions in which laws do not confer the same security interests and rights to creditors and lessors as those in the U.S. and in jurisdictions where recovery of containers from defaulting lessees is more cumbersome. As a result, the relative success and expedience of enforcement proceedings with respect to containers in various jurisdictions cannot be predicted.
We are also subject to risks inherent in conducting business across national boundaries, any one of which could adversely impact our business. These risks include:
 
 	•	 	regional or local economic downturns;	
 
 	•	 	fluctuations in currency exchange rates;	
 
 	•	 	changes in governmental policy or regulation;	
 
 	•	 	restrictions on the transfer of funds or other assets into or out of different countries;	
 
 	•	 	import and export duties and quotas;	
 
 	•	 	domestic and foreign customs and tariffs;	
 
 	•	 	war, hostilities and terrorist attacks, or the threat of any of these events;	
 
 	•	 	government instability;	
 
 	•	 	nationalization of foreign assets;	
 
 	•	 	government protectionism;	
 
 	•	 	compliance with export controls, including those of the U.S. Department of Commerce;	
 
 	•	 	compliance with import procedures and controls, including those of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security;	
 
 	•	 	consequences from changes in tax laws, including tax laws pertaining to the container investors;	
 
 	•	 	potential liabilities relating to foreign withholding taxes;	
 
 	•	 	labor or other disruptions at key ports;	
 
 	•	 	difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations; and	
 
 	•	 	restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments or acquire new businesses in various jurisdictions.	
One or more of these factors or other related factors may impair our current or future international operations and, as a result, harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We rely on our proprietary information technology systems to conduct our business. If these systems fail to perform their functions adequately, or if we experience an interruption in their operation, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
The efficient operation of our business is highly dependent on our proprietary information technology systems. We rely on our systems to record transactions, such as repair and depot charges, purchases and disposals of containers and movements associated with each of our owned or managed containers. We use the information provided by these systems in our day-to-day business decisions in order to effectively manage our lease portfolio, reduce costs and improve customer service. We also rely on these systems for the accurate tracking of the performance of our managed fleet for each container investor. The failure of our systems to perform as we expect could disrupt our business, adversely affect our results of operations and cause our relationships with lessees and container investors to suffer. Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from
 
14

Table of Contents
circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power loss and computer systems failures and viruses. Even though we have developed redundancies and other contingencies to mitigate any disruptions to our information technology systems, these redundancies and contingencies may not completely prevent interruptions to our information technology systems. Any such interruptions could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Consolidation and concentration in the container shipping industry could decrease the demand for leased containers.
We primarily lease containers to container shipping lines. We believe container shipping lines require a quantity of containers equal to just under two times the total TEU capacity on their container ships to support their operations. The container shipping lines have historically relied on a large number of leased containers to satisfy their needs. The shipping industry has been consolidating for a number of years, and further consolidation is expected. Consolidation of major container shipping lines could create efficiencies and decrease the demand that container shipping lines have for leased containers because they may be able to fulfill a larger portion of their needs through their owned container fleets. Consolidation could also create concentration of credit risk if the number of our container lessees decreases. Additionally, large container shipping lines with significant resources could choose to manufacture their own containers, which would decrease their demand for leased containers and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may incur significant costs to reposition our containers, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
When lessees return containers to locations where supply exceeds demand, we sometimes reposition containers to higher demand areas. Repositioning expenses vary depending on geographic location, distance, freight rates and other factors, and may not be fully covered by drop-off charges collected from the previous lessee of the containers or pick-up charges paid by the new lessee. We seek to limit the number of and impose surcharges on containers returned to low demand locations. Market conditions, however, may not enable us to continue such practices. In addition, we may not be able to accurately anticipate which locations will be characterized by higher or lower demand in the future, and our current contracts will not protect us from repositioning costs if locations that we expect to be higher demand locations turn out to be lower demand locations at the time the containers are returned. Any such increases in costs to reposition our containers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The U.S. military could inform us that containers they lease from us are unaccounted for, which could lead to the loss of future rental income.
Since the inception of our contract with the SDDC, the U.S. military has informed us that a total of 39,069 containers that they leased from us were unaccounted for. Per the terms of our contract with the U.S. military, they paid a stipulated value for each of these containers. Due to the loss of these containers, future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers ceased. If the U.S. military informs us that additional containers that they lease from us are unaccounted for, future rental income that we receive from the U.S. military on containers that they lease from us could be adversely impacted, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
U.S. investors in our company could suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Based upon the nature of our business activities, we may be classified as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such characterization could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to direct or indirect U.S. investors in our common shares. For example, if we are a PFIC, our U.S. investors could become subject to increased tax liabilities under U.S. tax laws and regulations and could become
 
15

Table of Contents
subject to burdensome reporting requirements. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is made on an annual basis and depends on the composition of our income and assets from time to time. Specifically, for any taxable year we will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. tax purposes if either:
 
 	•	 	75% or more of our gross income in a taxable year is passive income, or	
 
 	•	 	the average percentage of our assets (which includes cash) by value in a taxable year which produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%.	
In applying these tests, we are treated as owning or generating directly our pro rata share of the assets and income of any corporation in which we own at least 25% by value. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we have raised.
If you are a U.S. investor and we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you own our common shares, you could be subject to adverse U.S. tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless a U.S. investor is permitted to and does elect otherwise under the Internal Revenue Code, such U.S. investor would be liable to pay U.S. federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our common shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the investor’s holding period for our common shares. Based on the composition of our income, valuation of our assets (including goodwill), and our election to treat certain of our subsidiaries as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not believe we were a PFIC for any period after the IPO date and we do not expect that we should be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, there can be no assurance at all in this regard. Because the PFIC determination is highly fact intensive and made at the end of each taxable year, it is possible that we may be a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year or that the IRS may challenge our determination concerning our PFIC status.
We may become subject to unanticipated tax liabilities that may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Textainer Group Holdings Limited is a Bermuda company, and we believe that a significant portion of the income derived from our operations will not be subject to tax in Bermuda, which currently has no corporate income tax, or in many other countries in which we conduct activities or in which our customers or containers are located. However, this belief is based on the anticipated nature and conduct of our business, which may change. It is also based on our understanding of our position under the tax laws of the countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. This position is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law that may have retroactive effect.
A portion of our income is treated as effectively connected with our conduct of a trade or business within the U.S., and is accordingly subject to U.S. federal income tax. It is possible that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will conclude that a greater portion of our income is effectively connected income that should be subject to U.S. federal income tax.
Our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if we become subject to a significant amount of unanticipated tax liabilities.
Our U.S. subsidiaries may be treated as personal holding companies for U.S. federal tax purposes now or in the future.
Any of our direct or indirect U.S. subsidiaries could be subject to additional U.S. tax on a portion of its income if it is considered to be a personal holding company (“PHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This status depends on whether more than 50% of the subsidiary’s shares by value could be deemed to be owned (taking into account constructive ownership rules) by five or fewer individuals and whether 60% or more of the subsidiary’s adjusted ordinary gross income consists of “personal holding company income,” which includes certain forms of passive and investment income. The PHC rules do not apply to non-U.S. corporations. We
 
16

Table of Contents
believe that none of our U.S. subsidiaries should be considered PHCs except for one dormant and immaterial subsidiary that may be considered a PHC. In addition, we intend to cause our U.S. subsidiaries to manage their affairs in a manner that reduces the possibility that they will meet the 60% income threshold. However, because of the lack of complete information regarding our ultimate share ownership (  i.e. , particularly as determined by constructive ownership rules), our U.S. subsidiaries may become PHCs in the future and, in that event, the amount of U.S. federal income tax that would be imposed could be material.
The U.S. government has special contracting requirements that create additional risks.
We have entered into a firm, fixed price, indefinite quantity contract with the Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (“SDDC”) to supply leased marine containers to the U.S. military. As an indefinite quantity contract, there is no guarantee that the U.S. military will pay more than the minimum guarantee, which guaranteed amount is substantially below the total amount authorized under the contract. Thus, the expected revenues from the SDDC contract may not fully materialize. In addition, there is no guarantee that the U.S. military will exercise any option terms beyond those currently exercised or that we will be awarded an additional period in year 10 of the SDDC contract, which award is also subject to us performing at a certain level under the contract. If we do not perform in accordance with the terms of the SDDC contract, we may receive a poor performance report that would be considered by the U.S. military in exercising its options to extend the term of the contract and in making any future awards. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that the term of the SDDC contract will be extended or that we will be awarded any future government contracts.
In contracting with the U.S. military, we are subject to U.S. government contract laws, regulations and other requirements that impose risks not generally found in commercial contracts. For example, U.S. government contracts require contractors to comply with a number of socio-economic requirements and to submit periodic reports regarding compliance, are subject to audit and modification by the U.S. government in its sole discretion, and impose certain requirements relating to software and/or technical data that, if not followed, could result in the inadvertent grant to the U.S. government of broader licenses to use and disclose such software or data than we intended.
These laws, regulations and contract provisions also permit, under certain circumstances, the U.S. government unilaterally to:
 
 	•	 	suspend or prevent us for a set period of time from receiving new government contracts or extending existing contracts based on violations or suspected violations of laws or regulations;	
 
 	•	 	terminate the SDDC contract;	
 
 	•	 	reduce the scope and value of the SDDC contract;	
 
 	•	 	audit our performance under the SDDC contract and our compliance with various regulations; and	
 
 	•	 	change certain terms and conditions in the SDDC contract.	
In addition, the U.S. military may terminate the SDDC contract either for its convenience at any time or if we default by failing to perform in accordance with the contract schedule and terms. Termination for convenience provisions generally enable the contractor to recover only those costs incurred or committed, and settlement expenses and profit on the work completed prior to termination. Termination for default provisions do not permit these recoveries and make the contractor liable for excess costs incurred by the U.S. military in procuring undelivered items from another source.
In addition, the U.S. government could bring criminal and civil charges against us based on intentional or unintentional violations of the representations and certifications that we have made in the SDDC contract. Although adjustments arising from U.S. government audits and reviews have not seriously harmed our business in the past, future audits and reviews could cause adverse effects. We could also suffer serious harm to our reputation if allegations of impropriety were to be made against us.
 
17

Table of Contents
Gains and losses associated with the disposition of used equipment may fluctuate and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We regularly sell used containers at the end of their useful economic lives in marine service or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering the location, sale price, cost of repair, and possible repositioning expenses. The residual value of these containers affects our profitability. The volatility of the residual values of used containers may be significant. These values depend upon, among other factors, demand for used containers for secondary purposes, comparable new container costs, used container availability, condition and location of the containers, and market conditions. Most of these factors are outside of our control.
Containers are typically sold if it is in the best interest of the owner to do so after taking into consideration the prevailing sales price, as affected by the above factors, location, earnings prospects, remaining useful life, repair condition, and suitability for leasing or other uses. Gains or losses on the disposition of used container equipment and the sales fees earned on the disposition of managed containers will also fluctuate and may be significant if we sell large quantities of used containers. Any such fluctuations could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. See Item 5, “ Operating and Financial Review and Prospects ” for a discussion of our gains or losses on the disposition of used container equipment.
We may choose to pursue acquisitions or joint ventures that could present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs.
We may pursue acquisitions and joint ventures. Acquisitions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:
 
 	•	 	potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;	
 
 	•	 	difficulty integrating personnel and financial and other systems;	
 
 	•	 	hiring additional management and other critical personnel; and	
 
 	•	 	increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations.	
In addition, we may encounter unforeseen obstacles or costs in the integration of acquired businesses. Also, the presence of one or more material liabilities of an acquired company that are unknown to us at the time of acquisition may have a material adverse effect on our business. Acquisitions or joint ventures may not be successful, and we may not realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions or joint ventures.
A reduction in the willingness of container investors to have us manage their containers could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
A significant percentage of our revenue is attributable to management fees earned on services related to the leasing of containers owned by container investors. This revenue has very low direct operating costs associated with it. Accordingly, fluctuations in our management fee revenue in any period will have an impact on our profitability in that period. Our ability to continue to attract new management contracts depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to lease containers on attractive lease terms and to efficiently manage the repositioning, storage and disposition of containers. In the event container investors perceive another container leasing company as better able to provide them with a stable and attractive rate of return, we may lose management contract opportunities in the future, which could affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our senior executives are critical to the success of our business and any inability to retain them or recruit new personnel could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our senior management has a long history in the container leasing industry, with our four most senior officers having an average of approximately 17 years of service with us and an average of 24 years in the
 
18

Table of Contents
container leasing industry. We rely on this knowledge and experience in our strategic planning and in our day-to-day business operations. Our success depends in large part upon our ability to retain our senior management, the loss of one or more of whom could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our success also depends on our ability to retain our experienced sales force and technical personnel as well as recruiting new skilled sales, marketing and technical personnel. Competition for these individuals in our industry is intense and we may not be able to successfully recruit, train or retain qualified personnel. If we fail to retain and recruit the necessary personnel, our business and our ability to obtain new container lessees and provide acceptable levels of customer service could suffer. We have employment agreements with all of our executive officers.
The lack of an international title registry for containers increases the risk of ownership disputes.
Although the Bureau International des Containers registers and allocates a unique four letter prefix to every container in accordance with ISO standard 6346 (Freight container coding, identification and marking) there is no internationally recognized system of recordation or filing to evidence our title to containers nor is there an internationally recognized system for filing security interest in containers. Although this has not occurred to date, the lack of a title recordation system with respect to containers could result in disputes with lessees, end-users, or third parties who may improperly claim ownership of the containers.
We may incur costs associated with new cargo security regulations, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be subject to regulations promulgated in various countries, including the U.S., seeking to protect the integrity of international commerce and prevent the use of containers for international terrorism or other illicit activities. For example, the Container Security Initiative, the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism and Operation Safe Commerce are among the programs administered by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that are designed to enhance security for cargo moving throughout the international transportation system by identifying existing vulnerabilities in the supply chain and developing improved methods for ensuring the security of containerized cargo entering and leaving the U.S. Moreover, the International Convention for Safe Containers, 1972, as amended, adopted by the International Maritime Organization, applies to containers and seeks to maintain a high level of safety of human life in the transport and handling of containers by providing uniform international safety regulations. As these regulations develop and change, we may incur compliance costs due to the acquisition of new, compliant containers and/or the adaptation of existing containers to meet new requirements imposed by such regulations. Additionally, certain companies are currently developing or may in the future develop products designed to enhance the security of containers transported in international commerce. Regardless of the existence of current or future government regulations mandating the safety standards of intermodal shipping containers, our competitors may adopt such products or our container lessees may require that we adopt such products. In responding to such market pressures, we may incur increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our indebtedness reduces our financial flexibility and could impede our ability to operate.
We currently utilize three types of borrowings: (i) issuance of bonds; (ii) borrowings under a revolving credit facility and (iii) borrowings under a secured debt facility. Our revolving credit facility is a bank revolving facility involving a commitment to one of our subsidiaries, Textainer Limited (“TL”), of $205.0 million. Our secured debt facility is a conduit facility, which allows for recurring borrowings and repayments, granted to Textainer Marine Containers Limited (“TMCL”), which is a subsidiary of TL. TMCL is also the issuer of our bonds. We have typically funded a significant portion of the purchase price of new containers through borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility and intend to use borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility for such funding in the future. We intend for containers to be typically purchased by TL using proceeds from our revolving credit facility. TL then sells these containers at book value to TMCL, which then finances part of the purchase price with draw downs from our secured debt facility. In 2001 and 2005, at such time as the secured debt facility reached an appropriate size, the secured debt facility was refinanced through the issuance of bonds to institutional investors. We anticipate a similar
 
19

Table of Contents
refinancing at such time as the secured debt facility reaches a balance of between $450.0 million and $475.0 million. This timing will depend on the level of future purchases of containers for our owned fleet.
As of February 28, 2009, we had (i) outstanding borrowings of $3.0 million under our revolving credit facility, (ii) $263.2 million of outstanding borrowings under our secured debt facility and (iii) $362.5 million outstanding under our bonds payable. We expect that we will maintain a significant amount of indebtedness on an ongoing basis.
Payments of principal on our secured debt facility are not scheduled to be due until July 1, 2010, although we have the option of repaying the principal on those borrowings at any time. If we do not refinance the secured debt facility prior to July 1, 2010, we will need to make monthly principal payments. Payments of principal on our bonds are due monthly. The borrowings and related interest under our revolving credit facility are due in full on April 22, 2013, although we have the option of repaying principal prior to that date. There is no assurance that we will be able to refinance our outstanding indebtedness on terms that we can afford or at all.
The amount of our indebtedness could have important consequences for us, including the following:
 
 	•	 	require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for operations, investments and future business opportunities and other purposes;	
 
 	•	 	limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;	
 
 	•	 	reduce our ability to make acquisitions or expand our business;	
 
 	•	 	make it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations, and any failure to comply with such obligations, including financial and other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness, which could lead to, among other things, an acceleration of our indebtedness or foreclosure on the assets securing our indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition;	
 
 	•	 	limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to sell assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes; and	
 
 	•	 	increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including changes in interest rates.	
We may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service and repay our debt and related obligations and have sufficient funds left over to achieve or sustain profitability in our operations, meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs or compete successfully in our industry.
We will require a significant amount of cash to service and repay our outstanding indebtedness, fund future capital expenditures, and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
Our ability to make payments on and repay our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. It is possible that:
 
 	•	 	our business will not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service and repay our debt and to fund working capital requirements and future capital expenditures;	
 
 	•	 	future borrowings will not be available under our current or future credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to refinance our debt; or	
 
 	•	 	we will not be able to refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at all.	
 
20

Table of Contents
Our revolving credit facility, secured debt facility and bonds impose, and the terms of any future indebtedness may impose, significant operating, financial and other restrictions on us and our subsidiaries.
Restrictions imposed by our revolving credit facility, secured debt facility and bonds may limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to:
 
 	•	 	incur additional indebtedness;	
 
 	•	 	pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase our common shares;	
 
 	•	 	enter into new lines of business;	
 
 	•	 	issue capital stock of our subsidiaries;	
 
 	•	 	make loans and certain types of investments;	
 
 	•	 	incur liens;	
 
 	•	 	sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies or acquire other companies;	
 
 	•	 	enter into certain transactions with shareholders and affiliates; and	
 
 	•	 	restrict dividends, distributions or other payments from our subsidiaries.	
We are also required to comply with certain financial ratio covenants. These restrictions could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs and pursue available business opportunities. A breach of any of these restrictions, including a breach of financial covenants, could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If a default occurs, the relevant lenders could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against any collateral securing that indebtedness, which will constitute substantially all of our container assets.
If we are unable to enter into interest rate swaps and caps on reasonable commercial terms or if a counterparty under our interest rate swap and cap agreements defaults, our exposure associated with our variable rate debt could increase.
We have typically funded a significant portion of the purchase price of new containers through borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility and intend to use borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility for such funding in the future. In 2001 and 2005, at such time as the secured debt facility reached an appropriate size, the facility was refinanced through the issuance of bonds to institutional investors. We anticipate a similar refinancing at such time as the secured debt facility reaches a balance between $450.0 million and $475.0 million. As of February 28, 2009, we had (i) outstanding borrowings of $3.0 million under our revolving credit facility, (ii) $263.2 million of outstanding borrowings under our secured debt facility and (iii) $362.5 million outstanding under our bonds payable. All of these outstanding amounts are subject to variable interest rates. We have entered into various interest rate swap and cap agreements to mitigate our exposure associated with variable rate debt. The swap agreements involve payments by us to counterparties at fixed rates in return for receipts based upon variable rates indexed to the London Inter Bank Offered Rate. Our interest rate swap agreements have expiration dates between May 2009 and November 2013. Our interest rate cap agreements have expiration dates between May 2009 and November 2015. There can be no assurance that these interest rate caps and swaps will be available in the future, or if available, will be on terms satisfactory to us. If we are unable to obtain such interest rate caps and swaps or if a counterparty under our interest rate swap and cap agreements defaults, our exposure associated with our variable rate debt could increase.
Environmental liability may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants to air, ground and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial
 
21

Table of Contents
costs, including cleanup costs, fines and costs arising out of third-party claims for property or natural resource damage and personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws and regulations in connection with our or our lessees’ current or historical operations. Under some environmental laws in the U.S. and certain other countries, the owner or operator of a container may be liable for environmental damage, cleanup or other costs in the event of a spill or discharge of material from the container without regard to the fault of the owner or operator. While we typically maintain certain limited liability insurance and typically require lessees to provide us with indemnity against certain losses, the insurance coverage may not be sufficient to protect against any or all liabilities and such indemnities may not be sufficient, or available, to protect us against losses arising from environmental damage. Moreover, our lessees may not have adequate resources, or may refuse to honor their indemnity obligations and our insurance coverage is subject to large deductibles, coverage limits and significant exclusions.
We could face litigation involving our management of containers for container investors.
We manage containers for container investors under management agreements that are negotiated with each container investor. We make no assurances to container investors that they will make any amount of profit on their investment or that our management activities will result in any particular level of income or return of their initial capital. We believe that as the number of containers that we manage for container investors increases, the possibility that we may be drawn into litigation relating to these managed containers may also increase. Although our management agreements contain contractual protections and indemnities that are designed to limit our exposure to such litigation, such provisions may not be effective and we may be subject to a significant loss in a successful litigation by a container investor. In addition, we currently are in litigation regarding prior management of assets for certain terminated limited partnerships.
Certain liens may arise on our containers.
Depot operators, manufacturers, repairmen and transporters may come into possession of our containers from time to time and have amounts due to them from the lessees or sublessees of the containers. In the event of nonpayment of those charges by the lessees or sublessees, we may be delayed in, or entirely barred from, repossessing the containers, or be required to make payments or incur expenses to discharge such liens on our containers.
We may not always pay dividends on our common shares.
We may not be able to pay future dividends because they depend on future earnings, capital requirements, and financial condition. The declaration and payment of future dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on our future operating results and the cash requirements of our business. There are a number of factors that can affect our ability to pay dividends and there is no guarantee that we will pay dividends in any given year. In addition, we will not pay dividends in the event we are not allowed to do so under Bermuda law, are in default under (or such payment would cause a default under) our revolving credit facility, or if such payment would cause us to breach any of our covenants. These covenants include certain financial covenants, which would be directly affected by the payment of dividends, such as (i) a minimum net worth level (which level would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid) and (ii) a maximum ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated tangible net worth (which amount would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid). The reduction or elimination of dividends may negatively affect the market price of our common shares. Furthermore, since we are a holding company, substantially all of the assets shown on our consolidated balance sheet are held by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our earnings and cash flow and our ability to pay dividends are largely dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of such earnings to us in the form of dividends.
 
22

Table of Contents
Risks Related to Our Common Shares
The market price and trading volume of our common shares, which may be affected by market conditions beyond our control, have been volatile and could continue to remain volatile.
The market price of our common shares has been, and may continue to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our common shares has fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate, causing significant price variations to occur. Since our initial public offering, our common shares have fluctuated from an intra-day low of $5.40 per share to an intra-day high of $22.97 per share. If the market price of the shares declines significantly, the value of an investment in our common shares would decline. The market price of our common shares may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect the price of our common shares or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common shares include:
 
 	•	 	variations in our quarterly operating results;	
 
 	•	 	failure to meet our earnings estimates;	
 
 	•	 	publication of research reports about us, other intermodal container lessors or the container shipping industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common shares or our industry;	
 
 	•	 	additions or departures of key management personnel;	
 
 	•	 	adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or preference or common shares we may issue in the future;	
 
 	•	 	changes in our dividend payment policy or failure to execute our existing policy;	
 
 	•	 	actions by shareholders;	
 
 	•	 	changes in market valuations of similar companies;	
 
 	•	 	announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;	
 
 	•	 	speculation in the press or investment community;	
 
 	•	 	changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations affecting the container shipping industry or enforcement of these laws and regulations, or announcements relating to these matters; and	
 
 	•	 	deleveraging associated with the global financial crisis.	
Recently and in the past, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These market fluctuations could result in extreme volatility in the trading price of our common shares, which could cause a decline in the value of your investment in our common shares. In addition, the trading price of our common shares could decline for reasons unrelated to our business or financial results, including in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if those events do not directly affect us. You should also be aware that price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common shares are low.
One of our shareholders, Halco Holdings Inc., is a company owned by a trust in which Trencor and certain of its affiliates are discretionary beneficiaries and could act in a manner with which other shareholders may disagree or that is not necessarily in the interests of other shareholders.
Halco Holdings Inc. (“Halco”) currently beneficially owns approximately 62.3% of our issued and outstanding common shares. Accordingly, Halco has the ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of directors and any amalgamation, merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Six of our eleven directors are also directors of Trencor. In addition, Halco has the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Halco may have interests that are different from yours. For example, it may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which
 
23

Table of Contents
are not in your interests as a shareholder of our company. The concentration of ownership could delay or prevent a change in control of us or otherwise discourage a potential acquiror from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce the price of our common shares.
Affiliates of Halco and Trencor may compete with us and compete with some of our customers.
Halco and Trencor, through their affiliates, are free to compete with us, and have engaged in the past and will likely continue to engage in businesses that are similar to ours. In particular, Leased Assets Pool Company Limited (“LAPCO”), an affiliate of Halco, owns containers, has competed against us and our customers through its investment in containers and has used our competitors to manage some of its containers in the past. Thus, although we have a management agreement with LAPCO to manage a majority of its containers, we expect that we will continue to compete with LAPCO in the future, which may result in various conflicts of interest.
Our current management and share ownership structure may create conflicts of interest.
Six of our eleven directors are also directors of Trencor. These directors owe fiduciary duties to each company and may have conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and Trencor, including matters arising under our agreements with Trencor and its affiliates. In addition, to the extent that some of these directors may own shares in Trencor, they may have conflicts of interest when faced with decisions that could have different implications for Trencor than they do for us. Furthermore, Trencor, as a South African company, endorses for itself and for its subsidiaries, the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct in the King II Report on Corporate Governance. The King II Report on Corporate Governance is a document promulgated by the South African Institute of Directors which, among other things, suggests that corporations in their corporate decision-making consider the following stakeholders in addition to the owners of shares: parties who contract with the enterprise; parties who have a non-contractual nexus with the enterprise (including civic society and the environment); and the state. Trencor may seek to or be required to impose these corporate governance practices on us, which may result in constraints on management and may involve significant costs. Your interests as a holder of our common shares may not align with the interests of Trencor and its affiliates and shareholders.
We are a holding company with no material direct operations and rely on our operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and to pay dividends.
We are a holding company with no material direct operations. Our principal assets are the equity interests we directly or indirectly hold in our operating subsidiaries, which own our operating assets. As a result, we are dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and to pay dividends on our common shares. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and may be prohibited or restricted from paying dividends or otherwise making funds available to us under certain conditions. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to, or our board may exercise its discretion not to, pay dividends on our common shares.
Our ability to issue securities in the future may be materially constrained by Trencor’s South African currency restrictions and JSE Listings Requirements.
Trencor, a South African company listed on the JSE, has beneficiary interest in a majority of our share capital. Six of our eleven directors are also directors of Trencor. Both South African exchange control authorities and the JSE impose certain restrictions on Trencor.
South Africa’s exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on exporting capital from South Africa. These restrictions require Trencor to obtain approval from South African exchange control authorities before engaging in transactions that would result in dilution of their share interest in us below certain thresholds, whether through their sale of their own shareholdings or through their approval of our issuance of new shares. The exchange control authorities may decide not to grant such approval if a proposed transaction were to dilute
 
24

Table of Contents
Trencor’s beneficiary interest in us below certain levels. While the South African government has, to some extent, relaxed exchange controls in recent years, it is difficult to predict whether or how it will further relax or abolish exchange control measures in the future. The above requirements could restrict or limit our ability to issue new shares. In addition, Trencor is required to comply with JSE Listings Requirements in connection with its holding or sale of our common shares.
Trencor currently has an indirect beneficiary interest in 62.3% of our issued and outstanding shares. The above requirements could limit our financial flexibility by, among other things, impacting our future ability to raise funds through the issuance of securities, preventing or limiting the use of our common shares as consideration in acquisitions, and limiting our use of option grants and restricted share grants to our directors, officers and other employees as incentives to improve the financial performance of our company.
It may not be possible for investors to enforce U.S. judgments against us.
We and all of our subsidiaries, except Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited, Textainer Capital Corporation and Textainer Financial Services Corporation, are incorporated in jurisdictions outside the U.S. A substantial portion of our assets and those of our subsidiaries are located outside of the U.S. In addition, most of our directors are non-residents of the U.S., and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for U.S. investors to serve process within the U.S. upon us, our non-U.S. subsidiaries, or our directors, or to enforce a judgment against us for civil liabilities in U.S. courts. In addition, you should not assume that courts in the countries in which we or our subsidiaries are incorporated or where our assets or the assets of our subsidiaries are located would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our subsidiaries based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws, or would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or our subsidiaries based on those laws.
We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, under New York Stock Exchange rules, we are not required to comply with certain corporate governance requirements.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) to comply with Bermuda corporate governance practice in lieu of complying with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. This means that we are not required to comply with NYSE requirements that:
 
 	•	 	the board of directors consists of a majority of independent directors;	
 
 	•	 	independent directors meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions;	
 
 	•	 	the audit committee satisfy NYSE standards for independence (although we must still comply with independence standards pursuant to Rule 10A-3 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”));	
 
 	•	 	the audit committee have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;	
 
 	•	 	we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;	
 
 	•	 	we have a compensation committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;	
 
 	•	 	we establish corporate governance guidelines and a code of business conduct;	
 
 	•	 	our shareholders approve any equity compensation plans; and	
 
 	•	 	there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.	
Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter, a compensation committee charter and a nominating and governance committee charter. However, we use some of the exemptions available to a foreign
 
25

Table of Contents
private issuer. As a result, our board of directors may not consist of a majority of independent directors and our compensation committee may not consist of any or a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.
Market interest rates may have an effect on the trading value of our common shares.
One of the factors that investors may consider in deciding whether to buy or sell our common shares is our dividend rate, as a percentage of our share price, relative to market interest rates. If market interest rates increase, prospective investors may demand a higher dividend yield on our common shares or seek alternative investments paying higher dividends or interest. As a result, interest rate fluctuations and capital market conditions can affect the market value of our common shares.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they change their financial estimates or investment recommendation, the price of our common shares could decline.
The trading market for our common shares relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control or influence the decisions or opinions of these analysts and analysts may not cover us. If any analyst who covers us changes his or her financial estimates or investment recommendation, the price of our common shares could decline. If any analyst ceases coverage of our company or our industry, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our share price to decline.
Required public company corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies have increased our costs, and we may be unable to provide the required financial information in a timely and reliable manner.
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, has adopted rules that require us to conduct an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, our independent auditors must attest to and report on the effectiveness of such internal controls over financial reporting. Our management may not be able to meet the regulatory compliance and reporting requirements that are applicable to us as a public company. If we are not able to meet the regulatory and reporting requirements that are applicable to us as a public company, our independent auditors may not be able to attest as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. This result may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, and could lead to a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. We could also suffer a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements if we disclose material weaknesses in our internal controls. In addition, if we fail to maintain effective controls and procedures, we may be unable to provide the required financial information in a timely and reliable manner or otherwise comply with the standards applicable to us as a public company. Any failure by us to timely provide the required financial information could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and the market value of our common shares. Furthermore, testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. These regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs, we expect the regulations to make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified officers and directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly.
Our failure to comply with required public company corporate governance and financial reporting practices and regulations could materially and adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and the price of our common stock.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we maintain effective internal controls for financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. If we do not maintain compliance with the requirements of Section 404
 
26

Table of Contents
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could suffer a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could cause the market price of our stock to decline. We can also be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities for failure to comply with public company corporate governance and financial reporting practices and regulations.
Our internal controls over financial reporting may not detect all errors or omissions in the financial statements.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires an annual management assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of internal controls over financial accounting, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related regulations. Although our management has concluded that adequate internal control procedures are currently in place, no system of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that the financial statements are accurate and free of material errors. As a result, the risk exists that our internal controls may not detect all errors or omissions in the financial statements.
A large number of shares that had been previously restricted from immediate resale are eligible for future sale into the public market. We may also issue additional shares without your approval. This could cause the market price of our common shares to decline significantly.
Sales of substantial amounts of common shares by our existing shareholders, or the perception that such sales will occur, may cause the market price of our common shares to decline significantly. Upon completion of our initial public offering in October 2007, our officers, directors and existing pre-IPO shareholders representing 96.6% of the pre-initial public offering shares were subject to lock-up agreements providing that they would not sell any of our common shares until 180 days from the date of our initial public offering, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. Prohibitions on selling shares under these lock-up agreements expired in April 2008.
On December 10, 2007, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), to register the common shares that we have subsequently issued and may issue in the future under our 2007 Share Incentive Plan, and such registration statement became effective upon filing. We have reserved a maximum of 3,808,371 common shares for issuance under our 2007 Share Incentive Plan. The common shares to be issued pursuant to awards under our 2007 Share Incentive Plan will be freely tradable under the Securities Act. Further, effective February 15, 2008, the SEC revised Rule 144, which provides a safe harbor for the resale of restricted securities, shortening applicable holding periods and easing other restrictions and requirements for resales by our non-affiliates, thereby enabling an increased number of our outstanding restricted shares to be resold sooner into the public market. If, as a result of the foregoing, a large number of our common shares are sold into the public market, or if there is an expectation of such sales, these sales or expectations of these sales, could reduce the trading price of our common shares and impede our ability to raise future capital.
We have anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws that may discourage a change of control.
Bermuda law and our bye-laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors. These include provisions:
 
 	•	 	requiring the approval of not less than 66% of our shareholders for a merger or amalgamation transaction that has not been approved by our board of directors;	
 
 	•	 	prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless certain conditions are met;	
 
27

Table of Contents
 	•	 	authorizing our board of directors to issue blank-check preference shares without shareholder approval;	
 
 	•	 	establishing a classified board with staggered three-year terms;	
 
 	•	 	only authorizing the removal of directors (i) for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66% of the common shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on the resolution; and	
 
 	•	 	establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors.	
These provisions may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our management and/or our board of directors. Public shareholders who might desire to participate in these types of transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control or change our management and board of directors and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.
As a shareholder of our company, you may have greater difficulties in protecting your interests than as a shareholder of a U.S. corporation.
The Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended (the “Companies Act”), applies to our company and differs in material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Taken together with the provisions of our bye-laws, some of these differences may result in your having greater difficulties in protecting your interests as a shareholder of our company than you would have as a shareholder of a U.S. corporation. This affects, among other things, the circumstances under which transactions involving an interested director are voidable, whether an interested director can be held accountable for any benefit realized in a transaction with our company, what approvals are required for business combinations by our company with a large shareholder or a wholly-owned subsidiary, what rights you may have as a shareholder to enforce specified provisions of the Companies Act or our bye-laws, and the circumstances under which we may indemnify our directors and officers.
Our bye-laws restrict shareholders from bringing legal action against our officers and directors.
Our bye-laws contain a broad waiver by our shareholders of any claim or right of action, both individually and on our behalf, against any of our officers or directors. The waiver applies to any action taken by an officer or director, or the failure of an officer or director to take any action, in the performance of his or her duties, except with respect to any matter involving any fraud or dishonesty on the part of the officer or director. This waiver limits the right of shareholders to assert claims against our officers and directors unless the act or failure to act involves fraud or dishonesty.
 
ITEM 4.	INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY	
 
A.	 	History and Development of the Company	
Our business began operations in 1979. We reorganized our business in 1993 and incorporated Textainer Group Holdings Limited under the laws of Bermuda as a holding company of a group of corporations involved in the purchase, ownership, management, leasing and disposal of a fleet of intermodal containers. Textainer Group Holdings Limited is incorporated with an indefinite duration under registration number EC18896. Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Our registered office is located at 16 Par-La-Ville Road, Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda and our telephone number is (441) 296-2500.
We have three directly owned subsidiaries:
 
 	•	 	Textainer Equipment Management Limited (“TEM”), our wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in Bermuda, which provides container management, acquisition and disposal services to affiliated and unaffiliated container investors;	
 
28

Table of Contents
 	•	 	Textainer Limited (“TL”), our wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in Bermuda, which owns containers directly and via a subsidiary, Textainer Marine Containers Limited (“TMCL”), which is jointly owned with FB Transportation Capital LLC (“Fortis”), a Delaware corporation; and	
 
 	•	 	Textainer Capital Corporation (“TCC”), our wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in Delaware, which together with its subsidiary, was the former managing general partner of six California limited partnerships formed to invest in transportation equipment and which are now dissolved. This entity is currently not actively operating.	
Our internet website address is www.textainer.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and is not intended to be a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Significant Events
On July 1, 2006, we purchased the exclusive rights to manage the approximately 315,000 TEU container fleet of Gateway Management Services Limited for $19.0 million (the “Gateway Transaction”). The purchase price will be fully amortized over the expected 11-year life of the contract on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees.
On July 23, 2007, we purchased the exclusive rights to manage the container fleet of Capital Lease Limited, Hong Kong (“Capital”) for $56.0 million. Capital was the world’s eighth largest container leasing company as measured by fleet size according to  Containerisation International Market Analysis: Container Leasing Market 2007,  with over 500,000 TEU in its fleet. We began management of the Capital fleet on September 1, 2007. With this addition, we have over 2,000,000 TEU in our fleet. We funded the $56.0 million purchase price through a borrowing under our secured debt facility, subsequently repaid with a portion of the proceeds from our initial public offering. The purchase price will be fully amortized over the expected 12-year life of the contract on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees.
The U.S. military informed us in April, May, August, September and December of 2008 that 11,144 containers that they leased from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 5,138 were owned containers, 4,577 were managed for third party owners and 1,429 were subleased. Per the terms of our contract with the U.S. military, they paid a stipulated value for each of these containers. Due to the loss of these containers, future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers will cease, but we did record a $2.3 million gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The U.S. military informed us in August and September of 2007 that 27,925 containers that they leased from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 10,604 were owned containers, 12,657 were managed for third party owners and 4,664 were subleased. While future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers ceased due to the loss of these containers, we did record a $4.6 million gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
We completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of our common shares at $16.50 per share on October 15, 2007 and listed our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TGH.” We sold an aggregate of 9,000,000 common shares and generated proceeds of $138.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and other offering expenses.
On November 1, 2007, our wholly owned subsidiary, TL purchased 3,000 additional Class A shares of TMCL for cash consideration of $71.1 million. TMCL, which operated as a joint venture between TL and Fortis, is engaged in the business of owning and leasing marine containers. TL’s total ownership interest in Class A common shares before and after the step acquisition was 50% and 75%, respectively. We have consolidated TMCL since the inception of the entity in 2001. We accounted for this transaction as a step acquisition, allocating the purchase price based on the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired in proportion to the percentage of shares acquired. As a result of this purchase, TL and Fortis now hold voting interests in TMCL of 75% and 25%, respectively. In addition, voting matters related to commencing bankruptcy proceedings and
 
29

Table of Contents
amending related board and shareholder meeting requirements require the approval of a separate Class C common shareholder, which does not have any economic ownership interest in TMCL. We anticipate the reduction in minority interest will result in lower minority interest expense in future periods. We do not believe the purchase price adjustments recorded will have a material impact on the results of operations of future periods.
On January 3, 2008, we announced that we had entered the refrigerated container market. We purchased approximately $48.2 million of new refrigerated containers in 2008.
On April 22, 2008, TL terminated its then-existing revolving credit facility that provided for an aggregate commitment amount of up to $75.0 million (which also included within such amount a $25.0 million letter of credit facility) (the “Prior Credit Facility”). On the same date, TL replaced the Prior Credit Facility with a new credit agreement, (the “2008 Credit Agreement”), with the same banks that were party to the Prior Credit Facility, as well as additional banks, to provide a new revolving credit facility (the “2008 Credit Facility”) in an aggregate commitment amount of up to $205.0 million (which also includes within such amount a $50.0 million letter of credit facility). The 2008 Credit Facility provides for payments of interest only during its term beginning on its inception date through April 22, 2013 when all borrowings are due in full. Interest on the outstanding amount due under the 2008 Credit Facility at December 31, 2008 was based either on the U.S. prime rate or London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread between 0.5% and 1.5%, which varies based on TGH’s leverage.
On July 2, 2008, we extended our secured debt facility and increased the commitment from $300.0 million to $475.0 million. The secured debt facility provides for payments of interest only during an initial two-year revolving period, with a provision for the secured debt facility to then convert to a 10-year, but not to exceed 15-year amortizing note payable. Interest on the outstanding amount due under the secured debt facility is payable monthly in arrears and equals LIBOR plus 1.25% during an initial two-year revolving period. There is also a commitment fee of 0.20% to 0.30% on the unused portion of the secured debt facility, which is payable monthly in arrears.
Principal Capital Expenditures
Our capital expenditures for containers and fixed assets for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $320.2 million, $207.2 million and $104.8 million, respectively. We received proceeds from the sale of containers and fixed assets for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 of $68.3 million, $70.2 million and $34.1 million, respectively. In addition, we announced on January 3, 2008 that we had entered the refrigerated container market and began expanding our fleet to include refrigerated containers in 2008.
As all of our containers are used internationally, where no one container is domiciled in one particular place for a prolonged period of time, all of our long-lived assets are considered to be international with no single country of use. Our capital requirements are primarily financed through cash flows from operations, our $475.0 million secured debt facility and our $205.0 million 2008 Credit Facility.
 
B.	 	Business Overview	
Our Company
Operating since 1979, we are the world’s largest lessor of intermodal containers based on fleet size, with a total fleet of more than 1.3 million containers, representing over 2,000,000 TEU. We lease containers to more than 400 shipping lines and other lessees, including each of the world’s top 20 container lines, as measured by the total TEU capacity of their container vessels (“container vessel fleet size”). We believe we are one of the most reliable lessors of containers, in terms of consistently being able to supply containers in locations where our customers need them. We have provided an average of more than 100,000 TEU of new containers per year for the past 10 years, and have been one of the largest purchasers of new containers among container lessors over the same period. We believe we are also one of the two largest sellers of used containers among container lessors,
 
30

Table of Contents
having sold more than 170,000 containers during the last two years to more than 1,000 customers. We provide our services worldwide via a network of 14 regional and area offices and over 330 independent depots in more than 150 locations. Trencor, a company publicly traded on the JSE Limited (the “JSE”) in Johannesburg, South Africa, and its affiliates currently have beneficiary interest in a majority of our issued and outstanding common shares.
We operate our business in four core segments.
 
 	•	 	Container Ownership. As of December 31, 2008, we owned containers accounting for approximately 43% of our fleet.	
 
 	•	 	Container Management. As of December 31, 2008, we managed containers on behalf of 10 container investors, providing acquisition, management and disposal services. These managed containers account for 54% of our fleet.	
 
 	•	 	Container Resale. We generally sell containers from our fleet when they reach the end of their useful lives in marine service or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering location, sale price, the cost of repair, and possible repositioning expenses. We also purchase and lease or resell containers from shipping line customers, container traders and other sellers of containers.	
 
 	•	 	Military Management. We lease containers to the U.S. military pursuant to a contract with the Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (“SDDC”) and earn a fee for supplying and managing its fleet of leased containers. We are the main supplier of leased intermodal containers to the U.S. military.	
Our total revenues primarily consist of leasing revenues derived from the lease of our owned containers and, to a lesser extent, fees received for managing containers owned by third parties, equipment resale and military management. The most important driver of our profitability is the extent to which revenues on our owned fleet and management fee income exceed our operating costs. The key drivers of our revenues are fleet size, rental rates and utilization. Our operating costs primarily consist of depreciation and amortization, interest expense, direct operating expenses and administrative expenses. Our lessees are generally responsible for loss of or damage to a container beyond ordinary wear and tear, and they are required to purchase insurance to cover any other liabilities.
We believe that our strategy of owning containers as well as managing containers for other container investors offers several benefits, including:
 
 	•	 	a larger fleet, which enables us to serve our shipping line customers more effectively;	
 
 	•	 	an enhanced franchise value, market presence and economies of scale associated with a larger fleet;	
 
 	•	 	the ability to leverage our existing infrastructure and workforce without increasing the capital at risk; and	
 
 	•	 	a more balanced revenue and expense model.	
In general, owning containers during periods of high demand for containers provides higher margins than managing containers, since we receive lease revenues for the containers that we own but only a percentage of the net operating income of the containers as a management fee for the containers that we manage. On the other hand, managing containers during periods of low demand for containers reduces the negative financial impact of such periods since the container investors bear the cost of owning the containers.
For 2008, we generated revenues, income from operations and income before taxes of $277.1 million, $136.8 million and $84.4 million, respectively. For 2008, the proportion of our income before taxes generated from Container Ownership, Container Management, Container Resale and Military Management operating segments was 65%, 17%, 16% and 2%, respectively, before taking inter-segment eliminations into consideration. As of December 31, 2008, the utilization of our owned fleet was 94.8%.
 
31

Table of Contents
Our container lessees use containers for their global trade utilizing many worldwide trade routes. We earn our revenue from international carriers when the containers are in use and carrying cargo around the world. Substantially all of our leasing related revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars.
In the past, we have principally leased dry freight containers, which are by far the most common of the three principal types of intermodal containers. Dry freight intermodal containers are large, standardized steel boxes used to transport cargo by multiple modes of transportation, including ships, trains and trucks. On January 3, 2008, we announced that we had re-entered the refrigerated container market, which we had exited in the 1990’s. We purchased approximately $48.2 million of new refrigerated containers in 2008. Refrigerated containers have integral refrigeration units on one end that generally plug into an outside power source and are used to transport perishable goods. Compared to traditional shipping methods, intermodal containers typically provide users with faster loading and unloading as well as some protection from weather and potential theft, thereby reducing both transportation costs and time to market for our lessees’ customers.
We primarily lease containers under four different types of leases. Term leases, which provide a customer with a specified number of containers for a specified period of time, typically ranging from three to five years, with an associated set of pick-up and drop-off conditions, represented 70.2% of our total on hire fleet as of December 31, 2008. Master leases, which provide a framework of terms and conditions valid for a specified period of time, typically one year, give customers greater flexibility than is typical in term leases and represented 23.2% of our total on hire fleet as of December 31, 2008. Spot leases, which provide the customers with containers for a relatively short lease period and fixed pick-up and drop-off locations, represented 3.2% of our total on hire fleet as of December 31, 2008. Finance leases, which provide customers an alternative means for purchasing containers, represented 3.4% of our total on hire fleet as of December 31, 2008.
Our expertise and flexibility in managing containers after their initial lease is an important factor in our success. The administrative process of leasing new containers is relatively easy because initial leases for new containers typically cover large volumes of units and are fairly standardized transactions. However, to successfully compete in our industry, we must not only obtain favorable initial long-term leases for new containers, but also increase the return generated by these containers throughout their useful life in marine service and their ultimate sale into the secondary market. To do that, we focus on renewing or extending our long-term container leases beyond their expiration date (typically three to five years from the start of the lease). In addition, we attempt to negotiate favorable return provisions, maintain an active presence in the master and spot lease markets, and work to increase our options for disposing of off-lease containers so that we have attractive alternatives if it is not possible to achieve reasonable renewal or extension of terms with the current lessee. Unlike some of our competitors, we have the capability and the infrastructure to re-lease or dispose of our containers at comparatively attractive terms, which increases our leverage with the lessees.
We believe that we have the ability to reposition containers that are returned in lower demand locations to higher demand locations at relatively low cost as a result of our experienced logistics team. Our large customer base of more than 400 lessees increases our ability to re-lease containers under master and other short-term lease terms. Our contract to supply leased containers to the U.S. military enables us to supply containers in their demand locations, which are often lower demand locations for our shipping line customers. Our Container Resale segment is also positioned to sell the containers and optimize their residual value in multiple markets, including lower demand locations. This “life cycle” system of generating an attractive revenue stream from and achieving high utilization of our container fleet has enabled us to become the world’s largest container lessors and led to 22 consecutive years of profits.
Industry Overview
Containers are built in accordance with standard dimensions and weight specifications established by the International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”). The industry-standard measurement unit is the Twenty-Foot Equivalent Unit, or TEU, which compares the length of a container to a standard 20’ container. For
 
32

Table of Contents
example, a 20’ container is equivalent to one TEU and a 40’ container is equivalent to two TEU. Standard dry freight containers are typically 8’ wide, come in lengths of 20’, 40’ or 45’ and are either 8’6” or 9’6” high. The three principal types of containers are described as follows:
 
 	•	 	Dry freight standard containers. A dry freight standard container is constructed of steel sides, roof, an end panel on one end and a set of doors on the other end, a wooden floor and a steel undercarriage. Dry freight standard containers are the least expensive and most commonly used type of container. They are used to carry general cargo, such as manufactured component parts, consumer staples, electronics and apparel. According to the latest available data, dry freight standard containers comprised approximately 89.5% of the worldwide container fleet, as measured in TEU, at mid-2008.	
 
 	•	 	Dry freight specialized containers. Dry freight specialized containers consist of open-top and flat-rack containers. An open-top container is similar in construction to a dry freight standard container except that the roof is replaced with a tarpaulin supported by removable roof bows. A flat-rack container is a heavily reinforced steel platform with a wood deck and steel end panels. Open-top and flat-rack containers are generally used to transport heavy or oversized cargo, such as marble slabs, building products or machinery. According to the latest available data, dry freight specialized containers comprised approximately 3.5% of the worldwide container fleet, as measured in TEU, at mid-2008.	
 
 	•	 	Other containers. Other containers include refrigerated containers, tank containers, 45’ containers, pallet-wide containers and other types of containers. The two most prominent types of such containers are refrigerated containers and tank containers. A refrigerated container has an integral refrigeration unit on one end which generally plugs into an outside power source and is used to transport perishable goods. Tank containers are used to transport liquid bulk products such as chemicals, oils, and other liquids. According to the latest available data, other containers comprised approximately 7.0% of the worldwide container fleet, as measured in TEU, at mid-2008.	
Containers provide a secure and cost-effective method of transportation because they can be used in multiple modes of transportation, making it possible to move cargo from a point of origin to a final destination without repeated unpacking and repacking. As a result, containers reduce transit time and freight and labor costs, as they permit faster loading and unloading of shipping vessels and more efficient utilization of transportation containers than traditional break bulk shipping methods. The protection provided by containers also reduces damage, loss and theft of cargo during shipment. While the useful economic life of containers varies based upon the damage and normal wear and tear suffered by the container, we estimate that the useful economic life for a standard dry freight container used in intermodal transportation is on average 12 years.
According to Containerisation International, World Container Census 2008, container lessors owned approximately 41.4% of the total worldwide container fleet of 24.8 million TEU as of mid-2007. The percentage of leased containers utilized by shipping lines ranged from 41% to 54% from 1980 through 2007 and may increase in the next few years, given limited access to credit and competing needs for capital expenditures by our customers. Given the uncertainty and variability of export volumes and the fact that shipping lines have difficulty in accurately forecasting their container requirements at different ports, the availability of containers for lease significantly reduces a shipping line’s need to purchase and maintain excess container inventory. In addition, leasing a portion of their total container fleets enables shipping lines to serve their manufacturer and retailer customers better by:
 
 	•	 	increasing flexibility to manage the availability and location of containers;	
 
 	•	 	increasing the shipper’s ability to meet peak demand requirements, particularly prior to holidays such as Christmas and Chinese New Year; and	
 
 	•	 	reducing their capital expenditures.	
While international containerized trade has grown rapidly and been consistently positive for the last twenty-six years, the global financial crisis accelerated and the global recession deepened during the second half of 2008 and global containerized cargo volume growth contracted on some trade routes in the fourth quarter of
 
33

Table of Contents
2008. A number of forecasters are projecting that global containerized cargo volumes may shrink in 2009. Though we cannot predict the extent, timing or ramifications of the global financial crisis and the global recession, we believe that the current downturn in the world’s major economies and the constraints in the credit markets is likely to cause containerized cargo volume growth to slow or contract on some trade routes in 2009.
The shipping business has also been characterized by cyclical swings due to lengthy periods of excess or scarce vessel capacity. We believe that these sustained periods of vessel supply/demand imbalances are mainly a function of the multi-year ordering and production cycle associated with the manufacture of new vessels, which requires shipping lines to estimate market growth many years into the future. Container leasing companies are partially insulated from the risks of these shipping cycles by the relatively short production time associated with the manufacture of new containers. Lead-times for new container orders are typically only a few months, so the rate of new container ordering can be quickly adjusted to reflect unexpected market changes.
Additionally, for most leasing companies, the percentage of containers on long-term lease has grown over the past ten years, while the percentage on master lease has declined. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 70% of our total on hire fleet was on long-term leases, compared to approximately 21% ten years ago. As a result, changes in utilization have become less volatile for most leasing companies.
According to Containerisation International Market Analysis, July 2008, intermodal leasing companies, as ranked by total TEU, are as follows:

Company	  	TEU(1)	
Textainer Group	  	2,041	
Florens Group(2)	  	1,640	
Triton Container Intl. 	  	1,439	
TAL International	  	1,006	
Seacastle	  	815	
GESeaCo	  	808	
CAI-International Inc.  	  	767	
UES-Unit Equipment Services	  	480	
Gold Container	  	480	
Cronos Group	  	415	
Dong Fang	  	275	
XINES Ltd.	  	155	
Amphibious Container Leasing Limited	  	147	
CARU Schouten	  	90	
Blue Sky Intermodal	  	85	
Waterfront Cont. Leasing	  	80	
Beacon Intermodal	  	68	
Capital Intermodal	  	30	
C&CL International	  	25	
Other	  	239	
 	  	 	
Grand Total	  	11,085	

(1)	 	TEU numbers in thousands.	
 
(2)	 	Includes containers leased to Cosco Container Lines.	
Competitive Strengths
We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:
 
 	•	 	One of our major strengths is our demonstrated ability to generate attractive revenue streams, relative to most of our competitors, throughout the economic life of a container in marine service, which in the past	
 
34

Table of Contents
 	has averaged approximately twelve years. This strength is due to our large size and global scale, experienced management team, proprietary information technology systems, and strong customer relationships.	
 
 	•	 	Largest Container Lessor. We operate the world’s largest fleet of leased intermodal containers. We believe that our scale, global presence, business model and long history have made us one of the more reliable suppliers of leased containers in our industry. We believe that these factors have historically enabled us to supply containers in locations around the world where our customers need them with some consistency.	
 
 	•	 	Experienced Management Team. Our senior management has a long history in the industry. Our four most senior officers have an average of approximately 17 years of service with us and an average of 22 years in the container leasing industry. They have been through many business cycles, and understand the key drivers of the container leasing business.	
 
 	•	 	Proprietary Information Technology Systems. We have developed proprietary IT systems that allow us to monitor container status and offer our customers a high level of service. Our systems include internet-based updates regarding container availability and booking status. We also have the ability to produce complete management reports for each portfolio of containers we own and manage.	
 
 	•	 	Strong, Long-standing Relationships with Customers. Our scale, long presence in the business and reliability as a supplier of containers has resulted in strong relationships with our customers. Our top 25 customers, as measured by revenue, have leased containers from us for an average of over 23 years. Our customers include each of the world’s 20 largest shipping lines, as measured by container vessel fleet size.	
 
 	•	 	We have the international coverage, organization and resources to handle a variety of types of leases. Thus, at the termination of a term lease, we have the ability to either negotiate extending the term lease, accept the return of and re-lease the container, or to sell the containers utilizing our particular expertise in this area. This flexibility allows us more avenues to deploy our containers and therefore better optimizes our return.	
 
 	•	 	Lease Types and Structures. We structure our initial long-term leases of new containers in an effort to reduce the percentage of containers that can be returned in lower demand locations. Our large customer base and worldwide presence makes us well-positioned to re-lease off-lease containers into a variety of master leases and special leases with other customers. We utilize our expertise in logistics to reposition off-lease containers from lower demand to higher demand locations where they can be re-leased at more attractive terms. Many of the U.S. military’s demand locations are surplus locations for our shipping line customers. When containers are off-lease, we can re-lease them if the lease terms are acceptable, sell them at that location, or move them to a higher demand location or a better sale location.	
 
 	•	 	Leading Seller of Used Containers. We believe we are one of the two largest sellers of used containers among container lessors. We believe that our experience in selling large quantities of containers at attractive prices generally optimizes the residual value of our fleet. It also enables us to serve some of our shipping line customers better by relieving them of the burden of disposing of their containers.	
 
 	•	 	We are able to mitigate the effects of the cyclical container shipping/leasing industry on our profitability by striking a balance between owned and managed containers and generating revenue streams from diverse sources.	
 
 	•	 	High Margin High Return Business Model. We believe that our business model of balancing the proportion of owned versus managed containers in our container fleet provides us over time with higher operating margins and higher returns on capital than would a model in which we only owned or only managed containers.	
 
35

Table of Contents
 	•	 	Diverse Revenue Streams. We derive revenues from leasing our owned containers, managing containers owned by third parties, buying and selling containers and supplying leased containers to the U.S. military. These multiple revenue streams provide for a diverse income base, mitigate the effects of our cyclical industry on our profitability and allow us to optimize our use of capital.	
 
 	•	 	We have demonstrated our ability to increase the size of our container fleet by purchasing containers from container manufacturers and by acquiring existing container fleets or their management rights.	
 
 	•	 	Strong, Long-standing Relationships with Manufacturers. As the leasing industry’s largest buyer of new containers, averaging more than 100,000 TEU per year for the past 10 years, we have developed strong relationships with container manufacturers. These relationships, along with our large volume buying power and solid financial structure, enable us to purchase containers at attractive prices and foster our ability to source containers during periods of high demand.	
 
 	•	 	Experienced Consolidator. Over the past 20 years, we have concluded eight transactions involving other lessors’ container fleets or management rights over those fleets, representing over 1,150,000 TEU in total. This experience provides us with a competitive advantage over other lessors who are less experienced in taking over ownership or management of other container fleets. We have demonstrated the ability to efficiently identify, analyze, structure and integrate the equipment and lease portfolios of other lessors. For example, we integrated the container fleet formerly managed by Gateway Management Services Limited, comprising 315,000 TEU, in three weeks. Furthermore, due to the flexibility and scalability of our infrastructure, these transactions result in significant increases in revenue without corresponding increases in expenses.	
Business Strategies
We intend to grow our business profitably by pursuing the following strategies:
 
 	•	 	Leverage Our Status as the Largest Intermodal Container Lessor and Consistent Purchaser in the Industry. While a number of our competitors’ purchasing patterns have fluctuated over time, we have been a consistent purchaser of containers and intend to continue to make regular purchases of containers, as they become available, to replace older containers and increase the size of our fleet, thereby maintaining what we believe to be one of the youngest fleet age profiles among major lessors. We believe that our scale, consistent purchasing habits, and maintenance of a young fleet age profile have provided us with a competitive advantage that we will continue to exploit by maintaining strong relationships with manufacturers and growing our market share with our existing customers.	
 
 	•	 	Pursue Attractive Acquisitions. We will continue to seek to identify and acquire attractive portfolios of containers, both on an owned and on a managed basis, to allow us to grow our fleet profitably. There has been significant consolidation in our industry. We believe that this trend will continue and will likely offer us opportunities for growth. We also believe that the current downturn in the world’s major economies and the constraints in the credit markets may also result in potential acquisition opportunities. As a result of renewing, amending and expanding our credit facilities, we have more than $300 million in liquidity with our credit facilities and available cash and maintain low leverage relative to past levels. Despite the difficulty in projecting future results in the current economic environment, we intend to actively seek accretive acquisition opportunities in the near future.	
 
 	•	 	Purchase and Leaseback Transactions. We believe that the challenges facing our industry, which are noted above, may also allow us to grow through the purchase and leaseback of customer-owned containers. These purchase and leaseback transactions can be attractive to our customers because they free up cash for their other capital needs, such as vessel financing. We expect these purchase and leaseback transactions will enable us to buy attractively priced containers from customers and place them on leases for the remainder of their marine service lives.	
 
 	•	 	Continue to Focus on Operating Efficiency. We have a low cost structure, having brought down our fleet management cost from $0.087 per CEU per day to $0.030 per CEU per day and grown the number	
 
36

Table of Contents
 	of CEU in our fleet per employee from 3,768 to 15,166, in each case over the last 10 years. Furthermore, we believe that we can continue to grow our fleet and therefore our revenue without a proportionate increase in our headcount, thereby spreading our operating expenses over a larger base and helping to improve our profitability.	
 
 	•	 	Extend the Lease of In-fleet Containers. Since many shipping lines are currently finding it difficult to access debt financing, but still must utilize scarce capital to finance vessels, it is possible that they will conclude in 2009, as they did in 2008, that it will be more cost-effective to extend leases of in-fleet containers than either to buy containers at higher prices or to lease new containers. Additionally, in order to keep our utilization as high as possible during the current economic downturn, our focus is to extend the leases of in-fleet containers as shipping lines seek to reduce operating costs because of declining freight rates.	
 
 	•	 	Grow Our Container Resale Business. Our container resale and trading business is a significant source of profits. We look to sell containers from our fleet when they reach the end of their useful lives in marine service or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering the location, sales price, cost of repair, and possible repositioning expenses. In order to improve the sales price of our containers, we often move them from the location where they are returned by the lessee to another location that has a higher market price. We benefit not only as a result of the increased sales price but also because we often receive rental revenue from a shipping line for the one-way lease of the container. We also buy and lease or resell containers from shipping line customers, container traders and other sellers of containers. We attempt to improve the sales price of these containers in the same manner as with containers from our fleet.	
 
 	•	 	Grow Our U.S. Military Management Business. Our status as the main provider of leased intermodal containers to the U.S. military has resulted in a complementary source of demand for containers, usually in locations with lower shipping line demand, which grants us more flexibility in managing the remainder of our fleet. We seek to broaden and deepen our relationship with the U.S. military in order to provide the best possible customer service, while continuing to grow the business. We are currently in the fifth year of the SDDC contract, which, subject to yearly performance review and contract confirmation, may be renewed by the U.S. military on a yearly basis for a total contract period of up to ten years. Our latest performance rating in 2008 was “Excellent” with a score of 93.7%.	
 
 	•	 	Maintain Access to Diverse Sources of Capital. We have successfully utilized a wide variety of financing alternatives to fund our growth, including secured and unsecured debt financings, bank financing, and equity from third party investors in containers. We believe this diversity of funding, combined with our anticipated access to the public equity markets, provides us with an advantage in terms of both cost and availability of capital.	
Operations
We operate our business through a network of 14 regional and area offices and over 330 independent depots in more than 150 locations. We maintain four regional offices as follows:
 
 	•	 	Americas Region in Hackensack, New Jersey, responsible for North and South America;	
 
 	•	 	European Region in London responsible for Europe, the Mediterranean, the Middle East, and Africa;	
 
 	•	 	North Asia Region in Yokohama responsible for Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan; and	
 
 	•	 	South Asia Region in Singapore, responsible for Southeast Asia, the PRC (including Hong Kong) and Australia.	
Regional vice presidents are in charge of regional leasing and operations. Marketing directors and assistants located in the region and area offices handle day-to-day marketing and collection activities. Our operations include a global sales force, container operations group, container resale group, and logistics services group. Our principal administrative office is located in San Francisco, California. Our registered office is in Hamilton, Bermuda.
 
37

Table of Contents
Our Container Fleet
As of December 31, 2008, we operated 2,043,778 TEU. We attempt to continually invest in our container fleet each year in an effort to replace the older containers being retired from marine service and to build our fleet size, when new containers become available. We purchased an average of 100,000 TEU per year over the past 10 years. Our ability to invest in our fleet on a consistent basis has been instrumental in our becoming the world’s largest container lessor. Our container fleet consists primarily of standard dry freight containers. However, as part of our entry into the refrigerated container market, which we announced on January 3, 2008, we have expanded our fleet to include refrigerated containers. The containers that we lease are either owned outright by us, owned by third parties and managed by us or leased-in from third parties. The table below summarizes the composition of our fleet, in TEU, by type of containers as of December 31, 2008 (unaudited):

  	  	Standard Dry
Freight	  	Dry Freight
Specialized	  	Total	  	Percent of
Total Fleet	 	
Managed	  	1,096,013	  	12,254	  	1,108,267	  	54.2	%	
Owned	  	858,675	  	11,530	  	870,205	  	42.6	%	
Finance leases and sub-leased units	  	62,899	  	2,407	  	65,306	  	3.2	%	
 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 	
Total fleet	  	2,017,587	  	26,191	  	2,043,778	  	100.0	%	
 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 	
The amounts in the table above did not changed significantly from December 31, 2008 to the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Our containers are designed to meet a number of criteria outlined by the ISO. The standard criteria include the size of the container and the gross weight rating of the container. This standardization ensures that the widest possible number of transporters can use containers and it facilitates container and vessel sharing by the shipping lines. The standardization of the container is also an important element of the container leasing business since we can operate one fleet of containers that can be used by all of our major customers.
Maintenance and repair of our containers is performed by independent depots that we retain in major port areas and in-land locations. Such depots also handle and inspect containers that are either picked up or redelivered by lessees, and store containers that are not leased.
Our Leases
Most of our revenues are derived from leasing our fleet of containers to our core shipping line customers. The vast majority of our container leases are structured as operating leases, though we also provide customers with finance leases. Regardless of lease type, we seek to exceed our targeted return on our owned and managed containers over the life of each container by managing container utilization, lease rates, drop-off restrictions and the used container sale process. We lease containers under three different types of operating leases and also under finance leases.
Term leases
Term leases provide a customer with a specified number of containers for a specified period, typically ranging from three to five years, with an associated set of pick-up and drop-off conditions. Our term leases generally require our lessees to maintain all units on lease for the duration of the lease. Such leases provide us with enhanced cash flow certainty due to their extended duration and typically carry lower per diem rates than other lease types. As of December 31, 2008, 70.2% of our total on hire fleet, as measured in TEU, was on term leases.
As of December 31, 2008, our term leases had an average remaining duration of 1.8 years, assuming no leases are renewed. However, we believe that many of our customers will renew leases for containers that are
 
38

Table of Contents
less than sale age at the expiration of the lease. In addition, our containers typically remain on-hire at the contractual per diem rate for an average of an additional 13 months beyond the end of the contractual lease term, for leases that are not extended, due to the logistical requirements our customers face by having to return containers to specific drop-off locations.
The following are the minimum future rentals for our total fleet at December 31, 2008, due under long-term leases (in thousands):

2009	  	$	78,812	
2010	  	 	55,531	
2011	  	 	44,046	
2012	  	 	28,996	
2013 and thereafter	  	 	34,814	
 	  	 	 	
 	  	$	242,199	
 	  	 	 	
Some of our term leases give our customers Early Termination Options (“ETOs”). If exercised, ETOs allow customers to return containers prior to the expiration of the term lease. However, if an ETO is exercised, the customer is required to pay a penalty per diem rate that is applied retroactively to the beginning of the lease. As a result of this retroactive penalty, ETOs have historically rarely been exercised.
Master leases
Master leases provide a framework of terms and conditions pursuant to which lessees can lease containers on an as-needed basis for unspecified periods of time. Master lease terms and conditions are valid for a set period, typically one year, and provide the lessee with greater flexibility than is typical in term leases. Under our master leases, lessees know in advance their per diem rates and drop-off locations, subject to monthly drop-off port limits. In addition, under these master lease agreements, the lessee is generally not committed to leasing a minimum number of containers from us during the lease term and may generally return the containers to us at any time, subject to certain restrictions. Due to their flexibility and duration, master leases command higher per diem rates than term leases. A subset of master leases is our special leases, which are predominately round-trip Asia leases, allowing customers to return containers at any time but with restrictions on drop-off locations, generally in higher demand locations in Asia. As of December 31, 2008, 23.2% of our total on-hire fleet, as measured in TEU, was on master leases.
Spot leases
Spot leases provide the customer with containers for a relatively short lease period with fixed pick-up and drop-off locations. Spot leases are generally used to position a container to a desired location for subsequent lease or sale. As of December 31, 2008, 3.2% of our total on hire fleet, as measured in TEU, was on spot leases.
Finance Leases
Finance leases provide our lessees with an alternative method to finance their container acquisitions. Finance leases are long-term in nature, typically ranging from three to eight years, usually the remainder of the container’s useful life in marine services, and require relatively little customer service attention. They ordinarily require fixed payments over a defined period and provide lessees with a right to purchase the subject containers for a nominal amount at the end of the lease term. Per diem rates include an element of repayment of capital and, therefore, typically are higher than rates charged under term leases. Finance leases require the container lessee to keep the containers on lease for the entire term of the lease. Finance leases are reflected as “Net investment in direct finance leases” on our balance sheet. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 3.4% of our total on hire fleet, as measured in TEU, was on finance leases with an average remaining term of 2.5 years.
 
39

Table of Contents
Damage Protection
Under all of our leases, our lessees are generally responsible for loss of or damage to a container beyond ordinary wear and tear, and they are required to purchase insurance to cover any other liabilities. Any damage must be repaired at the expense of the lessee according to standardized guidelines promulgated by the Institute of International Container Lessors (“IICL”). Lessees are also required to obtain insurance to cover loss of the equipment on lease, public liability and property damage insurance as well as indemnify us from claims related to their usage of the leased containers. In some cases, a Damage Protection Plan (“DPP”) is provided whereby the lessee pays us (in the form of either a higher per-diem rate or a fixed one-time payment upon the return of a container) to assume a portion of the financial burden of repairs up to a pre-negotiated amount. This DPP does not cover damages from war or war risks, loss of a container, constructive total loss of the container, damages caused by contamination or corrosion from cargo, damages to movable parts and any costs incurred in removing labels, which are all responsibilities of the lessees. DPP is generally cancelable by either party with prior written notice. Maintenance is monitored through inspections at the time that a container is leased out and returned. In 2008, DPP revenue was 3% of total lease rental income. We also maintain our own insurance to cover our containers when they are not on-hire to lessees or when the lessee fails to have adequate primary coverage, and third-party liability insurance for both on-hire and off-hire containers. In addition, we maintain insurance that would cover loss of revenue as a result of default under all of our leases, as well as the recovery cost or replacement value of all of our containers.
Lease Agreements
In general, our lease agreements consist of two basic elements, a master terms and conditions lease agreement, or a “Master Agreement,” and a lease schedule. Lease schedules contain the business terms (including daily rate, term duration and drop-off schedule, among other things) for specific leasing transactions, while Master Agreements outline the general rights and obligations of the lessor and lessee under all of the lease schedules covered by the Master Agreement. For most customers, we have a small number of Master Agreements (often one) and a large number of lease schedules.
Our standard Master Agreements generally require the lessees to pay rentals, depot charges, taxes and other charges when due, to maintain the containers in good condition and repair, to return the containers in good condition in accordance with the return conditions set forth in the Master Agreement, to use the containers in compliance with all laws, and to pay us for the value of the container as determined by us if the container is lost or destroyed. The default clause gives us certain legal remedies in the event that the lessee is in breach of the lease.
Re-leasing, Logistics and Depot Management
We believe that managing the period after termination of our containers’ first lease is one of the most important aspects of our business. The container shipping industry is characterized by large regional trade imbalances, with loaded containers generally flowing from export-oriented economies in Asia to North America and Western Europe. Because of these trade imbalances, container shipping lines have an incentive to return leased containers in North America and Western Europe to avoid the cost of shipping empty containers back to Asia. Successful management of the deployment of our containers after they come off their first lease requires disciplined re-leasing capabilities, logistics management, depot management, careful cost control and effective sales of used containers.
Re-leasing
Since our leases allow our lessees to return their containers, we typically lease a container several times during the time that it is part of our fleet. New containers can usually be leased with a limited sales and customer service infrastructure because initial leases for new containers typically cover large volumes of units and are fairly standardized transactions. Used containers, on the other hand, are typically leased in smaller transactions
 
40

Table of Contents
that are structured to accommodate pick-ups and returns in a variety of locations. Our utilization rates depend on our re-leasing capabilities. Factors that affect our ability to re-lease used containers include the size of our lessee base, ability to anticipate lessee needs, our presence in relevant geographic locations and the level of service we provide our lessees. We believe that our global presence and relationships with over 400 container lessees provide us an advantage in re-leasing our containers relative to many of our smaller competitors.
Logistics
Other methods of reducing off-lease risks include:
 
 	•	 	Limiting or prohibiting container returns to low-demand areas. In order to reduce our repositioning costs, our leases typically include a prohibition on returning containers to specific locations, limitations on the number of containers that may be returned to lower demand locations, drop-off charges for returning containers to lower demand locations or a combination of these provisions.	
 
 	•	 	Taking advantage of a robust secondary resale market when available. In order to optimize the investment return on a container, we have sold containers in our excess inventory when an analysis indicates it is financially more attractive than attempting to re-lease the container.	
 
 	•	 	Seeking one-way lease opportunities to move containers from lower demand locations to higher demand locations. One-way leases may include incentives, such as free days, credits and damage waivers. The cost of offering these incentives is generally less than the cost we would incur if we were to pay to reposition the containers. We also use one way leases to move containers from locations where the market price for selling containers is low to locations with a higher market price for containers, to improve the resale value of the containers.	
 
 	•	 	Paying to reposition our containers to higher demand locations. At locations where our inventories remain high, despite the efforts described above, we will selectively choose to reposition excess containers to locations with higher demand.	
 
 	•	 	Consistently purchasing containers in the PRC. We purchase all of our new containers from manufacturers in the PRC. Certain ports in the PRC, including the locations where we purchase containers, are also generally higher demand locations. By consistently purchasing containers in the PRC, we have increased flexibility to reposition our existing containers to other higher demand locations while still maintaining good coverage of the locations in the PRC.	
 
 	•	 	Diversifying our customers. We have sought to diversify our customers and correspondingly, the locations where containers are needed around the world. The U.S. military often requires containers in lower demand areas, which then allows us more flexibility in repositioning our containers.	
Depot Management
As of December 31, 2008, we managed our container fleet through more than 330 independent container depot facilities in more than 150 locations. Depot facilities are generally responsible for repairing containers when they are returned by lessees and for storing the containers while they are off-hire. Our operations group is responsible for managing our depot contracts and periodically visiting the depot facilities to conduct quality assurance audits to control costs and ensure repairs meet industry standards. We also supplement our internal operations group with the use of independent inspection agents. Furthermore, depot repair work is periodically audited to prevent over-charging. We are in regular communication with our depot partners through the use of electronic data interchange (“EDI”) and/or e-mail. The electronic exchange of container activity information with each depot is conducted via the internet. As of December 31, 2008, a large majority of our off-lease inventory was located at depots that are able to report notice of container activity and damage detail via EDI. We use the industry standard, ISO 9897 Container Equipment Data Exchange messages, for most EDI reporting.
Most of the depot agency agreements follow a standard form and generally provide that the depot will be liable for loss or damage of containers and, in the event of loss, will pay us the previously agreed loss value of
 
41

Table of Contents
the applicable containers. The agreements require the depots to maintain insurance against container loss or damage and we carry insurance to cover the risk when a depot’s insurance proves insufficient.
Our container repair standards and processes are generally managed in accordance with standards and procedures specified by the IICL. The IICL establishes and documents the acceptable interchange condition for containers and the repair procedures required to return damaged containers to the acceptable interchange condition. At the time that containers are returned by lessees, the depot arranges an inspection of the containers to assess the repairs required to return the containers to acceptable IICL condition. As part of the inspection process, damages are categorized either as lessee damage or normal wear and tear. Items typically designated as lessee damage include dents in the container and debris left in the container, while items such as rust are typically designated as normal wear and tear. In general, lessees are responsible for the lessee damage portion of the repair costs and we are responsible for normal wear and tear. The lessees are generally billed the lessee damage portion at the time the containers are returned. As discussed above in “Operations—Our Leases,” for an additional fee, we sometimes offer our lessees a DPP, pursuant to which we assume financial responsibility for repair costs up to a pre-negotiated amount.
Management Services
As of December 31, 2008, we owned approximately 43% of the containers in our fleet, and managed the rest, equaling 1,108,267 TEU, on behalf of 10 container investors. We earn acquisition, management and disposal fees on managed containers. Our IT systems track revenues and operating expenses attributable to specific containers and the container investors receive payments based on the net operating income of their own containers. Fees to manage containers typically include acquisition fees of 1 to 2% of the purchase price; daily management fees of 8 to 13% of net operating income; and disposal fees of 10% of cash proceeds when containers are sold. We earned combined acquisition, management and disposal fees on our managed fleet of $28.6 million, $24.1 million and $16.2 million for the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. If operating expenses were to exceed revenues, the container investors would be obligated to pay the excess or we would deduct the excess, including our management fee, from future net operating income. In some cases, we are compensated for sales through a percentage sharing of sale proceeds over an agreed floor amount. We will typically indemnify the container investors for liabilities or losses arising from negligence, willful misconduct or breach of our obligations in managing the containers. The container investors will indemnify us as the manager against any claims or losses arising with respect to the containers, provided that such claims or losses were not caused by our negligence, willful misconduct or breach of our obligations. Typically, the terms of the management agreements are for the expected remaining useful life in marine services of the containers subject to the agreement.
Resale of Containers
Our Container Resale segment sells containers from our fleet, at the end of their useful lives in marine service, typically about 12 years, or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering the location, sale price, cost of repair, and possible repositioning expenses. In addition, we buy used containers (trading containers) from shipping lines and other third parties that we then lease or resell. Our Resale Division has a global team of 21 container sales and operations specialists in five offices globally that manage the sale process for these used containers as of December 31, 2008. We believe our Container Resale segment is one of the two largest sellers of used containers among container lessors, selling more than 170,000 containers during the last two years to more than 1,000 customers. Our Container Resale segment has become a significant profit center for us. From 2004 through 2008, this division has generated $30.0 million in income before taxes, including $14.2 million in fiscal year 2008. We generally sell to depots, domestic storage companies, freight forwarders (who often use the containers for one-way trips into less developed countries) and other purchasers of used containers.
 
42

Table of Contents
Military
In June 2003, we entered into a contract with the SDDC pursuant to which we serve as a major supplier of leased marine containers to the U.S. military. Compared to our shipping line customers, we provide a much broader level of services to the U.S. military under the SDDC contract. We have developed and currently operate a proprietary information system for the U.S. military which provides the U.S. military real-time access to the status of its leased fleet. Furthermore, unlike our shipping line customers, who pick up from and return containers to container depots, for the U.S. military we are required to arrange transportation from a container depot to a military facility upon lease out and to pick up a container at a military facility and return it to a container depot when the lease period has ended. This requires us to arrange for movement of the empty containers by truck, rail and/or vessel. The SDDC contract provides added compensation for these services. In addition, since approximately half of these services are required in non-U.S. locations, our expenses for contracting for these services may be incurred in foreign currencies. The SDDC contract contains a foreign currency adjustment feature such that we are protected against many foreign currency risks for the expenses incurred under the SDDC contract.
The SDDC is the only lessee for which we are required, under the SDDC contract, to provide all containers that they request. In the event that containers are not available within our fleet, we fulfill our obligations under the SDDC contract by purchasing new or used containers or subleasing containers and equipment from other leasing companies. This contract also allows the U.S. military to return containers in many locations throughout the world, but the rate of return of containers that we have experienced to date has been very low. Since the inception of the SDDC contract, we have delivered or transitioned more than 111,000 containers and chassis to the U.S. military, of which fewer than 31,000 containers have been returned. However, over 39,000 containers have been reported as unaccounted for and the U.S. Military paid a stipulated value for each such container. The SDDC contract was awarded with a one-year base period, with four one-year extension options, and with a potential for up to five additional one-year “award terms,” which award terms will be considered and awarded based on an annual performance review and confirmation. We have been informed that we have been awarded our fourth SDDC contract extension, at this stage extending the term until June 23, 2012. We also received an “Excellent” rating for our performance under the SDDC contract for 2008 (the last period reviewed), pursuant to the annual performance review required thereunder. If we continue to receive such high evaluations, the total contract period under the SDDC contract could extend for the full ten years.
The U.S. military informed us in April, May, August, September and December of 2008 that 11,144 containers that they leased from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 5,138 were owned containers, 4,577 were managed for third party owners and 1,429 were subleased. Per the terms of our contract with the U.S. military, they paid a stipulated value for each of these containers. Due to the loss of these containers, future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers will cease, but we did record a $2.3 million gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The U.S. military informed us in August and September of 2007 that 27,925 containers that they leased from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 10,604 were owned containers, 12,657 were managed for third party owners and 4,664 were subleased. While future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers ceased due to the loss of these containers, we did record a $4.6 million gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
Underwriting and Credit Controls
We only lease to container shipping lines and other lessees that meet our credit criteria. Our credit approval process is rigorous and all of our underwriting and credit decisions are controlled by our credit committee, which is made up of senior management from different disciplines and includes our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice Presidents. Our credit committee sets different maximum exposure limits depending on our relationship and previous experience with each customer lessee and container sales customer. Credit criteria may include, but are not limited to, trade route, country, social and political climate, assessments of net worth, asset ownership, bank and trade credit references, credit bureau reports, operational history and financial strength.
 
43

Table of Contents
Our credit department sets and reviews credit limits for new and existing customer lessees and container sales customers, monitors compliance with those limits on an on-going basis, monitors collections, and deals with customers in default. Our credit department actively maintains a credit watch report on our proprietary information technology systems, which is available to all regional and area offices. This credit watch report lists customer lessees and container sales customers at or near their credit limits. New leases of containers by customer lessees on the credit watch report would only be allowed with the approval of our credit department. Similarly, management may decide to stop sales of containers to purchasers whose payments are delinquent. Our underwriting processes are aided by the long payment experience we have with most of our customer lessees and container sales customers, our broad network of relationships in the container shipping industry that provide current information about customer lessees’ and container sales customers’ market reputations and our focus on collections.
Other factors reducing losses due to default by a lessee or customer include the strong growth in the container shipping industry, effective collection tools, our high recovery rate for containers in default situations and the re-marketability of our container fleet. The strong growth in the container shipping industry helps reduce the risk of customer defaults since the core assets of a poorly performing shipping line, its ships and containers, have historically been needed to meet the demand for world containerized trade. As a result, poorly performing shipping lines are often acquired by other shipping lines. In addition, the law in several major port locations is highly favorable to creditors and many of our large customers call on ports that will allow us to arrest, or seize, the customers’ ships or fuel storage bunkers, or repossess our containers if the customer is in default under our container leases. Finally, we also purchase insurance for equipment recovery and loss of revenue due to customer defaults, in addition to the insurance that our customers are required to obtain.
During 2006 through 2008, we recovered, on average, approximately 64% of the containers that were the subject of defaulted contracts which had at least 1,000 CEU on lease. We typically incur operating expenses such as repairs and repositioning when containers are recovered after a default. However, all recovery expenses are typically covered under insurance and we are reimbursed above our deductible amount. Due to the above, over the last five years, our write-offs of customer receivables have averaged less than 1.0% of our total operating revenue over such period, and we believe that our receivables and days outstanding are low for the container leasing industry.
Marketing and Customer Service
Our global sales and customer service force is responsible for developing and maintaining relationships with senior management staff at our shipping line customers, negotiating lease contracts and maintaining day-to-day coordination with operations staff at our customers. This close customer communication often assists us in negotiating lease contracts that satisfy both our financial return requirements and our customers’ operating needs. It also makes us more likely to be aware of our customers’ potential equipment shortages and makes our customer more likely to be aware of our available container inventories.
Our senior sales people have considerable industry experience and we believe that the quality of our customer relationships and the level of communication with our customers represent an important advantage for us. As of December 31, 2008, our global sales and customer service group consisted of approximately 73 people, with 19 in North America, 37 in Asia and Australia, 12 in Europe and 5 in Africa.
Customers
We believe that our staff, organization and long presence in the business has resulted in very strong relationships with our shipping line customers. Our top 25 customers, as measured by lease billings, have leased containers from us for an average of over 23 years and have an average Dynamar credit rating, a common credit report used in the maritime sector, of 2.5. The Dynamar credit rating ranges from 1 to 10, with 1 indicating low credit risk. We had no customer that individually accounted for over 10% of our lease billings in 2008, 2007 and 2006. Our top 25 customers include 20 of the 25 largest shipping lines, as measured by container vessel fleet
 
44

Table of Contents
size. We currently have containers on-hire to more than 400 customers. Our customers are mainly international shipping lines, but we also lease containers to freight forwarding companies and the U.S. military. Our five largest customers accounted for approximately 34.0% of our total owned and managed fleet’s 2008 lease billings. Our top five customers by lease billings in 2008 were CMA-CGM , Hapag-Lloyd AG, Evergreen Marine Corp Ltd., A.P. Møller—MAERSK A/S, and Orient Overseas Container Line. Our largest customer is CMA-CGM, representing approximately 9.8% of our total owned and managed fleet’s 2008 lease billings. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, lease billings from our 25 largest container lessees by lease billings represented 75.9%, 78.4% and 80.7% of our total owned and managed fleet’s container leasing billings, respectively, with lease billings from our single largest container lessee accounting for $44.7 million, $33.0 million and $28.9 million or 9.8%, 8.4% and 9.0% of our total owned and managed fleet’s container lease billings during the respective periods. A default by any of these major customers could have a material adverse impact on our business, results from operations and financial condition. In addition, the largest lessees of our owned fleet are often among the largest lessees of our managed fleet. The largest lessees of our managed fleet are responsible for a significant portion of the billings that generate our management fee revenue.
Proprietary Information Technology
We have developed proprietary IT systems that allow us to monitor container status and offer our customers a high level of service. Our systems include internet-based updates regarding container availability and booking status. Our systems record the status of and provide the accounting and billing for each of our containers individually by container number. We also have the ability to produce complete management reports for each portfolio of equipment we own and manage. This makes us a preferred candidate to quickly assume management of competitors’ container fleets. We also maintain proprietary systems in support of our military business.
In addition, our systems allow our business partners to conduct certain businesses with us through our website, www.textainer.com. These systems allow customers to check our container inventories, review design specifications, request bookings for container pick-ups and review and approve repair bills. Our website also allows depots to download recent statements for self-billing activity and to check the status of containers.
Suppliers
We have long relationships with all of our major suppliers. We currently purchase all of our containers in the PRC. There are two major manufacturers of dry freight standard and specialized containers. Our operations staff reviews the designs for our containers and periodically audits the production facilities of our suppliers. In addition, we use our Asian operations group and third party inspectors to visit factories when our containers are being produced to provide an extra layer of quality control. Nevertheless, defects in our containers do sometimes occur. We work with the manufacturers to correct these defects, and our manufacturers have generally honored their warranty obligations in such cases.
Competition
According to the latest available data, the top ten container leasing companies control approximately 89%, and the top five container leasing companies control approximately 63%, of the total equipment held by all container lessors. According to this data, we are the world’s largest lessor of intermodal containers based on fleet size and we manage approximately 18% of the equipment held by all container leasing companies. The customers for leased containers are primarily international shipping lines.
We compete with approximately ten other large or medium size container leasing companies, many smaller lessors, companies and financial institutions offering finance leases, and promoters of container ownership and leasing as a tax-efficient investment. It is common for our shipping line customers to utilize several leasing companies to meet their container needs.
 
45

Table of Contents
Other lessors compete with us in many ways, including pricing, lease flexibility and supply reliability, as well as the location, availability, quality and individual characteristics of their containers and customer service. While we are forced to compete aggressively on price, we emphasize our supply reliability and high level of customer service to our customers. We invest heavily in our endeavors to ensure container availability in higher demand locations. We dedicate a large part of our organization to building customer relationships, maintaining close day-to-day coordination with customers’ operating staffs and have developed powerful and user-friendly systems that allow our customers to transact business with us through the internet. We believe that our close customer relationships, experienced staff, reputation for market leadership, scale efficiencies and proprietary systems provide important competitive advantages.
Legal Proceedings
On April 18, 2005, Textainer Equipment Income Fund; Textainer Equipment Income Fund II, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund III, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund IV, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund V, L.P.; and Textainer Equipment Income Fund VI, L.P. (collectively, the “TEIF Partnerships”), sold substantially all of their assets to RFH, Ltd. (“RFH”). At the time of this sale transaction, RFH engaged TEM, one of the general partners in each of the TEIF Partnerships, to manage the containers RFH bought.
Five lawsuits were filed between March 2005 and June 2007 in California state and federal court, initiated by certain limited partners of the TEIF Partnerships. The state cases were consolidated into one action in San Francisco Superior Court.
A second amended consolidated complaint was filed in the state action on June 7, 2007. The named plaintiffs in the consolidated state action were Leonard Labow, Alan P. Gordon (as Trustee), Michael S. Schwartz (as Trustee of various trusts) and Stephen L. Craig. Plaintiffs sued Textainer Financial Services Corporation (“TFSC”), TEM, TL, TCC, and RFH, Ltd asserting claims for alleged breach of fiduciary duty, and alleged aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. These claims are based on alleged self-dealing, conflicted transactions, and lack of due care in entering into the asset sale. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages, equitable relief, interest, fees and costs.
In the federal case, plaintiff Stephen L. Craig sued TEM, TFSC, TCC, TL, Textainer Group Holdings, Ltd., John Maccarone and RFH, Ltd. Asserting claims similar to the claims in the state action and violations of federal securities laws because proxy statements issued in connection with the sale of assets were allegedly materially false or misleading. The lawsuit sought equitable relief and an unspecified amount of damages, interest, fees and costs. The federal action was dismissed with prejudice on January 10, 2007, and has since been appealed. Oral argument on the appeal was held before the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on October 22, 2008.
On February 5, 2009, plaintiffs in the state case, plaintiff in the federal case, and the Textainer defendants reached a settlement agreement under which Textainer’s insurer will pay a total of $10 million to the plaintiffs on defendants’ behalf. On February 11, 2009, the Court gave the settlement agreement its preliminary approval, and a hearing regarding final approval of the settlement agreement is expected to take place in state court on April 21, 2009.
On November 24, 2008, the Ninth Circuit granted the federal parties’ joint motion for a stay in proceedings and deferral of decision in order to finalize settlement proceedings. The motion to stay was continued on January 23, 2009, and the parties expect to seek dismissal of the federal case on April 23, 2009.
In addition, in 2005 the Company reserved $2.5 million to resolve a dispute with a container manufacturer. The Company paid $1,300 pursuant to a court order. On November 28, 2006, the Company and its parent company, Trencor Limited, entered into a letter agreement related to a settlement with this container manufacturer and the sale of a South African container manufacturing plant. This container manufacturer owed money to Trencor and had claims against the Company. Pursuant to this letter agreement, the container
 
46

Table of Contents
manufacturer agreed to return the plant to Trencor in lieu of its liabilities and the Company agreed to cover Trencor’s losses upon the sale of the plant, up to a limit of $750, in settlement of the container manufacturer’s claims against them. A $450 reduction in the reserve was released to income in the fourth quarter of 2006. On August 23, 2007, Trencor entered into a sale agreement with a third party to sell the plant for an amount that would not result in any loss being recorded. This sale was subject to certain conditions and the receipt of funds from the buyer of the plant, both of which were met in 2008. As a result, the Company reduced its reserve in entirety in the second quarter of 2008.
In addition, from time to time we are a party to litigation matters arising in connection with the normal course of our business. While we cannot predict the outcome of these matters, in the opinion of our management, any liability arising from these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Nevertheless, unexpected adverse future events, such as an unforeseen development in our existing proceedings, new claims brought against us or changes in our current insurance arrangements could result in liabilities that have a material adverse impact on our business.
Environmental
We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants to air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and third-party claims for property damage and personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws and regulations in connection with our or our lessees’ current or historical operations or the storage of our containers. Under some environmental laws in the U.S. and certain other countries, the owner or operator of a leased container may be liable for environmental damage, cleanup or other costs in the event of a spill or discharge of material from a container without regard to the fault of the owner or operator. While we maintain certain limited liability insurance coverage as well as require our lessees to provide us with indemnity against certain losses, the insurance coverage is subject to large deductibles, limits on maximum coverage and significant exclusions and may not be sufficient to protect against any or all liabilities and such indemnities may not cover or be sufficient to protect us against losses arising from environmental damage and/or systems or services we may be required to install.
Regulation
We may be subject to regulations promulgated in various countries, including the U.S., seeking to protect the integrity of international commerce and prevent the use of containers for international terrorism or other illicit activities. For example, the Container Security Initiative, the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism and Operation Safe Commerce are among the programs administered by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that are designed to enhance security for cargo moving throughout the international transportation system by identifying existing vulnerabilities in the supply chain and developing improved methods for ensuring the security of containerized cargo entering and leaving the U.S. Moreover, the International Convention for Safe Containers, 1972, as amended, adopted by the International Maritime Organization, applies to new and existing containers and seeks to maintain a high level of safety of human life in the transport and handling of containers by providing uniform international safety regulations. As these regulations develop and change, we may incur increased compliance costs due to the acquisition of new, compliant containers and/or the adaptation of existing containers to meet any new requirements imposed by such regulations.
 
47

Table of Contents
C.	 	Organizational Structure	
Our current corporate structure is as follows:

We currently own 100% of all of our direct and indirect subsidiaries, except for TMCL. TMCL, a joint venture involving TL and Fortis, a subsidiary of Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V. As of December 31, 2008, TL held an 82.4% economic ownership interest and Fortis held a 16.1% economic ownership interest in TMCL. TL also holds 75% of the voting rights and Fortis holds 25% of the voting rights of TMCL.
Our principal shareholder, Halco Holdings Inc. (“Halco”), is owned by a discretionary trust with an independent trustee in which Trencor Limited and certain of its affiliates are the sole discretionary beneficiaries. Halco, which owned approximately 62.3% of our outstanding share capital as of December 31, 2008, is the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Halco Trust. Trencor is a South African container public company, listed on the JSE in Johannesburg, South Africa. Trencor was founded in 1929, and currently has businesses owning, leasing and managing marine cargo containers and finance related activities. Mobile Industries Limited (“Mobile Industries”), a holding company listed on the JSE, owns a 46.3% interest of Trencor and the family interests of our directors Neil I. Jowell and Cecil Jowell have a significant percentage in Mobile Industries with Neil and Cecil Jowell being directors of that company. In addition, the protectors of the Halco Trust are Neil I. Jowell, the chairman of both our board of directors and the board of directors of Trencor, and Cecil Jowell and James E. McQueen, members of our board of directors and the board of directors of Trencor. The protectors of the trust have the power, under the trust documents, to appoint or remove the trustee. The protectors cannot be removed and have the right to nominate replacement protectors. In addition, any changes to the beneficiary of the Halco Trust must be agreed to by both the independent trustee and the protectors of the trust.
 
D.	 	Property, Plant and Equipment	
As of December 31, 2008, our employees were located in 14 regional and area offices in 13 different countries. We have two offices in the U.S., including our administrative office in San Francisco, California and another office in Hackensack, New Jersey. We have 12 offices outside the U.S. in New Malden, United
 
48

Table of Contents
Kingdom; Hamburg, Germany; Durban, South Africa; Yokohama, Japan; Seoul, South Korea; Taipei, Taiwan; Singapore; Sydney, Australia; Jakarta, Indonesia; Port Kelang, Malaysia; Hong Kong, and Shanghai, China. We lease all of our office space. The lease for our San Francisco office expires in December 2016 and the lease for our Hackensack, New Jersey office expires in April 2012. In addition, we have agents who represent us in India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Thailand, and Vietnam. We also maintain a registered office in Bermuda, where Textainer Group Holdings Limited is incorporated.
We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet current requirements and that additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate our expected growth.
 
ITEM 4A.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 5.	OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS	
The following Operating and Financial Review and Prospects should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements. See “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements; Cautionary Language.” Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, particularly in Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors.”
Dollar amounts in this section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated.
Executive Summary
Operating since 1979, we are the world’s largest lessor of intermodal containers based on fleet size, with a total fleet of more than 1.3 million containers, representing over 2,000,000 TEU. Our net income during 2008 was the highest in our history and we recorded impressive results in virtually every area of our business, despite the economic turmoil that began in the second half of the year. Specifically, we increased long-term lease originations, maintained high utilization rates, realized historically high margins on container sales, renewed and expanded our debt facilities and entered into the refrigerated container market. While the overall demand for our containers started to decline in the fourth quarter of 2008, utilization averaged 94.8% for the year. This high utilization for the year further supports our strategy of securing a large portion of our containers on long-term contracts with a diverse group of shipping lines. In addition, our container resale segment had the best year in its history. Full year resale income before taxes of $14.3 million exceeded last year’s record results by $4.0 million, or 38%. However, the challenges encountered in the second half of 2008 from the global financial crisis are expected to have a deepening impact on 2009. Refer to our “2009 Outlook” for further discussion.
Our business comprises four reportable segments for financial reporting purposes: Container Ownership, Container Management, Container Resale and Military Management. Our total revenues primarily consist of leasing revenues derived from the leasing of our owned containers and, to a lesser extent, fees received for managing containers owned by third parties, equipment resale and military management. The most important driver of our profitability is the extent to which revenues on our owned fleet and management fee income exceed our operating costs. The key drivers of our revenues are fleet size, rental rates and utilization. Our operating costs primarily consist of depreciation and amortization, interest expense, direct operating expenses and administrative expenses. Our lessees are generally responsible for loss of or damage to a container beyond ordinary wear and tear, and they are required to purchase insurance to cover any other liabilities.
 
49

Table of Contents
Key Factors Affecting Our Performance
We believe there are a number of key factors that have affected, and are likely to continue to affect, our operating performance. These key factors include the following, among others:
 
 	•	 	the demand for leased containers;	
 
 	•	 	lease rates;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to lease our new containers shortly after we purchase them;	
 
 	•	 	prices of new containers and the impact of changing prices on the residual value of our owned containers;	
 
 	•	 	remarketing risk;	
 
 	•	 	further consolidation of container manufacturers and/or decreased access to new containers; and	
 
 	•	 	terrorist attacks, the threat of such attacks or the outbreak of war and hostilities.	
Lease rates and the demand for leased containers remained strong during 2008, which allowed us to lease new containers almost immediately after we purchased them with very little remarketing risk. We have also experienced a significant increase in resale prices for our containers over the past few years as a result of a lower number of containers available for sale due to higher utilization and the increased cost of new containers. Based on this extended period of higher container resale values and an expectation that new equipment prices will remain near current levels, we increased the estimated residual value of our containers during 2008. For further details of these and other factors which may affect our business and results of operations, see Item 3, “ Key Information—Risk Factors. ”
2009 Outlook
Industry
During the second half of 2008, a global financial crisis, particularly affecting the credit markets as well as equity markets, accelerated and the global recession deepened. Though we cannot predict the extent, duration or ramifications of the current global financial crisis and the global recession, we believe that the current downturn in the world’s major economies and the constraints in the credit markets are likely to cause containerized cargo volume growth to slow or contract on some trade routes in 2009. Typically, a slowdown or contraction in containerized cargo volume growth leads to a surplus of containers, lower utilization, higher direct costs (mainly storage costs), weaker shipping lines going out of business and a reduction in the size of container fleets.
Operations
Although our utilization reached a record high during 2008, redeliveries of containers have recently increased significantly with a notable decline in leaseouts, contributing to a decline in utilization. We have been advised by some of our customers that heavy redeliveries are likely to continue through April of 2009. Approximately 80% of these redeliveries have been in Asia, where we expect demand for containers to increase to the extent that market conditions improve. This should help mitigate empty repositioning costs that we might otherwise incur. In addition, we are rationing remaining storage space in some locations due to a lack of storage space. Finally, to date, there have been four bankruptcies and defaults among our smaller customers, totaling about 1% of our owned and managed fleets, in which a substantial portion of the containers have already been recovered or are in the process of being recovered. In 2009, we expect that there could be more bankruptcies and demands for rental rate discounts.
We do not currently anticipate that a large long-term surplus of leased containers will develop, due to a substantial decline in production of new containers and an increase in disposal rates for older standard dry freight containers by shipping lines and lessors. Most factories that produce containers have been closed and the
 
50

Table of Contents
companies operating them have indicated that they will not reopen these factories at least until April 2009. Since many shipping lines are currently finding it difficult to access debt financing, but still must utilize scarce capital to finance vessels, it is possible that they will conclude in 2009, as they did in 2008, that it will be more cost-effective to extend leases of in-fleet containers than either to buy containers at higher prices or to lease new containers. Additionally, in order to keep utilization as high as possible during the current economic downturn, our main focus is to extend the leases of in-fleet containers as shipping lines seek to reduce operating costs because of declining freight rates.
Strategic Focus
Our long-term strategy is to grow both organically and through acquisitions. We believe that the challenges facing our industry, which are noted above, may result in potential acquisition opportunities. As a result of renewing, amending and expanding our credit facilities in 2008, we have more than $300 million of liquidity with our credit facilities and available cash and maintain low leverage relative to past levels. Despite the difficulty in projecting future results in the current economic environment, we intend to actively seek accretive acquisition opportunities in the months ahead.
Another possible area for growth we intend to pursue is the purchase and leaseback of customer-owned containers. These purchase and leaseback transactions can be attractive to our customers because they free up their cash for other capital needs, such as vessel financing. We expect these purchase and leaseback transactions will enable us to buy attractively priced containers from customers and place them on leases for the remainder of their marine service lives.
Revenue
Our revenue comprises lease rental income, management fees, trading container sale proceeds and gain on sale of containers, net.
Lease Rental Income. We generate lease rental income by leasing our owned containers to container shipping lines and other customers, such as the U.S. military. Lease rental income comprises daily per diem rental changes due under the lease agreements, together with payments for other charges set forth in the leases, such as handling fees, drop-off charges and pick-up charges and credits (together “geography revenue”) and charges for a damage protection plan (“DPP”). The operating results of our owned container business are determined by the amount by which our container rental revenue exceeds our ownership costs, consisting primarily of depreciation, interest expense, storage, handling and other direct operating expenses and management costs.
Utilization is a key performance indicator that demonstrates how much of our equipment is on lease at a point in time or over a period of time. We measure utilization on the basis of containers on lease, using the actual number of days on hire, expressed as a percentage of containers available for lease, using the actual days available for lease. Prior to 2007, we calculated containers available for lease to include all containers in our fleet. Utilization figures in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for periods prior to 2007 are calculated in this manner. Starting in 2007, to conform to the method used by most of our competitors, we began calculating containers available for lease by excluding containers that have been manufactured for us but have not been delivered yet to a lessee and containers designated as held-for-sale units. This change in the method of calculating utilization causes our utilization rate to appear higher than under the former methodology, but has no effect on the amount of lease rental income earned. Our utilization is primarily a function of our current lease structure, overall level of container demand, the location of our available containers and prevailing lease terms by location. The location of available containers is critical because containers available in high-demand locations are more readily leased and are typically leased on more favorable terms than containers available in low-demand locations.
Lease rental income is also affected by per diem rates. The per diem rate for a lease is set at the time we enter into a lease agreement. Our long-term per diem rate for new containers has historically been strongly
 
51

Table of Contents
influenced by new container pricing (which in turn is heavily influenced by container manufacturing industry concentrations and steel and other component pricing), interest rates, the balance of supply and demand for containers at a particular time and location, our estimate of the residual value of the container at the end of its useful life in marine service, the type of the container being leased, container purchasing activities by container shipping lines and competitors and efficiencies in container utilization by container shipping lines. Average per diem rates for containers in our owned fleet and in the portfolios of containers comprising our managed fleet change slowly in response to changes in new container prices because existing lease agreements can only be re-priced upon the expiration of the lease.
Management Fees. Management fee revenue is generated by our management services, which include the acquisition, leasing, repair, repositioning, storage and disposition of containers. We provide these management services pursuant to management agreements with container investors. Under these agreements, we earn fees for the acquisition of new containers and the management of the containers, and a sales commission upon disposition of containers under management. The management agreements typically cover the entire economic life of the containers.
Our acquisition fees are calculated as a percentage of the cost of the container. Our management fees are calculated as a percentage of net operating income of the containers. Net operating income is calculated as the lease payment and any other revenue attributable to a container, minus operating expenses related to that container (but not depreciation or financing expenses of the container investor). The management fee percentage generally varies based upon the type of lease and the terms of the management agreement. Management fee percentages for long-term leases are generally lower than management fee percentages for short-term leases because less daily involvement by management personnel is required to manage long-term leases. Our sales commissions are either fixed dollar amount or based on a percentage of the sales price.
All rental operations are conducted worldwide in our name as agent for the container investors. Revenues, customer accounts receivable, operating expenses, and vendor payables arising from direct container operations of the managed portion of our fleet are excluded from our financial statements.
Trading Container Sales Proceeds. Our Container Resale Division purchases used containers from third parties, primarily shipping lines, and resells these containers to a wide variety of buyers. This activity is reported as trading container sales proceeds.
Gain on Sale of Containers, net. Gain on sale of containers, net, represents the excess of the sale price of our owned fleet containers over their net book value at the time of sale. Containers are generally sold at the end of their useful lives in marine service or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering the location, sale price, cost of repair and possible repositioning expenses.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses include direct container expenses and depreciation of container rental equipment applicable to our owned containers, as well as general and administrative expenses for our total fleet.
Direct Container Expenses. Storage, handling, maintenance, repositioning and other direct container expenses are operating costs of our owned fleet. Storage and handling expenses occur when our customers drop off containers at depots around the world. Storage and handling expenses vary significantly by location. Other direct container expenses include maintenance expenses, which are the result of normal wear and tear on the containers, and repositioning expenses, which are incurred when we contract to move containers from locations where our inventories exceed actual or expected demand to locations with higher demand. Storage, handling, maintenance, repositioning and other direct container expenses are directly related to the number of containers in our owned fleet and inversely related to our utilization rate for those containers. As utilization increases, we typically have lower storage, handling, maintenance and repositioning expenses. We use the direct expense method of accounting for maintenance and repairs.
 
52

Table of Contents
Our leases require the lessee to pay for any damage to the container beyond normal wear and tear at the end of the lease term. We also offer a DPP pursuant to which the lessee pays a fee over the term of the lease (per diem) in exchange for not being charged for certain damages at the end of the lease term. This revenue is recognized as earned over the term of the lease. We do not recognize revenue and related expense for customers who are billed at the end of the lease term under the DPP or for other lessees who do not participate in the DPP. Based on past history, there is uncertainty as to collectability of these amounts from lessees who are billed at the end of the lease term because the amounts due under the DPP are typically re-negotiated at the end of the lease term or the lease term is extended.
Cost of Trading Containers Sold. We buy used containers for resale, primarily from shipping lines. Cost of trading containers sold represents the cost of these containers and is recognized as an expense at the time the containers are sold.
Depreciation Expense. We depreciate our containers on a straight-line basis over a period of 12 years to a fixed residual value. We regularly assess both the estimated useful life of our containers and the expected residual values, and, when warranted, adjust our depreciation estimate accordingly. Depreciation expense will vary over time based upon the number and the purchase price of containers in our owned fleet. Beginning in the third quarters of 2008 and 2006, depreciation of our existing owned fleet decreased as a result of an increase in our estimate of the residual values of our containers. However, this decrease could be partially or totally offset as a result of an increase in the size of our owned fleet in subsequent periods.
Amortization Expense. Amortization expense represents the amortization of the price paid for the rights to manage the container fleets of Gateway Management Services Limited (“Gateway”) and Capital Lease Limited, Hong Kong (“Capital”). The purchase price is being amortized over the expected useful life of the contracts on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees.
General and Administrative Expense. Our general and administrative expenses are primarily employee-related costs such as salary, employee benefits, rent, travel and entertainment costs, as well as expenses incurred for outside services such as legal, consulting and audit-related fees. We expect general and administrative expenses to be higher in the future, as we incur additional costs related to operating as a public company.
Short-term Incentive Compensation Expense. Short-term incentive compensation expense is the annual bonus plan in which all company employees participate. The compensation amounts are determined on an annual basis based on the company’s performance.
Long-term Incentive Compensation Expense. Long-term incentive compensation expense represents costs recorded for share-based and cash compensation that vests over several years in which most company employees participate.
Bad Debt Expense, net. Bad debt expense, net, represents the amounts recorded to provide for an allowance for the doubtful collection of accounts receivable for the owned fleet.
 
53

Table of Contents
A.	 	Operating Results	
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
The following table summarizes our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and percentage changes between those periods:

 	  	Year Ended December 31,	  	% Change Between	 	
 	  	2008	  	2007	  	2006	  	2008 and 2007	 	 	2007 and 2006	 	
 	  	(Dollars in thousands)	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Lease rental income	  	$	198,600	  	$	192,342	  	$	186,093	  	3.3	%	 	3.4	%	
Management fees	  	 	28,603	  	 	24,125	  	 	16,194	  	18.6	%	 	49.0	%	
Trading container sales proceeds	  	 	34,231	  	 	25,497	  	 	14,137	  	34.3	%	 	80.4	%	
Gain on sale of containers, net	  	 	15,647	  	 	13,544	  	 	9,558	  	15.5	%	 	41.7	%	
Other, net	  	 	—  	  	 	284	  	 	480	  	(100.0	%)	 	(40.8	%)	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	$	277,081	  	$	255,792	  	$	226,462	  	8.3	%	 	13.0	%	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Lease rental income increased $6,258 (3.3%) from 2007 to 2008. This included a $11,828 increase due to a 6.8% increase in fleet size, a $2,165 increase in finance lease income, a $1,920 increase due to a 1.1 percentage point increase in utilization and a $847 increase in handling income, partially offset by a $6,476 decrease due to a 3.6% decrease in per diem rental rates, a $2,400 decrease in geography income (drop-off charges and pick-up charges and credits), a $963 increase in amortization of acquired above-market leases related to Textainer Limited’s (“TL”) purchase of 3,000 additional shares of Textainer Marine Containers Limited’s (“TMCL”) on November 1, 2007, a $496 decrease in DPP income and a $398 decrease in military sublease income. Lease rental income increased $6,249 (3.4%) from 2006 to 2007. This included a $12,118 increase due to a 7.6% increase in fleet size, a $827 increase in geography income and a $478 increase in finance lease income, partially offset by a decrease of $5,290 due to a 3.1% decrease in per diem rental rates, a decrease of $1,319 due to a 0.8% decrease in utilization and a $415 decrease in military sublease income.
Management fee revenue increased $4,478 (18.6%) from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to $5,899 in additional fees earned from managing the Capital lease fleet, partially offset by a $1,421 decrease due to a net decrease in the size of the fleets managed for other container investors. Management fee revenue increased $7,931 (49.0%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to $7,096 in additional fees earned from managing the Gateway and Capital lease fleets.
Trading container sales proceeds increased $8,734 (34.3%) from 2007 to 2008. $4,084 of this increase was due to a 16.0% increase in unit sales due to an increase in the number of trading containers that we were able to source and sell and $4,650 of this increase was due to an increase in average proceeds of $216 per unit. However, given the decline in the availability of trading containers, trading container sales are unlikely to continue at the same pace in 2009 as they did in 2008. Trading container sales proceeds increased $11,360 (80.4%) from 2006 to 2007. $10,204 of this increase was due to a 72.2% increase in unit sales due to an increase in the number of trading containers that we were able to source and sell and $1,156 of this increase was due to an increase in average proceeds of $62 per unit.
Gain on sale of containers, net, increased $2,103 (15.5%) from 2007 to 2008. $4,751 of the increase was due to an increase of $158 in average sales proceeds per unit, partially offset by a $2,648 decrease due to a 19.6% decrease in the number of containers sold. Gain on sale of containers, net, increased $3,986 (41.7%) from 2006 to 2007. $3,443 of the increase was due to a 36.0% increase in units sold and $543 of the increase was due to an increase of $14 in average sales proceed per unit.
 
54

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes our total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and percentage changes between those periods:

 	  	Year Ended December 31,	  	% Change Between	 	
 	  	2008	  	2007	  	2006	  	2008 and 2007	 	 	2007 and 2006	 	
 	  	(Dollars in thousands)	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Direct container expense	  	$	25,709	  	$	32,895	  	$	29,757	  	(21.8	%)	 	10.5	%	
Cost of trading containers sold	  	 	26,596	  	 	20,753	  	 	11,480	  	28.2	%	 	80.8	%	
Depreciation expense	  	 	48,900	  	 	48,757	  	 	54,330	  	0.3	%	 	(10.3	%)	
Amortization expense	  	 	6,979	  	 	3,677	  	 	1,023	  	89.8	%	 	259.4	%	
General and administrative expense	  	 	20,991	  	 	18,063	  	 	15,870	  	16.2	%	 	13.8	%	
Short-term incentive compensation expense	  	 	4,257	  	 	4,094	  	 	4,694	  	4.0	%	 	(12.8	%)	
Long-term incentive compensation expense	  	 	3,148	  	 	932	  	 	285	  	237.8	%	 	227.0	%	
Bad debt expense, net	  	 	3,663	  	 	1,133	  	 	664	  	223.3	%	 	70.6	%	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	  	$	140,243	  	$	130,304	  	$	118,103	  	7.6	%	 	10.3	%	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Direct container expense decreased $7,186 (-21.8%) from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to a $6,019 decrease in repositioning expense, a $1,081 decrease in storage expense and a $917 decrease in military sublease expense, partially offset by a $632 increase in DPP repair expense and a $320 increase in insurance expense. Direct container expense increased $3,138 (10.5%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a $2,505 increase in repositioning expense and a $1,441 increase in DPP repair expense, partially offset by a $438 decrease in military sublease expense.
Cost of trading containers sold increased $5,843 (28.2%) from 2007 to 2008. $3,324 of the increase was due to a 16.0 % increase in unit sales due to an increase in the number of trading containers that we were able to source and sell and $2,519 increase was due to a 10.5% increase in the average cost per unit of sold containers. Cost of trading containers sold increased $9,273 (80.8%) from 2006 to 2007. $8,287 of the increase was due to a 72.2% increase in unit sales due to an increase in the number of trading containers that we were able to source and sell and $986 was due to a 5.0% increase in the average cost per unit of sold containers.
Depreciation expense increased $143 (0.3%) from 2007 to 2008. $7,387 of the increase was due to an increase in fleet size and a higher average cost for new container purchases, partially offset by a $7,200 decrease due to an increase in estimated future residual values used in the calculation of depreciation expense in July 2008. Depreciation expense decreased $5,573 (-10.3%) from 2006 to 2007. $11,022 of the decrease was due to an increase in estimated future residual values used in the calculation of depreciation expense in October 2006, partially offset by a $5,066 increase due to an increase in fleet size and a higher average cost for new container purchases and a $383 increase in impairments to write down the value of containers identified for sale to their estimated fair value.
Amortization expense was $6,979, $3,677 and $1,023 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. This expense represents the amortization of the amounts paid to acquire the rights to manage the Gateway and Capital container fleets.
General and administrative expense increased $2,928 (16.2%) from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to a $739 increase in compensation cost, a $726 increase in professional fees, a $548 increase in insurance expense and a $278 increase in board of directors’ fees primarily related to operating as a public company following the Company’s October 2007 initial public offering, a $197 increase in facilities cost and a $179 increase in travel expense. General and administrative expense increased $2,193 (13.8%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a $982 increase in professional fees and $567 increase in compensation cost.
Short-term incentive compensation expense increased $163 (4.0%) from 2007 to 2008 due to an expected incentive compensation award for 2008 that is relatively flat compared to compared to the incentive compensation award for 2007. Short-term incentive compensation expense decreased $600 (-12.8%) from 2006
 
55

Table of Contents
to 2007 due to a decrease in the company’s return on shareholders’ equity, which was the determinant of short-term incentive compensation in those years.
Long-term incentive compensation expense increased $2,216 (237.8%) from 2007 to 2008 due to share options and restricted share units that were granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan in October 2007 and November 2008. Long-term incentive compensation expense increased $647 (227.0%) from 2006 to 2007 due to share options and restricted share units that were granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan in October 2007. We expect long-term incentive compensation expense to increase in 2009.
Bad debt expense, net, increased $2,530 (223.3%) from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to a net increase for the year in the allowance for doubtful accounts primarily resulting from the default of one customer and bankruptcies of three customers. Bad debt expense, net, increased $469 (70.6%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a higher net increase for the year in the allowance for doubtful accounts.
The following table summarizes other income (expenses) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and percentage changes between those periods:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	 	% Change Between	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	 	2008 and 2007	 	 	2007 and 2006	 	
 	 	(Dollars in thousands)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	$	(26,227	)	 	$	(37,094	)	 	$	(33,083	)	 	(29.3	%)	 	12.1	%	
Interest income	 	 	1,482	 	 	 	3,422	 	 	 	2,286	 	 	(56.7	%)	 	49.7	%	
Realized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps and caps, net	 	 	(5,986	)	 	 	3,204	 	 	 	2,848	 	 	(286.8	%)	 	12.5	%	
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net	 	 	(15,105	)	 	 	(8,274	)	 	 	(574	)	 	82.6	%	 	1341.5	%	
Gain on lost military containers, net	 	 	2,252	 	 	 	4,639	 	 	 	—  	 	 	(51.5	%)	 	N/A	 	
Other, net	 	 	(203	)	 	 	56	 	 	 	243	 	 	(462.5	%)	 	(77.0	%)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net other expense	 	$	(43,787	)	 	$	(34,047	)	 	$	(28,280	)	 	28.6	%	 	20.4	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense decreased $10,867 (-29.3%) from 2007 to 2008. $14,083 of the decrease was due to a decrease in average interest rates of 2.23 percentage points, partially offset by an increase of $3,216 due to an increase in average debt balances of $50,380. Interest expense increased $4,011 (12.1%) from 2006 to 2007. $2,604 of the increase was due to an increase in average debt balances of $42,392 and $1,407 of the increase was due to an increase in average interest rates of 0.24 percentage points.
Interest income decreased $1,940 (-56.7%) from 2007 to 2008. $2,626 of the decrease was due to a decrease in average interest rates of 2.91 percentage points, partially offset by an increase of $686 due to an increase in average cash balances of $15,098. Interest income increased $1,136 (49.7%) from 2006 to 2007. $733 of the increase was due to an increase in average cash balances of $18,284 and $403 of the increase was due to an increase in average interest rates of 0.53 percentage points.
Realized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps and caps, net changed from a net gain of $3,204 in 2007 to a net loss of $5,986 in 2008. $9,481 of the change was due to a decrease in average interest rates of 2.50 percentage points, partially offset by an increase of $291 due to an increase in average interest rate swap notional amounts of $31,571. Realized gains on interest rate swaps and caps, net increased $356 (12.5%) from 2006 to 2007. $365 was due to an increase in average interest rates of 0.11 percentage points, partially offset by a decrease of $9 due to a decrease in average interest rate swap notional amounts of $1,091.
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net increased $6,831 from 2007 to 2008 due to a greater increase in the net fair value liability of interest rate swap agreements held. Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net increased $7,700 from 2006 to 2007 due to a change in the net fair value asset of interest rate swap agreements held in 2006 to a net fair value liability in 2007.
 
56

Table of Contents
The U.S. military informed us in April, May, August, September and December of 2008 that a total of 11,144 containers that they leased from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 5,138 were owned containers, 4,577 were managed for third party owners and 1,429 were subleased. Per the terms of our contract with the U.S. military, they paid a stipulated value for each of these containers. Due to the loss of these containers, future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers will cease, but we did record a $2,252 gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The U.S. military informed us in August and September of 2007 that 27,925 containers that they leased from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 10,604 were owned containers, 12,657 were managed for third party owners and 4,664 were subleased. While future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers ceased due to the loss of these containers, we did record a $4,639 gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
The following table summarizes income tax (benefit) expense and minority interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and percentage changes between those periods:

 	  	Year Ended December 31,	  	% Change Between	 	
 	  	2008	 	 	2007	  	2006	  	2008 and 2007	 	 	2007 and 2006	 	
 	  	(Dollars in thousands)	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax (benefit) expense	  	$	(871	)	 	$	6,847	  	$	4,299	  	(112.7	%)	 	59.3	%	
Minority interest expense	  	$	8,681	 	 	$	16,926	  	$	19,499	  	(48.7	%)	 	(13.2	%)	
Income tax (benefit) expense changed from income tax expense of $6,847 in 2007 to an income tax benefit of $871 in 2008. The 2004 United States tax return for TGH’s subsidiary Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited (“TEM”) and the 2004 and 2005 United States tax returns for TL were examined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). In May 2008, the Company received notification from the IRS that they had completed their examination and made no changes to the amount of tax reported. As a result, income tax expense for the fiscal year ended 2008 reflects a decrease of $4,480 related to the Company’s reduction of unrecognized tax benefits. In addition, $3,359 of the change from 2007 to 2008 is also due to a lower effective tax rate, partially offset by an increase in income tax expense of $121 due to a higher level of income before tax. Income tax expense increased $2,548 (59.3%) from 2006 to 2007. $1,937 of the increase was due to a higher effective tax rate and $611 of the increase was due to a higher level of taxable income.
Minority interest expense decreased $8,245 (-48.7%) from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to TL’s purchase of 3,000 additional shares of TMCL on November 1, 2007, as a result of which TL now owns 75% of TMCL’s Class A shares compared to 50% prior to the purchase. This decrease was partially offset by a higher level of net income generated by TMCL for 2008 compared to 2007. See Item 4,  “Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Significant Events. ” Minority interest expense decreased $2,573 (-13.2%) from 2006 to 2007 due to a lower level of net income generated by TMCL and TL’s purchase of additional shares of TMCL.
Segment Information
The following table summarizes our income before taxes attributable to each of our business segments for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 and 2006 (before inter-segment eliminations) and percentage changes between those periods:

 	  	Year Ended December 31,	  	% Change Between	 	
 	  	2008	  	2007	  	2006	  	2008 and 2007	 	 	2007 and 2006	 	
 	  	(Dollars in thousands)	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Container ownership	  	$	58,711	  	$	48,209	  	$	42,949	  	21.8	%	 	12.2	%	
Container management	  	$	15,021	  	$	17,302	  	$	11,523	  	(13.2	%)	 	50.2	%	
Container resale	  	$	14,249	  	$	10,294	  	$	5,458	  	38.4	%	 	88.6	%	
Military management	  	$	1,551	  	$	2,161	  	$	1,172	  	(28.2	%)	 	84.4	%	
 
57

Table of Contents
Income before taxes attributable to the container ownership segment increased $10,502 (21.8%) from 2007 to 2008. This increase consisted primarily of a $10,867 decrease in interest expense due to lower average interest rates partially offset by higher average debt balances, a $7,637 decrease in minority interest expense, a $6,656 increase in container lease rental income resulting from a larger fleet size and higher utilization partially offset by lower rental rates, a $6,539 decrease in direct container expense, a $2,099 increase in gain on sale of containers, net and a $923 increase in other, net due to the release of a $750 reserve and recognition of a $173 gain for TGH’s share of proceeds from the sale of Trencor’s South African container manufacturing plant. These increases to income before taxes attributable to the container ownership segment were partially offset by a change in realized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps and caps, net to a loss of $5,986 in 2008 from a gain of $3,204 in 2009, a $6,831 increase in unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net, a $2,547 increase in bad debt expense, net, a $1,927 decrease in gain on lost military containers, net, a $1,629 decrease in interest income, a $992 increase in structuring fees paid by TMCL to FB Transportation Capital (“Fortis”) for container purchases, a $408 increase in overhead expenses and a $405 increase in depreciation expense.
Income before taxes attributable to the container ownership segment increased $5,260 (12.2%) from 2006 to 2007. This increase consisted primarily of a $6,658 increase in lease rental income resulting from a larger fleet size, partially offset by lower utilization and rental rates, a $5,270 decrease in depreciation expense due to the increase in estimated residual values used in the calculation of depreciation expense, partially offset by a larger fleet size. In addition, $4,101 of the increase was due to a gain on lost military containers, $3,990 of the increase was due to an increase in the gain on sale of containers, net and $3,156 of the increase was due to decreased minority interest expense. These increases to income before taxes attributable to the container ownership segment were partially offset by a $7,700 increase in unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net, a $6,143 increase in direct container expense due to a larger fleet size and a $4,011 increase in interest expense due to higher average debt balances and interest rates.
Income before taxes attributable to the container management segment decreased $2,281 (-13.2%) from 2007 to 2008. This decrease consisted primarily of a $2,988 increase in amortization expense due to the amortization of the intangible assets related to the acquisition of the rights to manage the Capital fleet, a $2,216 increase in long-term incentive compensation expense, a $1,421 decrease in management fees due to a net decrease in the fleet size of managed fleets other than the Capital fleet, a $608 increase in overhead expenses, a $297 decrease in interest income and a $163 decrease in short-term incentive compensation expense. These increases to income before taxes attributable to the container management segment were partially offset by an increase of $5,899 in additional management fees earned on the Capital fleet.
Income before taxes attributable to the container management segment increased $5,779 (50.2%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a $7,096 increase in management fees earned on the Gateway and Capital fleets and management fees earned based on the increase in net operating income resulting from the adoption of FSP AUG AIR-1 in 2007. In addition, acquisition fees increased $2,479 due to an increase in containers purchased and interest income increased $244 due to higher average interest rates and cash balances. These increases to income before taxes attributable to the container management segment were partially offset by a $2,607 increase in amortization expense due to the amortization of the intangible assets related to the acquisition of the rights to manage the Gateway and Capital fleets and a $1,344 increase in overhead expenses.
Income before taxes attributable to the container resale segment increased $3,955 (38.4%) from 2007 to 2008. This increase consisted primarily of a $3,350 increase in gains on container trading, net due to both a higher volume of managed container sales and an increase in average gross margin of $99 per unit and a $1,091 increase in sales commissions due to a higher volume of managed container sales, partially offset by a $578 increase in overhead expenses.
Income before taxes attributable to the container resale segment increased $4,836 (88.6%) from 2006 to 2007. This increase consisted primarily of a $3,076 increase in sales commissions primarily due to a higher volume of managed container sales and a $2,087 increase in gains on container trading, net primarily due to both
 
58

Table of Contents
a higher volume of container sales and an increase in average gross margin of $9 per unit, partially offset by a $399 increase in overhead expenses.
Income before taxes attributable to the military management segment decreased $610 (-28.2%) from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to a $901 decrease in the gain on lost military containers, net and a $282 increase in overhead expenses, partially offset by a $518 increase in subleasing net income.
Income before taxes attributable to the military management segment increased $989 (84.4%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a $538 gain on lost military containers, net and a $385 decrease in overhead expense.
Currency
As in previous years, almost all of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars and approximately 38% of our direct container expenses in 2008 were denominated in U.S. dollars. Our operations in locations outside of the U.S. have some exposure to foreign currency fluctuations, and trade growth and the direction of trade flows can be influenced by large changes in relative currency values. However, part of our non-U.S. dollar operating expenses is transportation and other costs incurred as a result of the SDDC contract. The SDDC contract contains an adjustment feature such that we are effectively protected against most foreign currency risks for the expenses incurred under the SDDC contract. In 2008, our non-U.S. dollar operating expenses were spread among 15 currencies, resulting in some level of self-hedging. We do not engage in currency hedging.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements. We have identified the policies and estimates below as among those critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. These policies and estimates are considered critical due to the existence of uncertainty at the time the estimate is made, the likelihood of changes in estimates from period to period and the potential impact that these estimates can have on our financial statements. The following accounting policies and estimates include inherent risks and uncertainties related to judgments and assumptions made by us. Our estimates are based on the relevant information available at the end of each period.
Revenue Recognition
Lease Rental Income. We recognize revenue from operating leases of our owned containers as earned over the term of the lease. Where minimum lease payments vary over the lease term, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. We cease recognition of lease revenue if and when a container lessee defaults in making timely lease payments or we otherwise determine that future lease payments are not likely to be collected from the lessee. Our determination of the collectability of future lease payments is made by management on the basis of available information, including the current creditworthiness of container shipping lines that lease containers from us, historical collection results and review of specific past due receivables. If we experience unexpected payment defaults from our container lessees, we will cease revenue recognition for those leases, which will reduce container rental revenue. Finance lease income is recognized using the effective interest method, which generates a constant rate of interest over the period of the lease. The same risks of collectability discussed above apply to our collection of finance lease income. If we experience unexpected payment defaults under our finance leases, we will cease revenue recognition for those leases that will reduce finance lease income.
Our leases require the lessee to pay, at the end of the lease term, for any damage to the container beyond normal wear and tear. We also offer a DPP pursuant to which the lessee pays a fee over the term of the lease,
 
59

Table of Contents
primarily on a daily basis, in exchange for not being charged for certain damages at the end of the lease term. It is our policy to recognize these revenues as earned on a daily basis over the related term of the lease. We have not recognized revenue for customers who are billed at the end of the lease term under our DPP or for other lessees who do not participate in the DPP. Based on past history, there is uncertainty as to collectability of these amounts because the amounts due under the DPP are typically re-negotiated at the end of the lease term or when the lease term is extended.
Management Fee Revenue. We recognize revenue from management fees earned under management agreements on an as earned basis. Fees are calculated as a percentage of net operating income, which is revenue from the containers under management minus direct operating expense related to those containers. If a lessee of a managed container defaults in making timely lease payments or we otherwise determine that future lease payments are not likely to be collected from the lessee, then we will cease to record lease revenue, which in turn will result in reduced management fee revenue.
Accounting for Container Leasing Equipment
Accounting for container leasing equipment includes depreciation, impairment of held for use equipment and the impairment of containers held for sale.
Depreciation. When we acquire containers, we record the cost of the container on our balance sheet. We then depreciate the container over its estimated useful life (which represents the number of years we expect to be able to lease the container to shipping lines) to its estimated “residual value” (which represents the amount we estimate we will recover upon the sale or other disposition of the equipment at the end of its “useful life” as a shipping container). Our estimates of useful life are based on our actual experience with our fleet, and our estimates of residual value are based on a number of factors including disposal price history.
We review our depreciation policies, including our estimates of useful lives and residual values, on a regular basis to determine whether a change in our estimates of useful lives and residual values is warranted. Prior to September 1, 2006, we estimated that standard dry freight containers, which represent substantially all the containers in our fleet, have a useful life in marine services of 12 years and had residual values of $650 for a 20’, $800 for a 40’ and $900 for a 40’ high cube. Beginning on September 1, 2006, we changed our residual value estimates to $850 for a 20’, $950 for a 40’ and $1,000 for a 40’ high cube. Beginning July 1, 2008, we changed our residual value estimates again to $950 for a 20’, $1,100 for a 40’ and $1,200 for a 40’ high cube. Our change in residual value estimates is based on our recent sales history and current market conditions for the sale of used containers, which we believe currently is the best indicator of the residual value we will realize. The effect of these changes will be a reduction in both depreciation expense and gains on sales of containers, net, as compared to what would have been reported using the previous estimates. We continue to estimate a container’s “useful life” in marine service to be 12 years from the first lease out date after manufacture.
If market conditions in the future warrant a further change of our estimates of the useful lives or residual values of our containers, we may be required to again recognize increased or decreased depreciation expense. A decrease in either the useful life or residual value of our containers would result in increased depreciation expense and decreased net income.
Impairment. We periodically evaluate our containers held for use to determine whether there has been any event that would cause the book value of our containers to be impaired based on the age and location of those containers. Any such impairment would be expensed in our results of operations. Impairment exists when the future undiscounted cash flows generated by an asset are estimated to be less than the net book value of that asset. If impairment exists, the containers are written down to their fair value. This fair value then becomes the containers’ new cost basis and is depreciated over their remaining useful life in marine services to their estimated residual values. Any impairment charge would result in decreased net income.
Containers Held for Sale. We also evaluate all off-lease containers to determine whether the containers will be repaired and returned to service or sold based upon what we estimate will be the best economic alternative. If
 
60

Table of Contents
we designate a container as held for sale, depreciation on the container ceases, and the container is reported at the lower of (1) its recorded value or (2) the amount we expect to receive upon sale (less the estimated cost to sell the container). Any writedown of containers held for sale is reflected in our statement of operations as an expense. If a large number of containers are identified for sale or prices for used containers drop, impairment charges for containers held for sale may increase which would result in decreased net income.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Our allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed regularly by our management and is based on the risk profile of the receivables, credit quality indicators such as the level of past due amounts and economic conditions. Our credit committee meets regularly to assess performance of our container lessees and to recommend actions to be taken in order to reduce credit risks. Changes in economic conditions or other events may necessitate additions or deductions to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance is intended to provide for losses inherent in the owned fleet’s accounts receivable, and requires the application of estimates and judgments as to the outcome of collection efforts and the realization of collateral, among other things. If the financial condition of our container lessees were to deteriorate, reducing their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required, which would decrease our net income or increase our net loss in the period of the adjustment.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the differences between the book values and the tax basis of particular assets and liabilities, using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance would be recorded to reduce our deferred tax assets to an amount we determine is more likely than not to be realized, based on our analyses of past operating results, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and projected taxable income. Our analyses of future taxable income are subject to a wide range of variables, many of which involve estimates. Uncertainty regarding future events and changes in tax regulation could materially alter our valuation of deferred tax liabilities and assets. If we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, we would record a valuation allowance and make a corresponding change to our earnings in the period in which we make such determination. If we later determine that we are more likely than not to realize our deferred tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of the previously provided valuation allowance.
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109,  Accounting for Income Taxes  (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109,  Accounting for Income Taxes . FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. If there are findings in future IRS examinations of our tax returns, those findings could result in additional income tax expense.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statements-an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires a company to clearly identify and present ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the company within the equity section of the company’s balance sheets but separate from the company’s equity. It also requires the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest (minority interest) to be clearly identified and presented on the face of the consolidated statement of income; changes in ownership interest to be accounted for as equity transactions; and when a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity
 
61

Table of Contents
investment in the former subsidiary and the gain or loss on the deconsolidation of the subsidiary must be measured at fair value. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. The recognition and measurement provisions of SFAS 160 are to be applied prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and the presentation and disclosure provisions of SFAS 160 are to be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The Company’s consolidated financial statements will reflect the presentation and disclosure requirements of SFAS 160 in its Form 6-K for the period ending March 31, 2009.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R replaced SFAS No. 141,  Business Combinations  (“SFAS 141”). SFAS 141R retains the fundamental requirements in SFAS 141 that the acquisition method of accounting (which SFAS 141 called the  purchase method ) be used for all business combinations and for an acquirer to be identified for each business combination. SFAS 141R also establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer: a) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase and c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R will apply prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009. This statement may impact how the Company accounts for future business combinations and the Company’s future consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows depending on the terms of the business combinations and the businesses acquired.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133  (“SFAS 161”). This new standard requires enhanced disclosures for derivative instruments, including those used in hedging activities. SFAS 161 will be effective for the Company as of January 1, 2009. The Company is assessing the potential revisions to disclosures required by SFAS 161.
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 162”). The new standard is intended to improve financial reporting by identifying a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP for non-governmental entities. For non-governmental entities, the guidance in SFAS 162 replaces that prescribed in Statement on Auditing Standards (SAS) No. 69, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and becomes effective 60 days following the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS 162 will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
62

Table of Contents
B.	 	Liquidity and Capital Resources	
As of December 31, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $71,490. Our principal sources of liquidity have been (1) cash flows from operations, (2) proceeds from the issuance of common shares in connection with our October 2007 initial public offering, (3) the sale of containers, (4) the issuance of variable rate amortizing bonds (the “2005-1 Bonds”) by one of our subsidiaries, TMCL, (5) borrowings under a conduit facility (which allows for recurring borrowings and repayments) granted to TMCL (the “Secured Debt Facility”) and (6) borrowings under the revolving credit facility extended to one of our subsidiaries, TL (the “2008 Credit Facility”). As of December 31, 2008, we had the following outstanding borrowings and borrowing capacities under the 2008 Credit Facility, the Secured Debt Facility and the 2005-1 Bonds (in thousands):

Facility	 	Current
Borrowing	 	Additional
Borrowing
Commitment	 	Total
Commitment	 	 	 	Current
Borrowing	 	Additional Available
Borrowing, as
Limited by our
Borrowing Base	 	Total
Current and
Available
Borrowing	
2008 Credit Facility	 	$	53,000	 	$	152,000	 	$	205,000	 	 	 	$	53,000	 	$	38,860	 	$	91,860	
Secured Debt Facility(1)	 	 	301,000	 	 	174,000	 	 	475,000	 	 	 	 	301,000	 	 	73,173	 	 	374,173	
2005-1 Bonds(1)	 	 	372,167	 	 	—  	 	 	372,167	 	 	 	 	372,167	 	 	—  	 	 	372,167	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	726,167	 	$	326,000	 	$	1,052,167	 	 	 	$	726,167	 	$	112,033	 	$	838,200	

(1)	 	Current borrowings for the Secured Debt Facility and 2005-1 Bonds exclude step acquisition adjustments of $926 and $598 respectively, related to TL’s purchase of 3,000 additional shares of TMCL. The adjustments were recorded to reduce the balance of both the Secured Debt Facility and 2005-1 Bonds to an amount that equaled the fair market value of the debt on the date of the acquisition.	
We have typically funded a significant portion of the purchase price of new containers through borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and our Secured Debt Facility and intend to continue to do so in the future. In 2001 and again in 2005, at such time as the Secured Debt Facility reached an appropriate size, the facility was refinanced through the issuance of bonds to institutional investors. We anticipate a similar refinancing at such time as the Secured Debt Facility reaches a balance of between $450,000 and $475,000. This timing will depend on our level of future purchases of containers.
Our cash inflows from operations are affected by the utilization rate of our fleet and the per diem rates of our leases, whereas the cash inflows from proceeds for the sale of containers are affected by market demand for used containers and our available inventory of containers for sale. Our cash outflows are affected by payments and expenses related to our purchasing of containers, interest on our debt obligations or other contingencies discussed in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, which may place demands on our short-term liquidity.
The recent disruption in the credit market has had a significant adverse impact on a number of financial institutions. To date, our liquidity has not been impacted by the current credit environment. Assuming that our lenders remain solvent, we currently believe that cash flow from operations, proceeds from the sale of containers and borrowing availability under our debt facilities are sufficient to meet our liquidity needs, including for the payment of dividends, for the next twelve months. We will continue to monitor our liquidity and the credit markets. However, we cannot predict with any certainty the impact to the Company of further disruptions in the credit environment.
Description of Indebtedness
2008 Credit Facility. TL has a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders to provide it with a revolving credit facility in the amount of $205,000 (the “2008 Credit Agreement”). The 2008 Credit Agreement also provides for a $50,000 letter of credit facility included within the $205,000 commitment (together, the “2008 Credit Facility”). The 2008 Credit Facility provides for payments of interest only during its term, beginning on its inception date through April 22, 2013, the Maturity Date. There is a commitment fee
 
63

Table of Contents
payable on the unused portion of the 2008 Credit Facility, which varies based on the leverage of TGH and is payable in arrears payable quarterly in arrears. In addition, there is an agent’s fee on the commitment amount, which is payable annual in advance.
Under the terms of the 2008 Credit Facility, the total outstanding principal amount available to be drawn thereunder is calculated pursuant to a formula based on a percentage of the net book value of our containers and our outstanding debt with respect thereto. Any outstanding letter of credit not cash collateralized will reduce the amount available in the form of cash borrowings under the 2008 Credit Facility. The 2008 Credit Facility provided a total commitment in the amount of $205,000 as of December 31, 2008.
The 2008 Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including limitations on certain liens, indebtedness and investments. In addition the 2008 Credit Facility contains certain restrictive financial covenants on TL and TGH. The credit facility covenants require TGH to maintain (1) a minimum consolidated tangible net worth of $268,068, plus 30% of consolidated net income after December 31, 2007, plus 100% of the increase in net worth resulting from the sale of any equity interests in TGH or any subsidiary thereof; (2) a consolidated leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 or less; and (3) a minimum consolidated debt service ratio of 1.10 to 1.00. The credit facility covenants also require TL to maintain (1) a consolidated leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 or less and (2) a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio of 1.35 to 1.00. We were in compliance with all such covenants at December 31, 2008.
Interest on the borrowings under the 2008 Credit Facility at December 31, 2008 was based on either the U.S. prime rate or LIBOR plus a spread between 0.5% and 1.5%. As of December 31, 2008, $53,000 was outstanding under the 2008 Credit Facility.
Although no repayment of the principal amount of outstanding borrowings is required until April 22, 2013, we may make optional prepayments prior to this date. Mandatory prepayments are required prior to the Maturity Date if the amount of outstanding loans and letters of credit exceeds the amount of the borrowing base. Any such prepayment will be in the amount required to reduce the amount of outstanding loans and letters of credit to the amount of the borrowing base.
The 2008 Credit Facility is secured by certain container-related assets of TL. TGH acts as a guarantor of the 2008 Credit Facility. The guaranty is secured by ordinary shares of TL, cash, assets readily convertible into cash and amounts due to us from our subsidiaries.
We have made certain representations and warranties in the 2008 Credit Agreement and are subject to certain reporting requirements and financial performance and other covenants. We are required to reaffirm certain representations and warranties as a condition to borrowing. If we are not able to do so, the committed borrowing amounts may not be available. The 2008 Credit Agreement restricts, among other things, our ability to consummate mergers, sell and acquire assets, make certain types of payments relating to our share capital, including dividends, incur indebtedness, permit liens on assets, make investments, enter into or amend certain contracts, enter into certain transactions with affiliates or negative pledge with respect to TMCL shares.
Events of default under the 2008 Credit Agreement include, among others:
 
 	•	 	a default in required payment by TL or TGH on any indebtedness or guarantee in excess of $15,000 (other than the 2008 Credit Facility and interest rate swap agreements);	
 
 	•	 	a material adverse change of the company;	
 
 	•	 	unsatisfied judgments against us that could result in a material adverse change or that equal at least $15,000 to the extent not subject to a policy of insurance;	
 
 	•	 	failure of any of the security documents or a default under the guaranty;	
 
 	•	 	early termination of interest rate swap agreements by TGH or any of its subsidiaries or counterparties with a termination value owed by TGH or any of its subsidiaries in excess of $5,000; and	
 
 	•	 	the occurrence of certain ERISA events.	
 
64

Table of Contents
Secured Debt Facility. TMCL has a securitization facility pursuant to which it has issued Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Series 2000-1 (“2000-1 Notes”) with a total commitment of $475,000 pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated as of July 2, 2008 (the “2000-1 Supplement”), to its Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005 (as amended as of June 3, 2005, June 8, 2006 and July 2, 2008, the “Indenture”). Our primary ongoing container financing requirements are funded by commitments under the secured debt facility. The secured debt facility provided a total commitment in the amount of $475,000 as of December 31, 2008. Of this amount, $301,000 had been drawn on as of December 31, 2008.
Prior to the conversion date (currently defined as July 1, 2010), each of the 2000-1 Notes is a revolving note with a maximum principal amount equal to the amount of that 2000-1 Note. As a result, the amount funded under such 2000-1 Note may be less than the face amount of that 2000-1 Note. TMCL may request funding under the 2000-1 Notes from time to time prior to the conversion date. Each of the 2000-1 Notes provides for payments of interest only during the period from its inception until its conversion date. Given a conversion date of July 1, 2010, the first principal payment would be on July 15, 2010. However, we have the option of repaying principal of the 2000-1 Notes at any time. After the conversion date, the 2000-1 Notes fully amortize over a payment term that is scheduled to equal 10 years after the conversion date, but shall not exceed a maximum payment term of 15 years thereafter.
Payments of interest on the 2000-1 Notes are due monthly in arrears. Interest on the outstanding amounts of the 2000-1 Notes equal LIBOR plus 1.25%. Overdue payments of principal and interest of the 2000-1 Notes accrue interest at a rate of 2.0% above the interest rate ordinarily applicable to such amounts. There is a commitment fee on the unused portion of the commitments under the 2000-1 Notes, which is payable in arrears.
Under the Indenture, TMCL, TEM and TGH must maintain certain financial covenants, including a minimum EBIT ratio, maximum funded debt, minimum profits, and maximum leverage ratio. TMCL must maintain at least a 1.10 to 1.00 ratio of earnings (before interest expense and taxes) to interest expense. TEM may not incur more than $1,000 of consolidated funded debt. TEM must make at least $2,000 in after-tax profits annually. TGH must maintain a ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated tangible net worth that is no greater than 4.00 to 1.00. We were in compliance with these requirements at December 31, 2008.
Bonds. TMCL has also issued $580,000 in Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Series 2005-1 (“bonds”) pursuant to its Series 2005-1 Supplement, dated as of May 26, 2005, to the Indenture. The bonds are term notes. The bonds were purchased by various institutional investors.
Payments of principal and interest on the bonds are due monthly. The bonds fully amortize on a straight-line basis over a payment term that is scheduled to equal 10 years (with a target final payment date of May 15, 2015), but shall not exceed a maximum payment term of 15 years (with a legal final payment date of May 15, 2020). Under a 10-year amortization schedule, $58,000 million of principal of the bonds will amortize per year. The interest rate applicable to the bonds equals one-month LIBOR plus 0.25%. Overdue payments of principal and interest of the bonds accrue interest at a rate of 2.0% above the interest rate ordinarily applicable to such amounts. Ultimate repayment of the bonds has been insured by Ambac Assurance Corporation.
The secured debt facility and the bonds are both governed by the Indenture and are secured by a pledge of, among other things, our containers, certain contracts related to our containers and the securitization facility, certain bank accounts, proceeds from the operation of our containers, and all other assets of TMCL to the extent that they relate to the containers. Under the terms of the secured debt facility and the bonds, the total outstanding principal of these two programs may not exceed an amount that is calculated by a formula based on TMCL’s book value of equipment, restricted cash and direct financing and sales-type leases. The secured debt facility and the bonds also contain restrictive covenants regarding the average age of the securitization entity’s container fleet, ability to incur other obligations and to distribute earnings, and overall asset base minimums, with which the securitization entity and our container management subsidiary were in compliance at December 31, 2008.
We have made certain representations and warranties and are subject to certain reporting requirements and other covenants in connection with the Indenture and the secured debt facility and bonds. In addition, we are
 
65

Table of Contents
required to reaffirm certain representations and warranties as a condition to borrowing. If we are not able to do so, the committed borrowing amounts may not be available. These covenants restrict, among other things, TMCL’s ability to transfer the collateral, permit liens on collateral, engage in activities within the U.S., incur indebtedness, make loans or guarantees, consummate mergers, sell assets, enter into or amend certain contracts, create subsidiaries and make investments. We were in compliance with all such covenants at December 31, 2008.
Events of default under the 2000-1 Notes and the bonds include, among others:
 
 	•	 	invalidity of the lien on collateral;	
 
 	•	 	certain defaults under other documents related to each of the notes;	
 
 	•	 	the funded notes exceeding the asset base;	
 
 	•	 	payment on the notes by the insurer thereof;	
 
 	•	 	TMCL becoming obligated to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act; and	
 
 	•	 	the occurrence of certain ERISA events.	
Cash Flow
The following table summarizes historical cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	  	(Dollars in thousands)	 	
 	  	(Unaudited)	 	
Net income	  	$	85,241	 	 	$	67,668	 	 	$	56,281	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	57,023	 	 	 	76,766	 	 	 	67,147	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	142,264	 	 	 	144,434	 	 	 	123,428	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(237,757	)	 	 	(256,508	)	 	 	(83,203	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	  	 	98,339	 	 	 	140,159	 	 	 	(41,643	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes	  	 	(803	)	 	 	199	 	 	 	350	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	2,043	 	 	 	28,284	 	 	 	(1,068	)	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	  	 	69,447	 	 	 	41,163	 	 	 	42,231	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	  	$	71,490	 	 	$	69,447	 	 	$	41,163	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating Cash Flows
Operating cash flows decreased $2,170 (-1.5%) from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to larger payments to owners, partially offset by higher net income and improved working capital management. Operating cash flows increased $21,006 (17.0%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to an increase in net income, improved working capital management and a decrease in payments to owners.
Investing Activities Cash Flows
Net cash used in investing activities decreased $18,751 (-7.3%) from 2007 to 2008 due to the purchase of additional shares of TMCL in 2007, a decrease in purchases of intangible assets and a decrease in proceeds from sales of containers, partially offset by a higher amount of container purchases and higher receipt of principal payments on direct financing and sales-type leases. Net cash used in investing activities increased $173,305 (208.3%) from 2006 to 2007 due to higher new container purchases, the purchase of additional shares of TMCL in 2007 and an increase in purchases of intangible assets, partially offset by higher proceeds from the sales of containers and higher receipt of principal payments on direct financing and sales-type leases.
 
66

Table of Contents
Financing Activities Cash Flows
Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $41,820 (-29.8%) from 2007 to 2008 primarily due to proceeds, net of initial public offering expenses, of $137,967 we received in 2007 from the issuance of common shares in connection with our initial public offering in 2007, a $635 decrease in restricted cash in 2008 compared to a $5,247 decrease in restricted cash in 2007, a $2,832 increase in debt issuance costs and a $1,191 decrease in repayments of notes from shareholders. These decreases to net cash provided by financing activities were partially offset by a $169,300 net borrowing from our secured debt facility in 2008 compared to a net borrowing of $78,700 in 2007, a net borrowing of $31,500 from revolving credit facilities in 2008 compared to a net borrowing of $21,500 in 2007 and a $4,213 decrease in dividends paid . Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities changed from net cash used in financing activities of $41,643 in 2006 to net cash provided by financing activities of $140,159 in 2007 primarily due to proceeds, net of initial public offering expenses, of $137,967 from the issuance of common shares in connection with our initial public offering in 2007, a $169,300 net borrowing from secured debt facilities in 2007 compared to a net borrowing of $53,000 in 2006, a net borrowing from revolving credit facilities of $21,500 in 2007, a decrease in restricted cash of $5,247 in 2007 compared to an increase of $8,610 in 2006, a $1,042 decrease in debt issuance costs and a $965 increase in repayments of notes receivable from shareholders, partially offset by a $19,270 increase in dividends paid.
 
C.	 	Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.	
We do not carry out research and development activities and our business and profitability are not materially dependent upon any patents or licenses. We have registered “TEXTAINER,” “TEX” and “tex” (logo) in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and in the patent and trademark agencies of thirteen countries as trademarks.
 
D.	 	Trend Information	
Please see Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations” for a description of identifiable trends, demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will result in, or that are reasonably likely to result in, our liquidity either increasing or decreasing at present or in the foreseeable future. We will require sufficient capital in the future to meet our payments and other obligations under our contractual obligations and commercial commitments. The need to make such payments is a “Trend” as it is unlikely that all such obligations will be eliminated from our future business activities. We intend to utilize cash on hand in order to meet our obligations under our contractual obligations and commercial commitments. It is likely that we will generate sufficient operating cash flow to meet these ongoing obligations in the foreseeable future. From time to time, we may issue additional debt in order to raise capital for future requirements.
 
E.	 	Off Balance Sheet Arrangements	
At December 31, 2008 we had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, change in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.
 
67

Table of Contents
F.	 	Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations	
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments by due date as of December 31, 2008:

 	 	Payments Due by Period	
 	 	Total	 	1 year	 	1-2 years	 	2-3 years	 	3-4 years	 	4-5 years	 	>5 years	
 	 	(Dollars in thousands)	
 	 	(Unaudited)	
Total debt obligations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2005-1 Bonds	 	$	372,167	 	$	58,000	 	$	58,000	 	$	58,000	 	$	58,000	 	$	58,000	 	$	82,167	
Secured Debt Facility	 	 	301,000	 	 	—  	 	 	15,050	 	 	30,100	 	 	30,100	 	 	30,100	 	 	195,650	
2008 Credit Facility	 	 	53,000	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	53,000	 	 	—  	
Interest obligation(1)	 	 	48,517	 	 	9,287	 	 	8,655	 	 	7,636	 	 	6,554	 	 	4,923	 	 	11,462	
Interest rate swap payable(2)	 	 	31,874	 	 	13,962	 	 	6,394	 	 	4,811	 	 	4,486	 	 	2,221	 	 	—  	
Office lease obligations	 	 	10,106	 	 	1,430	 	 	1,255	 	 	1,262	 	 	1,214	 	 	1,201	 	 	3,744	
Container purchase commitments	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	
Container contracts payable	 	 	2,068	 	 	2,068	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total contractual obligations	 	$	818,732	 	$	84,747	 	$	89,354	 	$	101,809	 	$	100,354	 	$	149,445	 	$	293,023	

(1)	 	Assuming an estimated current interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin, which equals an all-in interest rate of 1.30%.	
 
(2)	 	Calculated based on the difference between our fixed contractual rates and the counterparties’ estimated average LIBOR rate of 0.44%, for all periods, for all interest rate contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2008.	
 
G.	 	Safe Harbor	
This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements. See “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements; Cautionary Language.”
 
ITEM 6.	DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES	
 
A.	 	Directors and Senior Management	
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of March 16, 2009. Our board of directors is elected annually and each director holds office until his successor has been duly elected, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or earlier termination of his office. Our bye-laws provide for, among other things, the election of our board of directors on a staggered basis. The business address of each of our executive officers is c/o Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited, 650 California Street, 16th Floor, San Francisco, California 94108. The business address for each of our non-management directors is Century House, 16 Par-La-Ville Road, Hamilton HM 08, Bermuda.
In accordance with our bye-laws, our board of directors are elected annually on a staggered basis, with each director holding office until his successor has been duly elected, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or earlier termination of his office. James A. Owens, Isam K. Kabbani and James E. McQueen are designated Class III directors, to hold office until our 2009 annual general meeting of shareholders, John A. Maccarone, Dudley R. Cottingham, Hyman Shwiel and James E. Hoelter are designated Class II directors, to hold office until our 2010 annual general meeting of shareholders and Neil I. Jowell, Cecil Jowell, David M. Nurek and Hendrik R. van der Merwe are designated Class I directors, to hold office until our 2011 annual general meeting of shareholders. Thereafter, directors in each class will be elected for three-year terms. Directors may be re-elected when their term of office expires.
 
68

Table of Contents
Trencor, through the Halco Trust and Halco, holds beneficiary interest in approximately 62.3% of our outstanding share capital. See Item 4, “ Information on the Company—Organizational Structure ” for an explanation of the relationship between us and Trencor. As indicated below, six of our directors are also directors of Trencor.

Executive Officers and Directors	  	Age	  	Position	
Neil I. Jowell(1)(2)(3)(4)	  	75	  	Chairman	
Dudley R. Cottingham(1)(2)(3)	  	57	  	Director	
James E. Hoelter(1)(2)(3)(4)	  	69	  	Director	
Cecil Jowell(4)	  	73	  	Director	
Isam K. Kabbani	  	74	  	Director	
John A. Maccarone	  	64	  	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer	
James E. McQueen(1)(4)	  	64	  	Director	
David M. Nurek(2)(3)(4)	  	59	  	Director	
James A. Owens	  	69	  	Director	
Hyman Shwiel(1)(2)(3)	  	64	  	Director	
Hendrik R. van der Merwe(4)	  	61	  	Director	
Philip K. Brewer	  	51	  	Executive Vice President	
Robert D. Pedersen	  	49	  	Executive Vice President	
Ernest J. Furtado	  	53	  	First Vice President, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & Secretary	
 
(1)	 	Member of the audit committee. Messrs. Cottingham and Shwiel are voting members and Messrs. Hoelter, Neil Jowell and McQueen are non-voting members.	
 
(2)	 	Member of the compensation committee.	
 
(3)	 	Member of the nominating and governance committee.	
 
(4)	 	Director of Trencor, the indirect beneficiary of a majority of our share interest.	
Certain biographical information about each of these individuals is set forth below.
Directors
Neil I. Jowell has served as our director and chairman since December 1993. Mr. N. Jowell also serves on the board of directors of Trencor. He has been a director of Trencor since 1966, and was appointed chairman in 1973. He is also a director of Mobile Industries, and has served on its board of directors since 1969. Mr. N. Jowell has over 50 years experience in the transportation industry. He holds a M.B.A. from Columbia University and Bachelor of Commerce and L.L.B. degrees from the University of Cape Town. Mr. Neil I. Jowell and Mr. Cecil Jowell are brothers.
Dudley R. Cottingham has been a member of our board of directors and previously served as assistant secretary or secretary since December 1993. He has also served in the past as president of certain of our subsidiaries. Mr. Cottingham has over 30 years of experience in public accounting for a variety of international and local clients. He is a director and the audit committee chairman of Bermuda Press (Holdings) Ltd., a newspaper publishing and commercial printing company listed on the Bermuda Stock Exchange and is a member of the listing committee of the Bermuda Stock Exchange. He has been a partner with Arthur Morris and Company, a provider of audit and accounting services for international clients, since 1982, and has served as vice president and director of Continental Management Ltd., a Bermuda company providing corporate representation, administration and management services, since 1982 and Continental Trust Corporation Ltd., a Bermuda company that provides corporate and individual trust administration services, since 1994. He is a partner in Grant Thornton and Morris Cottingham & Co. and a director of Caribbean Management Limited located in Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands and is a director of Morris, Cottingham & Co. Ltd. and their other group companies in Turks & Caicos Islands. Mr. Cottingham is a chartered accountant.
 
69

Table of Contents
James E. Hoelter has been a member of our board of directors since December 1993 and was our president and chief executive officer from that time until his retirement in December 1998. Mr. Hoelter is a non-executive member of the board of directors of Trencor and a member of Trencor’s audit committee. He is the president of Freightmasters Associates, Inc., a company that provides consulting services for the international freight carrying industry. Mr. Hoelter received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Wisconsin and a M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
Cecil Jowell has been a member of our board of directors since March 2003. Mr. C. Jowell is also a director and chairman of Mobile Industries, a public company quoted on the JSE. Mr. C. Jowell has been a director of Mobile Industries since 1969 and was appointed chairman in 1973. Mobile Industries holds an approximately 46% interest in Trencor. Mr. C. Jowell is a non-executive director of Trencor and was an executive of Trencor for over 40 years. He has also served as a director and chairman of WACO International Ltd., an international industrial group previously listed on the JSE. Mr. C. Jowell holds a Bachelor of Commerce and L.L.B. degrees from the University of Cape Town and is a graduate of the Institute of Transport.
Isam K. Kabbani has been a member of our Board of Directors since December 1993. Mr. Kabbani is the Chairman and principal stockholder of the IKK Group, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, a manufacturing, trading and construction group active both in Saudi Arabia and internationally. In 1959, Mr. Kabbani joined the Saudi Arabian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, and in 1960 moved to Ministry of Petroleum for a period of ten years. During this time, he was seconded to the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”). After a period as Chief Economist of OPEC, in 1967 he became the Saudi Arabian member of OPEC’s Board of Governors. In 1970, he left the Ministry of Petroleum to establish his own business starting with National Marketing, a small trading company in specialized building materials. The IKK Group has been for the past decade consistently among the largest 35 Saudi Companies. Mr. Kabbani holds a B.A. from Swarthmore College and a M.A. in Economics and International Relations from Columbia University.
John A. Maccarone has served as our president and chief executive officer since January 1999, and has been a member of our board of directors since December 1993. Mr. Maccarone is a member of the board of directors of the Institute of International Container Lessors, a trade association for the container and chassis leasing industry, and served as its chairman from January 2006 to December 2006. Mr. Maccarone co-founded Intermodal Equipment Associates, a marine container leasing company based in San Francisco, and held a variety of executive positions with the company from 1979 until 1987, when he joined the Textainer Group as president and chief executive officer of Textainer Equipment Management Limited, now a subsidiary of our company. From 1977 through 1978, Mr. Maccarone was director of marketing based in Hong Kong for Trans Ocean Leasing Corporation, a San Francisco-based company. From 1969 to 1976, Mr. Maccarone was a marketing representative for IBM Corporation in Chicago, Illinois. From 1966 to 1968, he served as a Lieutenant in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers in Thailand and Virginia. Mr. Maccarone holds a B.S. in Engineering Management from Boston University and a M.B.A. from Loyola University of Chicago.
James E. McQueen has been a member of our board of directors since March 2003. Mr. McQueen joined Trencor in June 1976 and has served as financial director of Trencor since April 1984. Mr. McQueen is also a director of a number of Trencor’s subsidiaries. Prior to joining Trencor, Mr. McQueen was an accountant in public practice. Mr. McQueen received a Bachelor of Commerce degree and a Certificate in the Theory of Accounting from the University of Cape Town and is a Chartered Accountant (South Africa).
David M. Nurek has been a member of our board of directors since September 2007. Mr. Nurek was appointed as an alternate director of Trencor in November 1992 and as a non-executive member of its board of directors in July 1995 and is chairman of Trencor’s remuneration and nomination committees and a member of its audit committee. Mr. Nurek is an executive of Investec Bank Limited, a subsidiary of Investec Limited, which is listed on the JSE. Investec Limited has entered into a dual listed company structure with Investec plc, which is quoted on the London Stock Exchange (collectively, the “Investec Group”). He is the regional chairman of Investec Limited’s various businesses in the Western Cape, South Africa, and is also the Investec Group’s worldwide head of legal risk. Prior to joining Investec Limited in June 2000, Mr. Nurek served as chairman of
 
70

Table of Contents
the South African legal firm Sonnenberg Hoffman & Galombik, which has since changed its name to Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Inc. Mr. Nurek serves as a non-executive on the boards of directors of various listed and unlisted companies in South Africa and holds a Diploma in Law and a Graduate Diploma in Company Law from the University of Cape Town, and completed a Program of Instruction for Lawyers at Harvard Law School and a Leadership in Professional Services Firms program at Harvard Business School.
James A. C. Owens has served as a member of our board of directors since May 1998. Mr. Owens has served as an insurance broker and director of Foreign Business Indemnity Ltd. since 1988. He has also served as a senior consultant on international business for the Heath Lambert Group (Lloyd’s Brokers) since November 2006. Mr. Owens has been associated with us (or our predecessor companies and affiliates) since 1980, and for a time represented one of our predecessor companies as a director of the Institute of International Container Lessors. He has for many years been, and continues to be, actively involved in insurance brokerage companies and captive insurance companies. He is a member of a number of boards of directors of non-U.S. companies, including Ferrosure (Isle of Man) Insurance Company Limited, a captive insurance subsidiary of a large international public company. Mr. Owens holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of South Africa.
Hyman Shwiel has been a member of our board of directors since September 2007. Mr. Shwiel was a partner in Ernst & Young LLP for 25 years. He served during that period in various roles, including Area Managing Partner and as National Director of Enterprise and Professional Risk. Upon his retirement in 2005, he became a consultant to Ernst & Young until 2007. Mr. Shwiel holds a C.T.A. and a M.B.A. from the University of Cape Town and is a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) and a CPA.
Hendrik Roux van der Merwe has been a member of our board of directors since March 2003. He is managing director of Trencor and a director of TrenStar, Inc. Mr. van der Merwe joined Trencor in 1997 and began serving as a director of Trencor in 1998. From 1991 to 1998, Mr. van der Merwe served as deputy chairman for Waco International Ltd., an international industrial group listed on the JSE with subsidiaries listed on the Sydney and London Stock Exchanges. From 1984 to 1991, he held various senior executive positions in the banking sector in South Africa, lastly as chief executive officer of Senbank, the corporate/merchant banking arm of Bankorp Group Ltd. Prior to entering the business world, Mr. van der Merwe practiced as an attorney at law in Johannesburg, South Africa. Mr. van der Merwe holds Bachelor of Arts and L.L.B degrees in Law from the University of Stellenbosch in South Africa, and a Master of Law in Tax Law from the University of the Witwatersrand in South Africa.
Executive Officers
For certain biographical information about John A. Maccarone, see “Directors” above.
Philip K. Brewer has served as our executive vice president since January 2006. He is responsible for managing our capital structure and identifying new sources of finance for our company, as well as overseeing the management and coordinating the activities of our risk management and resale divisions. Mr. Brewer was senior vice president of our asset management group from 1999 to 2005 and senior vice president of our capital markets group from 1996 to 1998. Prior to joining our company in 1996, Mr. Brewer worked at Bankers Trust starting in 1990 as a vice president and ending as a managing director and president of its Indonesian subsidiary. From 1989 to 1990, he was vice president in corporate finance at Jardine Fleming. From 1987 to 1989, he was capital markets advisor to the United States Agency for International Development in Indonesia. From 1984 to 1987, he was an associate with Drexel Burnham Lambert, an investment banking firm. Mr. Brewer holds a B.A. in Economics and Political Science from Colgate University and a M.B.A. in Finance from Columbia University.
Robert D. Pedersen has served as our executive vice president responsible for worldwide sales and marketing related activities and operations since January 2006. Mr. Pedersen was senior vice president of our leasing group from 1999 to 2005. From 1991 to 1999, Mr. Pedersen held several positions within our company,
 
71

Table of Contents
and from 1978 through 1991, he worked in various capacities for Klinge Cool, a manufacturer of refrigerated container cooling units, XTRA, a container lessor, and Maersk Line, a container shipping line. Mr. Pedersen is a graduate of the A.P. Moller Shipping and Transportation Program and the Merkonom Business School in Copenhagen, where he majored in Company Organization.
Ernest J. Furtado has served as our first vice president, senior vice president, chief financial officer and secretary or assistant secretary since 1999. Prior to joining our company in 1991, Mr. Furtado was controller for Itel Instant Space, a container leasing company based in San Francisco, California, and manager of accounting for Itel Containers International Corporation, a container leasing company based in San Francisco, California. Mr. Furtado is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of California at Berkeley and a M.B.A. in Information Systems from Golden Gate University.
Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of eleven members. Our bye-laws provide that our board of directors shall consist of five to twelve directors, as the board of directors may determine from time to time.
 
B.	 	Compensation	
The aggregate direct compensation we paid to our executive officers as a group (four persons) for the year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately $3.0 million, which included approximately $1.4 million in bonuses and approximately $60 in funds set aside or accrued to provide for health and life insurance, retirement, or similar benefits. On November 19, 2008, our executive officers as a group were also granted 102,000 share options, with an exercise price of $7.10 and an expiration date of November 18, 2018, and 102,000 restricted share units through our 2007 Share Incentive Plan. This amount does not include expenses we incurred for other payments, including dues for professional and business associations, business travel and other expenses. We did not pay our officers who also serve as directors any separate compensation for their directorship during 2008, other than reimbursements for travel expenses.
All of our full-time employees, including employees of our direct and indirect subsidiaries and dedicated agents and our executive officers, were eligible to participate in our 2008 Short Term Incentive Plan. Under that plan, all eligible employees received an incentive award based on their respective job classification and our return on assets and earnings per share. In 2008, each of our executive officers received 200% of his target incentive award.
The aggregate direct compensation we paid to our directors who are not officers for their services as directors as a group for the year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately $547. Some directors were also reimbursed for expenses incurred in order to attend board or committee meetings.
2007 Share Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted the 2007 Share Incentive Plan on August 9, 2007, and our shareholders approved the 2007 Share Incentive Plan on September 4, 2007. The maximum number of common shares of Textainer Group Holdings Limited that may be granted pursuant to the 2007 Share Incentive Plan is 3,808,371 shares, representing 8% of the number of common shares issued and outstanding 45 days following our initial public offering on October 9, 2007, subject to adjustments for share splits, share dividends or other similar changes in our common shares or our capital structure. The shares to be issued pursuant to awards under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired common shares.
The 2007 Share Incentive Plan provides for the grant of share options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights, collectively referred to as “awards.” Share options granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan may be either incentive share options under the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, or non-qualified share options. We may grant incentive share options only to our
 
72

Table of Contents
employees or employees of any parent or subsidiary of Textainer Group Holdings Limited. Awards other than incentive share options may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants or the employees, directors and consultants of any parent or subsidiary of Textainer Group Holdings Limited.
Our board of directors or a committee designated by our board of directors, referred to as the “plan administrator,” will administer the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, including selecting the award recipients, determining the number of shares to be subject to each award, determining the exercise or purchase price of each award and determining the vesting and exercise periods of each award. Awards under the plan may vest upon the passage of time or upon the attainment of certain performance criteria. The performance criteria established by the plan administrator may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following: (i) increase in share price, (ii) earnings per share, (iii) total shareholder return, (iv) operating margin, (v) gross margin, (vi) return on equity, (vii) return on assets, (viii) return on investment, (ix) operating income, (x) net operating income, (xi) pre-tax profit, (xii) cash flow, (xiii) revenue, (xiv) expenses, (xv) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation, (xvi) economic value added and (xvii) market share.
The exercise price of all share options granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan will be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant. If, however, incentive share options are granted to an employee who owns shares possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our common shares or the shares of any parent or subsidiary, the exercise price of any incentive share option granted must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date and the maximum term of these incentive share options must not exceed five years. The maximum term of all other awards under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan will be ten years. The base appreciation amount of any share appreciation right and the exercise price or purchase price, if any, of any awards intended to be performance-based compensation (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) will be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant. The plan administrator will determine the term and exercise or purchase price of any other awards granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan.
Under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, incentive share options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the participant only by the participant. Other awards shall be transferable by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and to the extent provided in the award agreement. The 2007 Share Incentive Plan permits the designation of beneficiaries by holders of awards, including incentive share options.
In the event a participant in the 2007 Share Incentive Plan terminates employment or is terminated by us (or by our parent or subsidiary) without cause, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination will remain exercisable for three months from the date of termination (unless a shorter or longer period of time is determined by the plan administrator). In the event a participant in the 2007 Share Incentive Plan is terminated by us (or by our parent or subsidiary) for cause, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination will immediately terminate. If termination was caused by death or disability, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination, will remain exercisable for twelve months from the date of termination (unless a shorter or longer period of time is determined by the plan administrator). Unless an individual award agreement otherwise provides, all vesting of all other awards will generally terminate upon the date of termination.
Following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code ceases to apply, the maximum number of common shares with respect to which options and share appreciation rights may be granted to a participant in any calendar year will be two million common shares. In connection with a participant’s commencement of service with us, a participant may be granted options and share appreciation rights for up to an additional two million common shares that will not count against the foregoing limitation. In addition and also following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code ceases to apply, for awards of restricted shares and restricted share units that are intended to be “performance-based compensation” (within
 
73

Table of Contents
the meaning of Section 162(m)), the maximum number of common shares with respect to which such awards may be granted to a participant in any calendar year will be two million common shares.
Subject to any required action by our shareholders, the number of common shares covered by outstanding awards, the number of common shares that have been authorized for issuance under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each outstanding award, the maximum number of common shares that may be granted subject to awards to a participant in any calendar year, and the like, shall be proportionally adjusted by the plan administrator in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued common shares resulting from certain changes in our capital structure as described in the 2007 Share Incentive Plan.
In the event of a corporate transaction or a change in control of Textainer Group Holdings Limited, all outstanding awards under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan will terminate unless the acquirer assumes or replaces such awards. In addition and except as otherwise provided in an individual award agreement, assumed or replaced awards will automatically become fully vested if a participant is terminated by the acquiror without cause within twelve months after a corporate transaction. In the event of a corporate transaction where the acquirer does not assume or replace awards granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, all of these awards become fully vested immediately prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction. In the event of a change in control and except as otherwise provided in an individual award agreement, outstanding awards will automatically become fully vested if a participant is terminated by the acquiror without cause within twelve months after such change in control.
Under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, a “corporate transaction” is generally defined as:
 
 	•	 	acquisition of 50% or more of the common shares by any individual or entity including by tender offer;	
 
 	•	 	a reverse merger or amalgamation in which 40% or more of the common shares by an individual or entity is acquired;	
 
 	•	 	a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Textainer Group Holdings Limited;	
 
 	•	 	a merger, amalgamation or consolidation in which Textainer Group Holdings Limited is not the surviving entity; or	
 
 	•	 	a complete liquidation or dissolution.	
Under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, a “change in control” is generally defined as:
 
 	•	 	acquisition of 50% or more of the common shares by any individual or entity which a majority of our board of directors (who have served on the board for at least 12 months) do not recommend that our shareholders accept, or	
 
 	•	 	a change in the composition of the board of directors as a result of contested elections over a period of 12 months or less.	
Unless terminated sooner, the 2007 Share Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2017. The board of directors will have authority to amend or terminate the 2007 Share Incentive Plan. To the extent necessary to comply with applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any non-U.S. jurisdiction applicable to awards granted to residents therein, we will obtain shareholder approval of any such amendment to the 2007 Share Incentive Plan in such a manner and to such a degree as required.
2008 Bonus Plan
On September 21, 2007, our board of directors approved the Textainer Group Holdings Limited 2008 Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”). The Bonus Plan provides for incentive payments to our employees and those of our
 
74

Table of Contents
affiliates, including our dedicated agents and key executives who may be affected by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). Although the Bonus Plan permits the awards to be paid in shares, we expect that the awards will be cash-based. The Bonus Plan is designed to provide incentive awards based on the achievement of goals relating to our performance and the performance of our individual business units, and to qualify certain components of compensation paid to certain of our key executives for the tax deductibility exception under Code Section 162(m) while maintaining a degree of flexibility in the amount of incentive compensation paid to such individuals. Under the Bonus Plan, performance goals may relate to one or more of the following measures, for the company as a whole, a line of business, service or product: increase in share price, earnings per share, total shareholder return, operating margin, gross margin, return on equity, return on assets, return on investment, operating income, net operating income, pre-tax income, cash flow, revenue, expenses, earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation, economic value added, market share, corporate overhead costs, liquidity management, net interest income, net interest income margin, return on capital invested, shareholders’ equity, income before income tax expense, residual earnings after reduction for certain compensation expenses, net income, profitability of an identifiable business unit or product, or performance relative to a peer group of companies on any of the foregoing measures. The Bonus Plan replaced our 2007 Short Term Incentive Plan for the fiscal year beginning in 2008.
Code Section 162(m) generally disallows a Federal income tax deduction to any publicly held corporation for non-performance based compensation paid in excess of $1,000,000 in any taxable year to the chief executive officer or any of the four other most highly compensated executive officers employed on the last day of the taxable year. We intend to structure awards under the Bonus Plan so that compensation resulting from awards would be qualified “performance based compensation” eligible for continued deductibility. The Bonus Plan will be administered by a committee to be appointed by our board of directors, which will select the employees who will be eligible to receive awards, the target pay-out level and the performance targets. The maximum performance award payable to any individual for any performance period is $2,000,000. Each performance period will be a period of three years or less, as determined by the committee. The committee may establish programs under the Bonus Plan permitting select participants to defer receipt of awards.
Employment and Consulting Agreements with Executive Officers and Directors
We have entered into employment agreements with all of our executive officers. Each of these employment agreements contains provisions requiring us to make certain severance payments in case the executive officer is terminated without cause. The agreements terminate upon termination of employment. Employment is at-will for each of our executive officers and they may be terminated at any time for any reason.
We have entered into a management agreement with Halco, our majority shareholder, for provision of management services in connection with certain directors acting as representatives of Halco. In addition, in the past we have entered into consulting arrangements with Mr. Hoelter, one of our directors. Other than as disclosed above, none of our directors has service contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of employment.
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and senior management to give such directors and officers, as well as their immediate family members, additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of indemnification set forth in our bye-laws, and to provide additional procedural protections which may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in our bye-laws. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify such directors and officers, as well as their immediate family members, against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers and to advance expenses as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.
 
75

Table of Contents
C.	 	Board Practices	
Our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of Bermuda. Therefore, we are exempt from many of the New York Stock Exchange’s (“NYSE”) corporate governance practices, other than the establishment of a formal audit committee satisfying the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and notification of non-compliance with NYSE listing requirements. The practices that we follow in lieu of the NYSE’s corporate governance rules are described below.
 
 	•	 	We do not, and are not required under Bermuda law to, maintain a board of directors with a majority of independent directors. Currently, a majority of our directors are not independent, as that term is defined by the NYSE.	
 
 	•	 	We are not required by Bermuda law to hold regular meetings of the board of directors at which only independent directors are present.	
 
 	•	 	Under Bermuda law, compensation of executive officers does need to be determined by an independent committee. We have established a compensation committee that reviews and approves the compensation and benefits for our executive officers and other key executives, makes recommendations to the board regarding compensation matters and is responsible for awarding compensation to our executive officers and other employees under our share compensation plans. The committee also has the discretion to interpret and amend the terms of, and take all other actions necessary to administer, the 2007 Share Incentive Plan. However, our compensation committee is not comprised solely of independent directors. The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Cottingham, Hoelter, Neil Jowell, Nurek and Shwiel. Messrs. Neil Jowell, Hoelter and Nurek are directors of Trencor.	
 
 	•	 	In accordance with NYSE rules, we have formed an audit committee responsible for advising the board regarding the selection of independent auditors and evaluating our internal controls. Our audit committee need not have three members and the members need not comply with the NYSE’s standards of independence for domestic issuers. Our audit committee has five members, Messrs. Shwiel, Cottingham, Neil Jowell, McQueen and Hoelter. Messrs. Shwiel and Cottingham are voting members of the committee and are independent as that term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The other three members are representatives of Trencor and have no voting rights.	
 
 	•	 	We have established a nominating and governance committee, although this committee is not comprised solely of independent directors, as would be required of a domestic issuer. Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and governance committee charter.	
 
 	•	 	Under Bermuda law, we are not required to obtain shareholder consent prior to issuing securities or adopting share compensation plans. However, we sought and received the approval of our shareholders for our 2007 Share Incentive Plan on September 4, 2007. We are also required under Bermuda law to obtain the consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the issuance of securities in certain circumstances.	
 
 	•	 	Under Bermuda law, we are not required to adopt corporate governance guidelines or a code of business conduct. However, we have adopted both corporate governance guidelines and a code of business conduct.	
 
D.	 	Employees	
As of December 31, 2008, we employed 156 people. We believe that our relations with our employees are good, and we are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.
 
E.	 	Share Ownership	
See Item 7, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” for information regarding director and senior management ownership of our common shares.
 
76

Table of Contents
ITEM 7.	MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS	
 
A.	 	Major Shareholders	
The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of March 12, 2009:
 
 	•	 	each person or entity that we know beneficially owns more than 5% of our issued and outstanding shares;	
 
 	•	 	each director, director nominee and executive officer; and	
 
 	•	 	all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.	
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. The percentage of beneficial ownership of our common shares owned is based on 47,760,771 common shares issued and outstanding on March 12, 2009. We do not believe that we are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any foreign government. The voting rights of our common shares held by major shareholders are the same as the voting rights of shares held by all other shareholders. We are unaware of any arrangement that might result in a change of control.

 	  	Number of Common Shares
Beneficially Owned	 	
Holders	  	  Shares(1)  	  	    %(2)    	 	
5% Shareholders	  	 	  	 	 	
Halco Holdings Inc.(3)	  	29,778,802	  	62.3	%	
Trencor Limited(3)	  	29,778,802	  	62.3	%	
 	 	 	
Executive Officers and Directors	  	 	  	 	 	
Dudley R. Cottingham	  	3,000	  	*	 	
James E. Hoelter(4)	  	31,663,948	  	66.3	%	
Cecil Jowell(5)	  	30,375,758	  	63.6	%	
Neil I. Jowell(6)	  	30,375,758	  	63.6	%	
Isam K. Kabbani(7)	  	1,476,000	  	3.1	%	
John A. Maccarone(8)	  	2,737,816	  	5.7	%	
James E. McQueen(9)	  	29,778,802	  	62.3	%	
David M. Nurek(10)	  	29,778,802	  	62.3	%	
Hendrik R. van der Merwe(11)	  	29,778,802	  	62.3	%	
James A. C. Owens	  	—  	  	*	 	
Hyman Shwiel	  	—  	  	*	 	
Ernest J. Furtado(12)	  	405,050	  	*	 	
Philip K. Brewer(13)	  	534,912	  	1.1	%	
Robert D. Pederson(14)	  	566,250	  	1.2	%	
Current directors and executive officers (14 persons) as a group	  	38,580,888	  	80.8	%	
 
(1)	 	Beneficial ownership by a person assumes the exercise of all share options, warrants and rights held by such person.	
 
(2)	 	Percentage ownership is based on 47,760,771 shares outstanding as of March 12, 2009.	
 
(3)	 	Includes 29,778,802 shares held by Halco Holdings Inc. (“Halco”). Halco is wholly owned by Halco Trust, a discretionary trust with a independent trustee. Trencor and certain of Trencor’s subsidiaries are the sole discretionary beneficiaries of Halco Trust. The protectors of the trust are Mr. Neil Jowell, the chairman of both our board of directors and the board of directors of Trencor, and Mr. Cecil Jowell and Mr. McQueen, both members of our board of directors and the board of directors of Trencor.	
 
(4)	 	Includes 29,778,802 shares held by Halco, 101,244 shares held by the James E. Hoelter & Virginia S. Hoelter Trust, 986,156 shares held by the JEH-VSH Limited Partnership #1, and 797,746 shares held by the	
 
77

Table of Contents
 	JEH-VSH Limited Partnership #2. The general partners of each of the partnerships are James and Virginia Hoelter. Mr. Hoelter is one of our directors and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. Mr. Hoelter disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by Halco.	
 
(5)	 	Includes 29,778,802 shares held by Halco and 596,956 shares held by EA Finance, a company owned by a trust in which members of Mr. Cecil Jowell’s family are discretionary beneficiaries. Mr. Cecil Jowell is one of our directors, a director of Halco, a protector of the Halco Trust and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. In addition, Mr. Cecil Jowell has a significant ownership interest in Trencor both directly and indirectly, including indirectly through interests in Mobile Industries, which owns approximately 46% of Trencor. Mr. Cecil Jowell is also the chairman of Mobile Industries. Mr. Cecil Jowell disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by EA Finance and Halco.	
 
(6)	 	Includes 29,778,802 shares held by Halco and 596,956 shares held by EA Finance, a company owned by a trust in which members of Mr. Neil Jowell’s family are discretionary beneficiaries. Mr. Neil Jowell is one of our directors, a protector of the Halco Trust and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. In addition, Mr. Neil Jowell has a significant ownership interest in Trencor both directly and indirectly, including indirectly through interests in Mobile Industries, which owned approximately 46% of Trencor as of December 31, 2008. Mr. Neil Jowell is also a director of Mobile Industries. Mr. Neil Jowell disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by EA Finance and Halco.	
 
(7)	 	All shares are held by IKK Foundation, an affiliate of Mr. Kabbani.	
 
(8)	 	Includes 2,059,416 shares held by the Maccarone Family Partnership L.P., 87,430 shares held by the Maccarone Revocable Trust, 1,100 shares held by the Maccarone Charitable Trust, 1,000 shares held by the John Maccarone IRA Rollover and 350 shares held by the Bryan Maccarone UTMA. Also includes 222,496 restricted share units and 261,760 share options granted on October 9, 2007 and 32,500 restricted share units and 32,500 share options granted on November 19, 2008 under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). Share options were awarded at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the grant date of $16.50 and $7.10 per share on October 9, 2007 and November 19, 2008, respectively. Options awarded on October 9, 2007 and November 19, 2008 expire on October 8, 2017 and November 18, 2018, respectively.	
 
(9)	 	All shares are held by Halco. Mr. McQueen is one of our directors, a director of Halco, a protector of the Halco Trust and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. Mr. McQueen disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by Halco.	
 
(10)	 	All shares are held by Halco. Mr. Nurek is one of our directors and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. Mr. Nurek disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by Halco.	
 
(11)	 	All shares are held by Halco. Mr. van der Merwe is one of our directors and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. Mr. van der Merwe disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by Halco.	
 
(12)	 	Includes 240,250 shares held by Ernest James Furtado and Barbara Ann Pelletreau, Trustees of the Furtado-Pelletreau 2003 Revocable Living Trust UDT dated November 28, 2003, 200 shares held by Ernest James Furtado as custodian for David Furtado UGMA, and 100 shares held by Ernest James Furtado as custodian for Michelle Pelletreau UGMA. Includes 59,500 restricted share units and 70,000 share options granted on October 9, 2007 and 17,500 restricted share units and 17,500 share options granted on November 19, 2008 under the 2007 Plan. Share options were awarded at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the grant date of $16.50 and $7.10 per share on October 9, 2007 and November 19, 2008, respectively. Options awarded on October 9, 2007 and November 19, 2008 expire on October 8, 2017 and November 18, 2018, respectively.	
 
78

Table of Contents
(13)	 	Includes 89,250 restricted share units and 105,000 share options granted on October 9, 2007 and 26,000 restricted share units and 26,000 share options granted on November 19, 2008 under the 2007 Plan. Share options were awarded at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the grant date of $16.50 and $7.10 per share on October 9, 2007 and November 19, 2008, respectively. Options awarded on October 9, 2007 and November 19, 2008 expire on October 8, 2017 and November 18, 2018, respectively.	
 
(14)	 	Includes 89,250 restricted share units and 105,000 share options granted on October 9, 2007 and 26,000 restricted share units and 26,000 share options granted on November 19, 2008 under the 2007 Plan. Share options were awarded at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the grant date of $16.50 and $7.10 per share on October 9, 2007 and November 19, 2008, respectively. Options awarded on October 9, 2007 and November 19, 2008 expire on October 8, 2017 and November 18, 2018, respectively.	
 
B.	 	Related Party Transactions	
We do not have a corporate policy regarding related party transactions, nor are there any provisions in our memorandum of association or bye-laws regarding related party transactions, other than the provision, as permitted by Bermuda law, that we, or one of our subsidiaries, may enter into a contract in which our directors or officers are directly or indirectly interested if the director or officer discloses his interest to our board of directors at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors or in writing.
Loans to Executive Officers
As permitted by Bermuda law, in the past, we have extended loans to our employees in connection with their acquisition of our common shares in accordance with our various employees’ share schemes. As of December 31, 2008, no amounts were outstanding on such loans to employees. Since January 1, 2006, the largest amount previously outstanding under any loan to an executive officer was $432,000. Since January 1, 2006, we provided loans of $56,200 to each of Mr. Brewer and Mr. Furtado on each of March 13, 2006 and March 13, 2007 in connection with this program. Since January 1, 2006, Mr. Brewer had owed us up to $453,069 (on March 23, 2006). Mr. Brewer paid off his entire remaining loan balance on July 16, 2007. Since January 1, 2006, Mr. Furtado had owed us up to $155,200 (on March 23, 2006). Mr. Furtado paid off his entire remaining loan balance on March 23, 2007. Currently, there are no loans outstanding to our directors or executive officers, and we will not extend loans to our directors or executive officers in the future, in compliance with the requirements of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The interest rate on these loans to executive officers had been calculated annually on or about March 1 of each year at a rate equal to 0.5% per annum above our effective interest rate before tax.
Indemnification of Officers and Directors
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers to give such directors and officers, as well as their immediate family members, additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of indemnification set forth in our bye-laws, and to provide additional procedural protections which may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in our bye-laws. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify such directors and officers, as well as their immediate family members, against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers and to advance expenses as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.
Agreements with IKK Group
Textainer Equipment Management Limited has entered into a management agreement with IKK Foundation, related to Textainer Equipment Management Limited’s management of containers owned by IKK Foundation.
 
79

Table of Contents
Director Isam Kabbani is the beneficial owner of IKK Foundation. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, we managed approximately 9,800 TEU (for which we received approximately $183 in management fees), 10,200 TEU (for which we received approximately $229 in management fees) and 10,700 TEU (for which we received approximately $221 in management fees), respectively, for IKK Foundation.
Insurance Services
Through October 2006, director James Owens provided insurance consulting, advisory and brokerage services to us in his capacity as an employee and director of Foreign Business Indemnity Limited (“FBIL”), an entity effectively wholly owned by Mr. Owens’ wife. In October 2006, Heath Lambert Limited purchased a portfolio of insurance broker client accounts from FBIL, which included FBIL’s account with us. Following the sale of accounts to Heath Lambert, FBIL entered into a consultancy agreement with Heath Lambert, which provides that Mr. Owens will supply consultancy services to Heath Lambert with respect to such accounts, including services related to our account. Future payments to FBIL under the terms of its agreements with Heath Lambert could be based in part on fees received by Heath Lambert from us. In addition, FBIL continues to provide direct brokerage services to Trencor with respect to its directors’ and officers’ insurance, which includes coverage for our directors and officers. We have obtained our own separate directors’ and officers’ insurance and are no longer covered by Trencor’s policy. FBIL received approximately $156,000 from us for insurance-related services during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
Relationships and Agreements with Entities Related to Trencor Limited
Halco is wholly owned by Halco Trust, a discretionary trust with an independent trustee. Trencor and certain of Trencor’s subsidiaries are the sole discretionary beneficiaries of Halco Trust. The protectors of the trust are Neil I. Jowell, Cecil Jowell, and James McQueen, all of whom are members of our board of directors and the board of directors of Trencor. In addition, two of our directors, Cecil Jowell and James McQueen, are also members of the board of directors of Halco. Prior to our initial public offering, we paid approximately $72,000 and $96,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, to Halco as a management fee for the services of the directors who are representatives of Halco.
We have entered into an agreement with LAPCO, an associate of Halco, related to our management of containers owned by LAPCO. Pursuant to this agreement, LAPCO has the right, but not an obligation, to require us to purchase containers on its behalf, within guidelines specified in the agreement and for as long as the management agreement is in place. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, we received the following fees or commissions from LAPCO: (i) approximately $4,027, $4,743 and $4,498, respectively, in management fees, (ii) approximately $1,471, $1,258 and $752, respectively, in sales commissions and (iii) approximately $452, $287 and $268, respectively, in acquisition fees. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, fees received under the LAPCO agreement accounted for 6.9%, 9.2% and 11.4%, respectively, of total combined container management and container resale segment revenue and 2.1%, 2.5% and 2.4%, respectively, of total revenue. LAPCO is free to compete against us with respect to its investment in containers and uses our competitors to manage some of its containers.
In 2005 the Company reserved $2.5 million to resolve a dispute with a container manufacturer. The Company paid $1.3 million pursuant to a court order. On November 28, 2006, the Company and its parent company, Trencor Limited, entered into a letter agreement related to a settlement with this container manufacturer and the sale of a South African container manufacturing plant. This container manufacturer owed money to Trencor and had claims against the Company. Pursuant to this letter agreement, the container manufacturer agreed to return the plant to Trencor in lieu of its liabilities and the Company agreed to cover Trencor’s losses upon the sale of the plant, up to a limit of $750 in settlement of the container manufacturer’s claims against them. A $450 reduction in the reserve was released to income in the fourth quarter of 2006. On August 23, 2007, Trencor entered into a sale agreement with a third party to sell the plant for an amount that would not result in any loss being recorded. This sale was subject to certain conditions and the receipt of funds from the buyer of the plant, both of which were met in 2008. As a result, the Company reduced its reserve in entirety in 2008.
 
80

Table of Contents
Halco acquired 2,100,000 common shares in the Company’s initial public offering at the initial public offering price. The underwriters did not receive any discount or commission on these shares. The common shares that were purchased by Halco in the offering are not freely tradable in the public market due to Halco’s status as our “affiliate,” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. See Item 14. “ Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds ” for further details on these trading restrictions .
 
C.	 	Interests of Experts and Counsel	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL INFORMATION	
 
A.	 	Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information	
Financial Statements
Our audited consolidated financial statements which are comprised of our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008 and the notes to those statements and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon, are included under Item 18, “ Financial Statements ” of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Also, see Item 5, “ Operating and Financial Review and Prospects ” for additional financial information.
Legal Proceedings
See Item 4, “Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings” for information on our legal proceedings which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position or profitability.
Dividend Policy
The following table summarizes dividends that we have declared and paid since January 1, 2006:

Date Declared	  	Dividend
per Outstanding
Common Share	  	Total
Dividend	
March 2006	  	$	0.50	  	$	19,088	
August 2006	  	$	0.22	  	$	8,223	
March 2007	  	$	0.52	  	$	20,267	
May 2007	  	$	0.21	  	$	8,107	
August 2007	  	$	0.23	  	$	8,686	
November 2007(1)	  	$	0.20	  	$	9,521	
February 2008(1)	  	$	0.21	  	$	9,997	
May 2008(1)	  	$	0.22	  	$	10,473	
August 2008(1)	  	$	0.23	  	$	10,949	
November 2008(1)	  	$	0.23	  	$	10,949	
February 2009(1)	  	$	0.23	  	$	10,985	
 
(1)	 	Represents dividends declared and paid after the completion of our initial public offering on October 15, 2007.	
 
81

Table of Contents
Our board of directors has adopted a dividend policy which reflects its judgment that our shareholders would be better served if we distributed to them, as quarterly dividends payable at the discretion of our board of directors, a portion of the cash generated by our business in excess of our expected cash needs, including cash needs for potential acquisitions or other growth opportunities, rather than retaining such excess cash or using such cash for other purposes. On an annual basis we expect to pay dividends with cash flow from operations, but due to seasonal or other temporary fluctuations in cash flow, we may from time to time use temporary short-term borrowings to pay quarterly dividends.
We are not required to pay dividends, and our shareholders will not be guaranteed, or have contractual or other rights, to receive dividends. The timing and amount of future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on our future operating results and the cash requirements of our business. There are a number of factors that can affect our ability to pay dividends and there is no guarantee that we will pay dividends in any given year. See Item 3, “ Key Information—Risk Factors,”  for a discussion of these factors. Our board of directors may decide, in its discretion, at any time, to decrease the amount of dividends, otherwise modify or repeal the dividend policy or discontinue entirely the payment of dividends.
In addition, we will not pay dividends in the event we are not allowed to do so under Bermuda law, are in default under (or such payment would cause a default under) our revolving credit facility, or if such payment would cause us to breach any of our covenants. These covenants include certain financial covenants, which would be directly affected by the payment of dividends, such as (i) a minimum tangible net worth level (which level would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid), (ii) a maximum ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated tangible net worth (which amount would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid) and (iii) a minimum ratio of certain income (which amount would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid) to current obligations. Please see Item 5, “ Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources ” for a description of these covenants. Furthermore, since we are a holding company, substantially all of the assets shown on our consolidated balance sheet are held by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our earnings and cash flow and our ability to pay dividends are largely dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of such earnings to us in the form of dividends.
 
B.	 	Significant Changes	
There have been no significant changes to our business since December 31, 2007, except as disclosed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
 
82

Table of Contents
ITEM 9.	THE OFFER AND LISTING	
 
A.	 	Offer and Listing Details	
Trading Markets and Price History
Our common shares have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TGH” since October 10, 2007. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common shares. The following table sets forth the high and low closing sale prices, as reported on the NYSE for our common shares for the periods indicated:

 	  	High	  	Low	
Annual Highs and Lows:	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Fiscal 2008	  	$	22.35	  	$	6.36	
Fiscal 2007	  	$	17.00	  	$	13.42	
 	 	 	
Quarterly Highs and Lows (Fiscal 2008):	  	 	 	  	 	 	
First quarter	  	$	16.10	  	$	10.80	
Second quarter	  	$	22.35	  	$	15.30	
Third quarter	  	$	19.77	  	$	14.35	
Fourth quarter	  	$	14.63	  	$	6.36	
 	 	 	
Monthly Highs and Lows (over the most recent six month period):	  	 	 	  	 	 	
September 2008	  	$	18.03	  	$	14.35	
October 2008	  	$	14.63	  	$	8.76	
November 2008	  	$	11.57	  	$	6.36	
December 2008	  	$	10.60	  	$	6.91	
January 2009	  	$	10.45	  	$	8.63	
February 2009	  	$	10.21	  	$	5.45	
Transfer Agent
A register of holders of our common shares is maintained by Continental Management Limited in Bermuda and a branch register is maintained in the United States by Computershare Limited. The transfer agent and branch registrar for our common shares is Computershare Limited, P.O. Box 219045, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9045.
 
B.	 	Plan of Distribution	
Not applicable.
 
C.	 	Markets	
See Item 9, “Offer and Listing Details—Trading Markets” above.
 
D.	 	Selling Shareholders	
Not applicable.
 
E.	 	Dilution	
Not applicable.
 
F.	 	Expenses of the Issue	
Not applicable.
 
83

Table of Contents
ITEM 10.	ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	
 
A.	 	Share Capital	
Not applicable.
 
B.	 	Memorandum and Articles of Association	
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number EC18896. We were incorporated on December 3, 1993 under the name Textainer Group Holdings Limited. Our registered office is located at 16 Par-La-Ville Road, Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda.
We incorporate by reference into this Annual Report on Form 20-F the description of our memorandum of association and our bye-laws contained in “Description of Share Capital” of our Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007. Such information is a summary which does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our memorandum of association and our bye-laws, copies of which have been filed as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, to such Registration Statement.
 
C.	 	Material Contracts	
We have not entered into any material contracts during the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and other than those described in Item 4, “ Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Significant Events ” or elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
 
D.	 	Exchange Controls	
Trencor, a South African company listed on the JSE, has beneficiary interest in a majority of our share capital. Trencor currently has an indirect beneficiary interest in 62.3% of our issued and outstanding shares. South Africa’s exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on exporting capital from South Africa. These restrictions require Trencor to obtain approval from South African exchange control authorities before engaging in transactions that would result in dilution of their share interest in us below certain thresholds, whether through their sale of their own shareholdings or through the approval of our issuance of new shares. The exchange control authorities may decide not to grant such approval if a proposed transaction were to dilute Trencor’s beneficiary interest in us below certain levels. While the South African government has, to some extent, relaxed exchange controls in recent years, it is difficult to predict whether or how it will further relax or abolish exchange control measures in the future. The above requirements could restrict or limit our ability to issue new shares. In addition, Trencor is required to comply with JSE Listings Requirements in connection with its holding or sale of our common shares.
 
E.	 	Taxation	
The following discussion is a summary of the material Bermuda and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. This discussion is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. In particular, this discussion does not address the tax consequences under state, local, and other national (e.g., non-Bermuda and non-U.S.) tax laws. Accordingly, we urge you to consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular tax circumstances and the tax consequences under state, local, and other national tax laws. The following discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
Bermuda Tax Consequences
The following is a summary of the material Bermuda tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. The following discussion is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular tax circumstances.
 
84

Table of Contents
Taxation of the Companies
We and our subsidiaries have obtained an assurance from the Bermuda Minister of Finance under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits on income, or computed on any capital asset, gain, or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then such tax will not until March 28, 2016 be applicable to us or any of our operations, or to any of our shares, debentures, or other obligations, except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda. Given the limited duration of the Minister of Finance’s assurance, we cannot be certain that we will not be subject to any Bermuda tax after March 28, 2016. As an exempted company, we are required to pay to the Bermuda government an annual fee presently not to exceed $31, based on our assessable capital.
Taxation of Holders
Currently, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by our shareholders in respect of our common shares. The issue, transfer, or redemption of our common shares is not currently subject to stamp duty.
United States Federal Income Tax Consequences
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. The following discussion is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. This summary is based upon the Code, regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Treasury Department (including proposed and temporary regulations), rulings, current administrative interpretations and official pronouncements of the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Such change could materially and adversely affect the tax consequences described below. No assurance can be given that the IRS will not assert, or that a court will not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below.
This summary does not address all aspects of the U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular holder in light of its investment or tax circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules, such as: banks; financial institutions; insurance companies; dealers in stocks, securities, or currencies; traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings; tax-exempt organizations; real estate investment trusts; regulated investment companies; qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, and other tax-deferred accounts; expatriates of the U.S.; persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; persons holding common shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, or other integrated transaction; persons who acquired common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation for services; persons actually or constructively holding 10% or more of our voting shares; and U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar.
This discussion is not a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal tax consequences that may be relevant with respect to an investment in common shares. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances and the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of owning and disposing of common shares, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, or foreign or other tax jurisdiction and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.
This summary is directed solely to persons who hold their common shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, which includes property held for investment. For purposes of this discussion, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common shares that is any of the following:
 
 	•	 	a citizen or resident of the U.S. or someone treated as a U.S. citizen or resident for U.S. federal income tax purposes;	
 
85

Table of Contents
 	•	 	a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;	
 
 	•	 	an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;	
 
 	•	 	a trust if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or	
 
 	•	 	a trust in existence on August 20, 1996 that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.	
The term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common shares that is not a U.S. Holder. As described in “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders” below, the tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder may differ substantially from the tax consequences to a U.S. Holder.
If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of common shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder of common shares that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in common shares.
Taxation of the Companies
Textainer and Non-U.S. Subsidiaries
A non-U.S. corporation deemed to be engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. is subject to U.S. federal income tax on income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business. Such income tax, if imposed, is based on effectively connected income computed in a manner similar to the manner in which the income of a domestic corporation is computed, except that a foreign corporation will be entitled to deductions and credits for a taxable year only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return for that year. In addition, a non-U.S. corporation may be subject to the U.S. federal branch profits tax on the portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits, with certain adjustments, deemed repatriated out of the U.S. Currently, the maximum U.S. federal income tax rates are 35% for a corporation’s effectively connected income and 30% for the branch profits tax.
A portion of our income is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S., and such effectively connected income is subject to U.S. federal income tax. U.S. federal income tax returns have been filed declaring such effectively connected income.
The determination of whether a person is engaged in a U.S. trade or business is based on a highly factual analysis. There is no direct guidance as to which activities constitute being engaged in a U.S. trade or business, and it is unclear how a court would construe the existing indirect authorities. Accordingly, it is possible that the IRS will conclude that our non-U.S. subsidiaries that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes are engaged in a U.S. trade or business and earn effectively connected income that is subject to U.S. federal income tax.
In addition to U.S. federal income tax on income associated with a U.S. trade or business, our non-U.S. subsidiaries are also subject to U.S. federal income tax imposed via 30% withholding on the gross amount of certain “fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income” derived from sources within the U.S. (such as dividends and certain interest on investments), to the extent such amounts are not effectively connected income. This 30% U.S. withholding tax is subject to reduction by applicable treaties. Distributions by our U.S. subsidiaries to us and our non-U.S. subsidiaries are expected to be subject to this 30% U.S. withholding tax.
U.S. Subsidiaries
Our U.S. subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on their worldwide income, regardless of its source, subject to reduction by allowable foreign tax credits.
 
86

Table of Contents
Furthermore, any of our U.S. subsidiaries could be subject to additional U.S. tax on a portion of its income if it is considered to be a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. corporation will be classified as a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year if (i) at any time during the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residency) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of the stock of the corporation by value; and (ii) at least 60% of the corporation’s adjusted ordinary gross income, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for such taxable year consists of “personal holding company income.” Personal holding company income includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, annuities and, under certain circumstances, rents. The PHC rules do not apply to non-U.S. corporations.
If any of our U.S. subsidiaries is or becomes a PHC in a given taxable year, such corporation will be subject to an additional 15% tax on its “undistributed personal holding company income,” which includes the company’s taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, the tax rate on “undistributed personal holding company income” is scheduled to increase to the highest marginal rate applicable to the ordinary income of individuals, which is currently 35%.
We believe that none of our U.S. subsidiaries should be considered PHCs except for one dormant and immaterial subsidiary that may be considered a PHC. In addition, we intend to cause our U.S. subsidiaries to manage their affairs in a manner that reduces the possibility that they will meet the 60% income threshold. However, because of the lack of complete information regarding our ultimate share ownership (i.e., particularly as determined by constructive ownership rules), we cannot assure you that none of our U.S. subsidiaries will become PHCs in the future, or that the amount of U.S. federal income tax that would be imposed would be immaterial.
Transfer Pricing
Under U.S. federal income tax laws, transactions among taxpayers that are owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the same interests generally must be at arm’s-length terms. We consider the transactions among our subsidiaries and us to be at arm’s-length terms. However, the IRS may distribute, apportion, or allocate gross income, deductions, credits, or allowances between or among such taxpayers if it determines that such transactions are not at arm’s-length terms and that such distribution, apportionment, or allocation is necessary in order to clearly reflect the income of any of such taxpayers. In such a situation, we may incur increased tax liability, possibly materially, thereby reducing our profitability and cash flows.
Taxation of U.S. Holders
The discussion in “—Distributions on Common Shares” and “—Dispositions of Common Shares” below assumes that we will not be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For a discussion of the rules that apply if we are treated as a PFIC, see the discussion in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” below.
Distributions on Common Shares
General. Subject to the discussion in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” below, if you actually or constructively receive a distribution on common shares, you must include the distribution in gross income as a taxable dividend on the date of your receipt of the distribution, but only to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated under U.S. federal income tax principles. Such amount must be included without reduction for any foreign taxes withheld. Dividends paid by us are not expected to be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations with respect to dividends received from certain domestic corporations. Dividends paid by us may or may not be eligible for preferential rates applicable to qualified dividend income, as described below.
To the extent a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in the common shares, and thereafter as capital gain. Preferential tax rates for long-term capital gain may be applicable to non-corporate U.S. Holders.
 
87

Table of Contents
We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, you should expect that a distribution will be reported as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.
Qualified Dividend Income. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders (i.e., individuals, trusts, and estates), for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, dividends that are treated as qualified dividend income (“QDI”) are taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15%. Among other requirements, dividends will be treated as QDI if either (i) our common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S., or (ii) we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. which includes an information exchange program and which is determined to be satisfactory by the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury. The income tax treaty between the U.S. and Bermuda (the jurisdiction of our incorporation) does not qualify for these purposes. However, it is expected that our common shares are “readily tradable” as a result of being listed on the NYSE, although there can be no assurance that our common shares are “readily tradable” or will continue to be “readily tradable” in the future.
In addition, for dividends to be treated as QDI, we must not be a PFIC (as discussed below) for either the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year. We do not believe that we were a PFIC for our prior taxable year and we do not expect that we should be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, we can be treated as a PFIC. Please see the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” below. Additionally, in order to qualify for QDI treatment, you generally must have held the common shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days prior to the ex-dividend date. However, your holding period will be reduced for any period during which the risk of loss is diminished.
Moreover, a dividend will not be treated as QDI to the extent you are under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Since the QDI rules are complex, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of the preferential tax rates for dividends paid on common shares.
In-Kind Distributions. Distributions to you of new common shares or rights to subscribe for new common shares that are received as part of a pro rata distribution to all of our shareholders will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. The adjusted tax basis of the new common shares or rights so received will be determined by allocating your adjusted tax basis in the old common shares between the old common shares and the new common shares or rights received, based on their relative fair market values on the date of distribution. However, in the case of a distribution of rights to subscribe for common shares, the adjusted tax basis of the rights will be zero if the fair market value of the rights is less than 15% of the fair market value of the old common shares on the date of distribution and you do not make an election to determine the adjusted tax basis of the rights by allocation as described above. Your holding period for the new common shares or rights should include the holding period for the old common shares on which the distribution was made.
Foreign Tax Credits. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, any foreign taxes paid on or withheld from distributions from us and not refundable to you may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability or, alternatively, may be deducted from your taxable income. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and applies to all foreign taxes paid by you or withheld from you that year.
Distributions will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The foreign tax credit limitation is calculated separately with respect to two specific classes of income. For this purpose, distributions characterized as dividends distributed by us are expected to constitute “passive category income” or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “general category income.” Special limitations may apply if a dividend is treated as QDI (as defined above).
Special rules may apply to electing individuals whose foreign source income during the taxable year consists entirely of “qualified passive income” and whose creditable foreign taxes paid or accrued during the taxable year do not exceed $300 ($600 in the case of a joint return).
 
88

Table of Contents
Since the rules governing foreign tax credits are complex, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in your particular circumstances.
Dispositions of Common Shares
Subject to the discussion in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of common shares equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of (i) the amount realized on the disposition (i.e., the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received), and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the common shares. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.
If you have held the common shares for more than one year at the time of disposition, such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss. Preferential tax rates for long-term capital gain (currently, with a maximum rate of 15% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011) will apply to non-corporate U.S. Holders. If you have held the common shares for one year or less, such capital gain or loss will be short-term capital gain or loss taxable as ordinary income at your marginal income tax rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Any gain or loss recognized is not expected to give rise to foreign source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences if you receive currency other than U.S. dollars upon the disposition of common shares.
Passive Foreign Investment Company
We will be a PFIC under Section 1297 of the Code if, for a taxable year, either (a) 75% or more of our gross income for such taxable year is passive income (the “income test”) or (b) 50% or more of the average percentage, generally determined by fair market value, of our assets during such taxable year either produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). “Passive income” includes, for example, dividends, interest, certain rents and royalties, certain gains from the sale of stock and securities, and certain gains from commodities transactions.
Certain “look through” rules apply for purposes of the income and asset tests described above. If we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the total value of the outstanding shares of another corporation, we will be treated as if we (a) held directly a proportionate share of the other corporation’s assets, and (b) received directly a proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. In addition, passive income does not include any interest, dividends, rents, or royalties that are received or accrued by us from a “related person” (as defined in Section 954(d)(3) of the Code), to the extent such items are properly allocable to income of such related person that is not passive income.
Under the income and asset tests, whether or not we are a PFIC will be determined annually based upon the composition of our income and the composition and valuation of our assets, all of which are subject to change. In analyzing whether we should be treated as a PFIC, we are relying on our projected revenues and projected capital expenditures, the valuation of our assets, and our expected election to treat certain of our subsidiaries as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If our actual revenues and capital expenditures do not match our projections, we may be a PFIC. For example, if we do not spend enough of the cash (a passive asset) we raise from any financing transactions we may undertake, the relative percentage of our passive assets will increase. In these calculations, we have valued our total assets based on our market capitalization, determined using the market price of our common shares. Such market price may fluctuate. If our market capitalization is less than anticipated or subsequently declines, this will decrease the value of our total assets and we may be a PFIC. Furthermore, we have made a number of assumptions regarding the value of our total assets. We believe our valuation approach is reasonable. However, it is possible that the IRS will challenge the valuation of our total assets, which may result in our being a PFIC.
 
89

Table of Contents
We do not believe that we were a PFIC for our prior taxable year, we do not expect that we should be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year and we intend to use reasonable efforts to avoid PFIC status. However, because the PFIC determination is highly fact intensive and made at the end of each taxable year, it is possible that we may be a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year or that the IRS may challenge our determination concerning our PFIC status.
Default PFIC Rules under Section 1291 of the Code. If we are a PFIC, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of an investment in common shares will depend on whether such U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a qualified electing fund (“QEF”) under Section 1295 of the Code (a “QEF Election”) or a mark-to-market election under Section 1296 of the Code (a “Mark-to-Market Election”). A U.S. Holder owning common shares while we were or are a PFIC that has not made either a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election will be referred to in this summary as a “Non-Electing U.S. Holder.”
If you are a Non-Electing U.S. Holder, you will be subject to the default tax rules of Section 1291 of the Code with respect to:
 
 	•	 	any “excess distribution” paid on common shares, which means the excess (if any) of the total distributions received by you during the current taxable year over 125% of the average distributions received by you during the three preceding taxable years (or during the portion of your holding period for the common shares prior to the current taxable year, if shorter); and	
 
 	•	 	any gain recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition (including a pledge) of common shares.	
Under these default tax rules:
 
 	•	 	any excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the common shares;	
 
 	•	 	the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any period prior to the first day of the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income in the current year;	
 
 	•	 	the amount allocated to each of the other years will be treated as ordinary income and taxed at the highest applicable tax rate in effect for that year; and	
 
 	•	 	the resulting tax liability from any such prior years will be subject to the interest charge applicable to underpayments of tax.	
In addition, notwithstanding any election you may make, dividends that you receive from us will not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to QDI (as discussed above in “—Distributions on Common Shares”) if we are a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but will instead be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.
Special rules for Non-Electing U.S. Holders will apply to determine U.S. foreign tax credits with respect to foreign taxes imposed on distributions on common shares.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold common shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for all succeeding years during which you hold common shares, regardless of whether we actually continue to be a PFIC. You may terminate this deemed PFIC status by electing to recognize gain (which will be taxed under the default tax rules of Section 1291 of the Code discussed above) as if your common shares had been sold on the last day of the last taxable year for which we were a PFIC.
If we are a PFIC in any year with respect to you, you will be required to file an annual return on IRS Form 8621 regarding distributions received on common shares and any gain realized on the disposition of common shares.
 
90

Table of Contents
QEF Election. If you make a QEF Election, you generally will not be subject to the default rules of Section 1291 of the Code discussed above. Instead, you will be subject to current U.S. federal income tax on your pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, regardless of whether such amounts are actually distributed to you by us. However, you can make a QEF Election only if we agree to furnish you annually with certain tax information, and we currently do not intend to prepare or provide such information.
Mark-to-Market Election. U.S. Holders may make a Mark-to-Market Election, but only if the common shares are marketable stock. The common shares will be “marketable stock” as long as they remain listed on the NYSE and are regularly traded. Shares are “regularly traded” for any calendar year during which it is traded (other than in  de minimis  quantities) on at least fifteen days during each calendar quarter. There can be no assurances, however, that our common shares will be treated, or continue to be treated, as regularly traded.
If you make a Mark-to-Market Election, you generally will not be subject to the default rules of Section 1291 of the Code discussed above. Rather, you will be required to recognize ordinary income for any increase in the fair market value of the common shares for each taxable year that we are a PFIC. You will also be allowed to deduct as an ordinary loss any decrease in the fair market value to the extent of net marked-to-market gain previously included in prior years. Your adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect the amount included or deducted.
The Mark-to-Market Election will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years, unless the common shares cease to be marketable stock or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of, and procedure for making, a Mark-to-Market Election.
Since the PFIC rules are complex, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding them and how they may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in common shares.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Information reporting requirements will apply to distributions on common shares or proceeds from the disposition of common shares paid within the U.S. (and, in certain cases, outside the U.S.) to a U.S. Holder unless such U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient, such as a corporation. Furthermore, backup withholding (currently at 28%) may apply to such amounts unless such U.S. Holder (i) is an exempt recipient that, if required, establishes its right to an exemption, or (ii) provides its taxpayer identification number, certifies that it is not currently subject to backup withholding, and complies with other applicable requirements. A U.S. Holder may avoid backup withholding if it furnishes a properly completed IRS Form W-9 and is able to make the required certifications.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. Furthermore, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information in a timely manner.
Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders
Distributions on Common Shares
Subject to the discussion in “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” below, as a Non-U.S. Holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including withholding tax, on distributions received on common shares, unless the distributions are effectively connected with a trade or business that you conduct in the U.S. and (if an applicable income tax treaty so requires) attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the U.S.
 
91

Table of Contents
If distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business and (if applicable) attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, you will be subject to tax on such distributions in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, as described in “Taxation of U.S. Holders—Distributions on Common Shares” above. In addition, any such distributions received by a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
Dispositions of Common Shares
Subject to the discussion in “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” below, as a Non-U.S. Holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including withholding tax, on any gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of common shares, unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business that you conduct in the U.S. and (if an applicable income tax treaty so requires) attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the U.S., or (ii) you are an individual and are present in the U.S. for at least 183 days in the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other conditions are met.
If you meet the test in clause (i) above, you generally will be subject to tax on any gain that is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, as described in “Taxation of U.S. Holders—Dispositions of Common Shares” above. Effectively connected gain realized by a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
If you meet the test in clause (ii) above, you generally will be subject to tax at a 30% rate on the amount by which your U.S. source capital gain exceeds your U.S. source capital loss.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Payments to Non-U.S. Holders of distributions on, or proceeds from the disposition of, common shares are generally exempt from information reporting and backup withholding. However, a Non-U.S. Holder may be required to establish that exemption by providing certification of non-U.S. status on an appropriate IRS Form W-8.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. Furthermore, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information in a timely manner.
 
F.	 	Dividends and Paying Agents	
Not applicable.
 
G.	 	Statement by Experts	
Not applicable.
 
H.	 	Documents on Display	
Whenever a reference is made in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to any contract, agreement or other document, the reference may not be complete and you should refer to the copy of that contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to one of our previous SEC filings. You can read our SEC filings over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies
 
92

Table of Contents
of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. Copies of reports and other information may also be inspected in the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
I.	 	Subsidiary Information	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 11.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
Market risk represents the risk of changes in value of a financial instrument, derivative or non-derivative, caused by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows. We are exposed to the market risks described below.
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk. Although we have significant foreign-based operations, the U.S. dollar is our primary operating currency. Thus, substantially all of our revenue and the majority of our expenses in 2007, 2006 and 2005 were denominated in U.S. dollars. For the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, 38%, 38% and 41%, respectively, of our direct container expenses were paid in 15 different foreign currencies. We do not hedge these container expenses as there are no significant payments made in any one foreign currency and our contract with the Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (“SDDC”) contains a provision to protect us from fluctuations in exchange rates for payments made in foreign currencies for services rendered under the SDDC contract. Foreign exchange fluctuations did not materially impact our financial results in those periods.
Interest Rate Risk. We have entered into various interest rate swap and cap agreements to mitigate our exposure associated with our variable rate debt. The swap agreements involve payments by us to counterparties at fixed rates in return for receipts based upon variable rates indexed to the London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The differentials between the fixed and variable rate payments under these agreements are recognized in realized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps and caps, net in the consolidated statement of income.
As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, none of the derivative instruments we have entered into qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133,  Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended. The fair value of the derivative instruments is measured at each of these balance sheet dates and the change in fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of income as unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net.
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement on Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements  (“SFAS 157”) for measuring “financial” assets and liabilities. SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price received to transfer an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. SFAS 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value by creating a hierarchy of valuation inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows: Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and, Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring a company to develop its own valuation assumptions.
The interest rate swap agreements are measured at fair value on a recurring basis each reporting period. Our fair value estimate was determined using significant unobservable inputs and assumptions (Level 3). The Company relies on a valuation prepared by its brokers based on a discounted cash flow analysis using forecasted interest rate yield curves. The increase in the interest rate swap agreements’ fair value liability during the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily reflects a decrease in rates in the future portion of the swaps’ curves as of December 31, 2008.
 
93

Table of Contents
The notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements was $433,560 as of December 31, 2008, with expiration dates between May 2009 and November 2013. We receive one-month LIBOR rates fixed between 3.36% and 5.32% under the interest rate swap agreements. The fair value liability of these agreements was $19,387 and $4,282 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The notional amount of the interest rate cap agreements was $110,000 as of December 31, 2008, with expiration dates between May 2009 and November 2015.
Based on the debt balances and derivative instruments as of December 31, 2008, it is estimated that a 1% increase in interest rates would result in an increase in the fair value of interest rate swaps of $6,214 and an increase in interest expense of $6,449.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Credit Risk
We maintain detailed credit records about our container lessees. Our credit policy sets different maximum exposure limits for our container lessees. Credit criteria may include, but are not limited to, container lessee trade route, country, social and political climate, assessments of net worth, asset ownership, bank and trade credit references, credit bureau reports, including those from Dynamar B.V. or “Dynamar,” and Lloyd’s Marine Intelligence Unit (common credit reporting agencies used in the maritime sector), operational history and financial strength. We monitor our container lessees’ performance and our lease exposures on an ongoing basis, and our credit management processes are aided by the long payment experience we have with most of our container lessees and our broad network of long-standing relationships in the shipping industry that provide current information about our container lessees. In managing this risk, we also make an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is developed based on two key components:
 
 	•	 	specific reserves for receivables which are impaired for which management believes full collection is doubtful; and	
 
 	•	 	reserves for estimated losses inherent in the receivables based upon historical trends.	
As of December 31, 2008, approximately 94.0% of accounts receivable for our total fleet and 98.5% of the finance lease receivables were from container lessees and customers outside of the U.S. Customers in the PRC (including Hong Kong) and Taiwan accounted for approximately 20.8% and 13.2%, respectively, of our total fleet container leasing revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. Customers in no other country accounted for greater than 10.0% of our total fleet container leasing revenue for the same period. Total fleet container leasing revenue differs from our reported container rental revenue in that total fleet container leasing revenue comprises revenue earned from leases on containers in our total fleet, including revenue earned by our investors from leases on containers in our managed fleet, while our reported container revenue only comprises container leasing revenue associated with our owned fleet. We derive revenue with respect to container leasing revenue associated with our managed fleet from management fees based upon the operating performance of the managed containers.
Lease billings from our 25 largest container lessees represented $347,009, or 75.9% of our total owned and managed fleet container lease billings for the year ended December 31, 2008, with lease billings from our single largest container lessee accounting for $44,677, or 9.8% of our owned and managed fleet container lease billings during such period.
An allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,855 million has been established against receivables as of December 31, 2008 for our owned fleet. For the year ended December 31, 2008, receivable write-offs, net of recoveries, totaled $2,695 for our owned fleet.
 
ITEM 12.	DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES	
Not applicable.
 
94

Table of Contents
PART II
 
ITEM 13.	DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES	
None.
 
ITEM 14.	MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS	
On October 15, 2007, we completed our initial public offering of our common shares at a price of $16.50 per share and listed our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TGH.” We sold an aggregate of 9,000,000 of our common shares and generated proceeds of $138.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and other offering expenses. The managing underwriters of our initial public offering were Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co. and Fortis Securities LLC.
The registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed by us in connection with our initial public offering was declared effective on October 9, 2007. The amount of expenses incurred by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the registered securities totaled $10.5 million, consisting of $7.6 million for underwriting discounts and commissions, and approximately $2.9 million for other expenses. None of the payments were direct or indirect payments to our directors, officers, general partners of our associates, persons owning 10% or more of any class of our shares, or any of our affiliates.
 
ITEM 15.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
 
A.	 	Disclosure Controls and Procedures	
Textainer’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
Disclosure controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 20-F, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed to reasonably assure that this information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
B.	 	Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	
Textainer’s management, with oversight by the Board of Directors, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Textainer’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
Textainer’s management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.
 
95

Table of Contents
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective may not prevent or detect misstatements and can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
C.	 	Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm	
Our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included under Item 18 “ Financial Statements ” on page F-2 in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
 
D.	 	Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 16.	[RESERVED]	
 
ITEM 16A.	AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT	
In accordance with NYSE rules, we have an audit committee responsible for advising the board regarding the selection of independent auditors and evaluating our internal controls. Our audit committee need not have three members and the members need not comply with the NYSE’s standards of independence for domestic issuers. Our audit committee has five members, Messrs. Shwiel, Cottingham, Jowell, McQueen and Hoelter. Messrs. Shwiel and Cottingham are voting members of the audit committee and are independent as that term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The board affirmatively determined that Mr. Shwiel and Mr. Cottingham are audit committee financial experts. The other three members are representatives of Trencor and have no voting rights. Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter effective October 9, 2007.
 
ITEM 16B.	CODE OF ETHICS	
We have adopted the Textainer Group Holdings Limited Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics”), which covers members of our board of directors and all of our employees (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions).
The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics addresses, among other things, the following items:
 
 	•	 	honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;	
 
 	•	 	full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with, or submit to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications made by us;	
 
 	•	 	compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations	
 
 	•	 	the prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to an appropriate person or persons identified in the code; and	
 
 	•	 	accountability for adherence to the code.	
During fiscal year 2008, no waivers or amendments were made to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for any of our directors or executive officers. We have posted the text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website at  www.textainer.com .
 
96

Table of Contents
ITEM 16C.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	
Our audit committee pre-approves all services provided by our principal accountants, KPMG LLP. All of the services and fees described below were reviewed and pre-approved by our audit committee. Our audit committee has delegated to the principal financial officer and the chairman of the audit committee certain limited authority to grant pre-approvals. These decisions to pre-approve a service must be presented to the full audit committee at its next scheduled meeting.
The following is a summary of the fees billed to us by the principal accountants for professional services rendered for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

Fee Category	  	2008 Fees	  	2007 Fees	
Audit Fees	  	$	1,138	  	$	710	
Audit Related Fees	  	 	—  	  	 	866	
Tax Fees	  	 	10	  	 	50	
All Other Fees	  	 	—  	  	 	—  	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Total Fees	  	$	1,148	  	$	1,626	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Audit Fees—Consists of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our financial statements and services that are normally provided by the principal accountants in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
Audit Related Fees—Consists of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” Fees of $866 billed in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 relate to KPMG LLP’s review of our registration statement in connection with our initial public offering.
Tax Fees—Consists of fees billed for professional services for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.
All Other Fees—Consists of fees for product and services other than the services reported above. KPMG LLP did not provide any other services to Textainer for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 or 2007.
 
ITEM 16D.	EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES	
We rely on the exemption afforded by Rule 10A-3(b)(1)(iv)(D) under the Exchange Act. Three of the five members of our audit committee (Messrs. Hoelter, Neil Jowell and McQueen) are directors of Trencor, which, together with certain of its subsidiaries, are the discretionary beneficiaries of a trust that indirectly owns a majority of our common shares. Each of Messrs. Hoelter, Neil Jowell and McQueen is neither a voting member or chairperson of our audit committee nor an executive officer of ours. We believe that such reliance does not materially adversely affect the ability of the audit committee to act independently or to satisfy the other requirements of Rule 10A-3.
 
ITEM 16E.	PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS	
None.
 
ITEM 16F.	CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT	
None.
 
ITEM 16G.	CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	
Our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of Bermuda. Therefore, we are exempt from many of the New York Stock Exchange’s (“NYSE”) corporate governance
 
97

Table of Contents
practices, other than the establishment of a formal audit committee satisfying the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and notification of non-compliance with NYSE listing requirements. The practices that we follow in lieu of the NYSE’s corporate governance rules are described below.
 
 	•	 	We do not, and are not required under Bermuda law to, maintain a board of directors with a majority of independent directors. Currently, a majority of our directors are not independent, as that term is defined by the NYSE.	
 
 	•	 	We are not required by Bermuda law to hold regular meetings of the board of directors at which only independent directors are present.	
 
 	•	 	Under Bermuda law, compensation of executive officers need not be determined by an independent committee. We have established a compensation committee that reviews and approves the compensation and benefits for our executive officers and other key executives, makes recommendations to the board regarding compensation matters and is responsible for awarding compensation to our executive officers and other employees under our share compensation plans. The committee also has the discretion to interpret and amend the terms of, and take all other actions necessary to administer, the 2007 Share Incentive Plan. However, our compensation committee is not comprised solely of independent directors. The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Neil Jowell, Cottingham, Hoelter, Nurek and Shwiel. Messrs. Neil Jowell, Hoelter and Nurek are directors of Trencor. Our board of directors has also adopted a compensation committee charter.	
 
 	•	 	In accordance with NYSE rules, we have formed an audit committee responsible for advising the board regarding the selection of independent auditors and evaluating our internal controls. Our audit committee need not have three members and the members need not comply with the NYSE’s standards of independence for domestic issuers. Our audit committee has five members, Messrs. Neil Jowell, Cottingham, Hoelter, McQueen and Shwiel. Messrs. Cottingham and Shwiel are voting members of the committee and are independent as that term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The other three members are representatives of Trencor and have no voting rights. Our board of directors has also adopted an audit committee charter.	
 
 	•	 	We have established a nominating and governance committee, although this committee is not comprised solely of independent directors, as would be required of a domestic issuer. Our nominating and governance committee has five members, Messrs. Neil Jowell, Cottingham, Hoelter, Nurek and Shwiel. Our board of directors has also adopted a nominating and governance committee charter.	
 
 	•	 	Under Bermuda law, we are not required to obtain shareholder consent prior to issuing securities or adopting share compensation plans. However, we sought and received the approval of our shareholders for our 2007 Share Incentive Plan on September 4, 2007. We are also required under Bermuda law to obtain the consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the issuance of securities in certain circumstances.	
 
 	•	 	Under Bermuda law, we are not required to adopt corporate governance guidelines or a code of business conduct. However, we have adopted both corporate governance guidelines and a code of business conduct.	
 
 	•	 	As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to solicit proxies or provide proxy statements to the NYSE. However, we have provided a proxy statement to the NYSE and expect to continue to do so in the future.	
 
98

Table of Contents
PART III
 
ITEM 17.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
We have responded to Item 18 “Financial Statements.”
 
ITEM 18.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
Reference is made to pages F-1 through F-40 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 	  	Page	
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements	  	 	
 	 	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	  	F-2	
 	 	
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007	  	F-3	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	  	F-4	
 	 	
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December  31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	  	F-5	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	  	F-6	
 	 	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	  	F-8	
 	 	
Financial Statement Schedules	  	 	
 	 	
Schedule I—Parent Company Information	  	F-34	
 	 	
Schedule II—Valuation Accounts	  	F-37	
 
99

Table of Contents
ITEM 19.	EXHIBITS	
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F:

Exhibit

Number	 	Description of Document	
1.1	 	Memorandum of Association of Textainer Group Holdings Limited(1)	
 	 	
1.2	 	Bye-laws of Textainer Group Holdings Limited(2)	
 	 	
2.1	 	Form of Common Share Certificate(3)	
 	 	
4.1	 	Office Lease, dated August 8, 2001, by and between Pivotal 650 California St., LLC and Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited (the “Office Lease”)(4)	
 	 	
4.2†	 	First Amendment to the Office Lease, dated as of December 23, 2008, by and between A – 650 California Street, LLC and Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited	
 	 	
4.3*	 	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and John A. Maccarone(5)	
 	 	
4.4*	 	Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Ernest J. Furtado(6)	
 	 	
4.5*	 	Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Philip K. Brewer(7)	
 	 	
4.6*	 	Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Robert D. Pedersen(8)	
 	 	
4.7*	 	2007 Short-Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2007(9)	
 	 	
4.8*	 	2007 Share Incentive Plan(10)	
 	 	
4.9*	 	2008 Bonus Plan(11)	
 	 	
4.10*	 	Form of Indemnification Agreement(12)	
 	 	
4.11	 	Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005, by and between Textainer Marine Containers Limited, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as indenture trustee (the “Second Amended and Restated Indenture”)(13)	
 	 	
4.12	 	Amendment Number 1, dated as of June 3, 2005, to the Second Amended and Restated Indenture(14)	
 	 	
4.13	 	Amendment Number 2, dated as of June 8, 2006, to the Second Amended and Restated Indenture(15)	
 	 	
4.14†	 	Amendment Number 3, dated as of July 2, 2008, to the Second Amended and Restated Indenture	
 	 	
4.15	 	Third Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated as of July 2, 2008, by and between Textainer Marine Containers Limited, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as indenture trustee (the “Third Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement”)(16)	
 	 	
4.16	 	Textainer Marine Containers Limited Series 2005-1 Supplement, dated as of May 26, 2005 to the Second Amended and Restated Indenture(17)	
 	 	
4.17†	 	Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2008, by and among Textainer Limited, as borrower, Textainer Group Holdings Limited, as guarantor, Bank of America, N.A., as agent and the lenders party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”)	
 	 	
4.18	 	Letter Agreement, dated November 28, 2006 by and between Trencor Containers (Proprietary) Limited and Textainer Limited and Textainer Equipment Management Limited(18)	
 	 	
4.19**	 	Fourth Amended and Restated Equipment Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2002, by and between Textainer Equipment Management Limited and Leased Assets Pool Company Limited(19)	
 
100

Table of Contents
 	 	 	
Exhibit

Number	 	Description of Document	
  4.20	 	Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Equipment Management Services Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2007, by and between Textainer Equipment Management Limited and Leased Asset Pool Company Limited(20)	
 	 	
  4.21**	 	Container Management Services Agreement (revised), dated as of September 1, 1990, by and between Isam K. Kabbani and Textainer Equipment Management N.V., as amended(21)	
 	 	
  4.22	 	Form of Management Services Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and between Green Eagle Investments N.V., and Textainer Equipment Management Limited, for the management of the container fleet of Capital Lease Limited(22)	
 	 	
  4.23	 	Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2007, by and among FB Transportation Capital LLC and Textainer Limited(23)	
 	 	
  8.1†	 	Subsidiaries of the Registrant	
 	 	
12.1†	 	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	
12.2†	 	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	
13.1†	 	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	
13.2†	 	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	
15.1†	 	Consent of KPMG LLP	
 
†   	 	Filed herewith.	
 
*   	 	Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.	
 
** 	 	Confidential treatment requested for certain portions of this exhibit, which portions are omitted and filed separately with the SEC.	
 
(1)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(2)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(3)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(4)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(5)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(6)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(7)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
101

Table of Contents
(8)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(9)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(10)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(11)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(12)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(13)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(14)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(15)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(16)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(17)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(18)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(19)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(20)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(21)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(22)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(23)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-33725) filed with the SEC on March 28, 2008.	
 
102

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

Textainer Group Holdings Limited	
 	
/s/    JOHN A. MACCARONE        	
John A. Maccarone	
President and Chief Executive Officer	
 	
/s/    ERNEST J. FURTADO        	
Ernest J. Furtado	
First Vice President, Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary	
March 16, 2009
 
103

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 	  	Page	
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements	  	 	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	  	F-2	
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007	  	F-3	
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	  	F-4	
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December  31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	  	F-5	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	  	F-6	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	  	F-8	
 	 	
Financial Statement Schedules	  	 	
Schedule I—Parent Company Information	  	F-34	
Schedule II—Valuation Accounts	  	F-37	
 
F-1

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Textainer Group Holdings Limited:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited financial statement schedules I and II. We also have audited Textainer Group Holdings Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Textainer Group Holdings Limited’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedules and an opinion on Textainer Group Holdings Limited’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also in our opinion, Textainer Group Holdings Limited maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework  issued by COSO.
/s/    KPMG LLP
San Francisco, California
March 16, 2009
 
F-2

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2008 and 2007
(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Assets	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	71,490	 	 	$	69,447	 	
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,855 and $3,160 in 2008 and 2007, respectively	  	 	49,328	 	 	 	44,688	 	
Net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases	  	 	17,086	 	 	 	9,116	 	
Containers held for resale	  	 	1,596	 	 	 	3,798	 	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	3,271	 	 	 	2,527	 	
Deferred taxes	  	 	1,961	 	 	 	352	 	
Due from affiliates, net	  	 	39	 	 	 	9	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	144,771	 	 	 	129,937	 	
Restricted cash	  	 	16,107	 	 	 	16,742	 	
Containers, net of accumulated depreciation of $338,190 and $322,845 in 2008 and 2007, respectively	  	 	999,411	 	 	 	856,874	 	
Net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases	  	 	74,633	 	 	 	48,075	 	
Fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation of $8,008 and $7,795 in 2008 and 2007, respectively	  	 	1,406	 	 	 	1,230	 	
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $12,642 and $4,700 in 2008 and 2007, respectively	  	 	64,751	 	 	 	72,646	 	
Interest rate swaps	  	 	—  	 	 	 	127	 	
Other assets	  	 	2,688	 	 	 	2,715	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	1,303,767	 	 	$	1,128,346	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	  	$	4,922	 	 	$	4,612	 	
Accrued expenses	  	 	10,212	 	 	 	11,115	 	
Container contracts payable	  	 	2,068	 	 	 	28,397	 	
Due to owners, net	  	 	10,877	 	 	 	18,019	 	
Secured debt facility	  	 	—  	 	 	 	6,585	 	
Bonds payable	  	 	58,000	 	 	 	58,000	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	86,079	 	 	 	126,728	 	
Revolving credit facility	  	 	53,000	 	 	 	21,500	 	
Secured debt facility	  	 	300,402	 	 	 	124,391	 	
Bonds payable	  	 	313,241	 	 	 	370,938	 	
Interest rate swaps	  	 	19,387	 	 	 	4,409	 	
Income tax payable	  	 	16,074	 	 	 	15,733	 	
Deferred taxes	  	 	7,577	 	 	 	10,814	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	  	 	795,760	 	 	 	674,513	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Minority interest	  	 	58,398	 	 	 	49,717	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shareholders’ equity:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common shares, $0.01 par value. Authorized 140,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 47,604,740 and 47,604,640 shares at 2008 and 2007, respectively	  	 	476	 	 	 	476	 	
Additional paid-in capital	  	 	166,744	 	 	 	163,753	 	
Notes receivable from shareholders	  	 	—  	 	 	 	(432	)	
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income	  	 	(224	)	 	 	579	 	
Retained earnings	  	 	282,613	 	 	 	239,740	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total shareholders’ equity	  	 	449,609	 	 	 	404,116	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	  	$	1,303,767	 	 	$	1,128,346	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-3

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
Revenues:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Lease rental income	  	$	198,600	 	 	$	192,342	 	 	$	186,093	 	
Management fees	  	 	28,603	 	 	 	24,125	 	 	 	16,194	 	
Trading container sales proceeds	  	 	34,231	 	 	 	25,497	 	 	 	14,137	 	
Gains on sale of containers, net	  	 	15,647	 	 	 	13,544	 	 	 	9,558	 	
Other, net	  	 	—  	 	 	 	284	 	 	 	480	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	 	277,081	 	 	 	255,792	 	 	 	226,462	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Direct container expense	  	 	25,709	 	 	 	32,895	 	 	 	29,757	 	
Cost of trading containers sold	  	 	26,596	 	 	 	20,753	 	 	 	11,480	 	
Depreciation expense	  	 	48,900	 	 	 	48,757	 	 	 	54,330	 	
Amortization expense	  	 	6,979	 	 	 	3,677	 	 	 	1,023	 	
General and administrative expense	  	 	20,991	 	 	 	18,063	 	 	 	15,870	 	
Short-term incentive compensation expense	  	 	4,257	 	 	 	4,094	 	 	 	4,694	 	
Long-term incentive compensation expense	  	 	3,148	 	 	 	932	 	 	 	285	 	
Bad debt expense, net	  	 	3,663	 	 	 	1,133	 	 	 	664	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	  	 	140,243	 	 	 	130,304	 	 	 	118,103	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	 	136,838	 	 	 	125,488	 	 	 	108,359	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	  	 	(26,227	)	 	 	(37,094	)	 	 	(33,083	)	
Interest income	  	 	1,482	 	 	 	3,422	 	 	 	2,286	 	
Realized (losses) gains on interest rate swaps and caps, net	  	 	(5,986	)	 	 	3,204	 	 	 	2,848	 	
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net	  	 	(15,105	)	 	 	(8,274	)	 	 	(574	)	
Gain on lost military containers, net	  	 	2,252	 	 	 	4,639	 	 	 	—  	 	
Other, net	  	 	(203	)	 	 	56	 	 	 	243	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net other expense	  	 	(43,787	)	 	 	(34,047	)	 	 	(28,280	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income tax and minority interest	  	 	93,051	 	 	 	91,441	 	 	 	80,079	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax benefit (expense)	  	 	871	 	 	 	(6,847	)	 	 	(4,299	)	
Minority interest expense	  	 	(8,681	)	 	 	(16,926	)	 	 	(19,499	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	85,241	 	 	$	67,668	 	 	$	56,281	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	  	$	1.79	 	 	$	1.66	 	 	$	1.47	 	
Diluted	  	$	1.78	 	 	$	1.66	 	 	$	1.46	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands):	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	  	 	47,605	 	 	 	40,800	 	 	 	38,186	 	
Diluted	  	 	47,827	 	 	 	40,841	 	 	 	38,488	 	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

 	  	Common shares	  	Additional
paid-in
capital	 	 	Notes
receivable
from
shareholders	 	 	Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)	 	 	Retained
earnings	 	 	Total
shareholders’
equity	 	 	
 	  	Shares	 	 	Amount	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balances, December 31, 2005	  	38,056,516	 	 	$	381	  	$	23,706	 	 	$	(1,299	)	 	$	30	 	 	$	188,733	 	 	$	211,551	 	 	 	 	
Dividends to shareholders ($0.71 per common share)	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(27,311	)	 	 	(27,311	)	 	 	 	
Exercise of share options	  	230,000	 	 	 	2	  	 	593	 	 	 	(539	)	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	56	 	 	 	 	
Share option plan obligation	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	(479	)	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(479	)	 	 	 	
Long-term incentive compensation expense	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	285	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	285	 	 	 	 	
Repayment of notes receivable from shareholders	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	658	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	658	 	 	 	 	
Repurchase and retirement of common shares	  	(11,876	)	 	 	—  	  	 	(12	)	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(85	)	 	 	(97	)	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	56,281	 	 	 	56,281	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	350	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	350	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	56,631	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balances, December 31, 2006	  	38,274,640	 	 	 	383	  	 	24,093	 	 	 	(1,180	)	 	 	380	 	 	 	217,618	 	 	 	241,294	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cumulative effect from FIN 48 implementation	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	1,035	 	 	 	1,035	 	 	 	 	
Sale of common shares—initial public offering	  	9,000,000	 	 	 	90	  	 	140,782	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	140,872	 	 	 	 	
Initial public offering expenses	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	(2,905	)	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(2,905	)	 	 	 	
Dividends to shareholders ($1.14 per common share)	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(46,581	)	 	 	(46,581	)	 	 	 	
Exercise of share options	  	330,000	 	 	 	3	  	 	872	 	 	 	(875	)	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	 	
Long-term incentive compensation expense	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	911	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	911	 	 	 	 	
Repayment of notes receivable from shareholders	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	1,623	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	1,623	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	67,668	 	 	 	67,668	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	199	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	199	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	67,867	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balances, December 31, 2007	  	47,604,640	 	 	 	476	  	 	163,753	 	 	 	(432	)	 	 	579	 	 	 	239,740	 	 	 	404,116	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Initial public offering expenses	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	(31	)	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(31	)	 	 	 	
Dividends to shareholders ($0.89 per common share)	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(42,368	)	 	 	(42,368	)	 	 	 	
Restricted share units vested	  	100	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	 	
Long-term incentive compensation expense	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	3,022	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	3,022	 	 	 	 	
Repayment of notes receivable from shareholders	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	432	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	432	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	85,241	 	 	 	85,241	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	  	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(803	)	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(803	)	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	84,438	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balances, December 31, 2008	  	47,604,740	 	 	$	476	  	$	166,744	 	 	$	—  	 	 	$	(224	)	 	$	282,613	 	 	$	449,609	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	85,241	 	 	$	67,668	 	 	$	56,281	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation expense	  	 	48,900	 	 	 	48,757	 	 	 	54,330	 	
Bad debt expense, net	  	 	3,663	 	 	 	1,133	 	 	 	664	 	
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net	  	 	15,105	 	 	 	8,274	 	 	 	574	 	
Amortization of debt issuance costs	  	 	2,693	 	 	 	1,395	 	 	 	1,405	 	
Amortization of intangible assets	  	 	6,979	 	 	 	3,677	 	 	 	1,023	 	
Amortization of acquired above-market leases	  	 	963	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	
Gains on sale of containers and lost military containers, net	  	 	(17,899	)	 	 	(18,183	)	 	 	(9,558	)	
Share-based compensation expense	  	 	3,022	 	 	 	911	 	 	 	285	 	
Minority interest expense	  	 	8,681	 	 	 	16,926	 	 	 	19,499	 	
Decrease (increase) in:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable, net	  	 	(8,303	)	 	 	(4,473	)	 	 	215	 	
Containers held for resale	  	 	2,292	 	 	 	702	 	 	 	334	 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	  	 	2,444	 	 	 	(411	)	 	 	1,293	 	
Due from affiliates, net	  	 	(30	)	 	 	6	 	 	 	36	 	
Other assets	  	 	(2,249	)	 	 	(381	)	 	 	(1,281	)	
Increase (decrease) in:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	  	 	310	 	 	 	(6	)	 	 	(3,153	)	
Accrued expenses	  	 	(903	)	 	 	(1,357	)	 	 	(8,020	)	
Due to owners, net	  	 	(7,142	)	 	 	11,449	 	 	 	559	 	
Long-term income tax payable	  	 	341	 	 	 	7,821	 	 	 	7,912	 	
Deferred taxes, net	  	 	(1,844	)	 	 	526	 	 	 	1,030	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments	  	 	57,023	 	 	 	76,766	 	 	 	67,147	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	142,264	 	 	 	144,434	 	 	 	123,428	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchase of additional shares of Textainer Marine Containers Ltd	  	 	—  	 	 	 	(71,131	)	 	 	—  	 	
Purchase of containers and fixed assets	  	 	(320,218	)	 	 	(207,171	)	 	 	(104,818	)	
Purchase of intangible assets	  	 	(106	)	 	 	(56,000	)	 	 	(18,983	)	
Proceeds from sale of containers and fixed assets	  	 	68,312	 	 	 	70,200	 	 	 	34,142	 	
Receipt of principal payments on direct financing and sales-type leases	  	 	14,255	 	 	 	7,594	 	 	 	6,456	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(237,757	)	 	 	(256,508	)	 	 	(83,203	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from revolving credit facility	  	 	77,500	 	 	 	49,500	 	 	 	—  	 	
Principal payments on revolving credit facility	  	 	(46,000	)	 	 	(28,000	)	 	 	—  	 	
Proceeds from secured debt facility	  	 	288,500	 	 	 	236,000	 	 	 	74,000	 	
Principal payments on secured debt facility	  	 	(119,200	)	 	 	(157,300	)	 	 	(21,000	)	
Principal payments on bonds payable	  	 	(58,000	)	 	 	(58,000	)	 	 	(58,000	)	
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash	  	 	635	 	 	 	5,247	 	 	 	(8,610	)	
Debt issuance costs	  	 	(3,129	)	 	 	(297	)	 	 	(1,339	)	
Initial public offering costs	  	 	(31	)	 	 	(2,905	)	 	 	—  	 	
Issuance of common shares	  	 	—  	 	 	 	140,872	 	 	 	56	 	
Repayments of notes receivable from shareholders	  	 	432	 	 	 	1,623	 	 	 	658	 	
Retirement of common shares	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(97	)	
Dividends paid	  	 	(42,368	)	 	 	(46,581	)	 	 	(27,311	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	  	 	98,339	 	 	 	140,159	 	 	 	(41,643	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rate changes	  	 	(803	)	 	 	199	 	 	 	350	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	2,043	 	 	 	28,284	 	 	 	(1,068	)	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year	  	 	69,447	 	 	 	41,163	 	 	 	42,231	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year	  	$	71,490	 	 	$	69,447	 	 	$	41,163	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Continued)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-6

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
Cash paid during the year for:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest	  	$	29,176	 	 	$	32,478	 	 	$	28,812	
Income taxes	  	$	929	 	 	$	850	 	 	$	981	
 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
(Decrease) increase in accrued container purchases	  	$	(26,329	)	 	$	(4,530	)	 	$	30,373	
Containers placed in direct financing and sales-type leases	  	$	48,783	 	 	$	23,488	 	 	$	15,667	

 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-7

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
(1)	 	Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	
 
 	(a)	 	Nature of Operations	
Textainer Group Holdings Limited (“TGH”) is incorporated in Bermuda. TGH is the holding company of a group of corporations, Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries (the Company), involved in the purchase, management, leasing and resale of a fleet of marine cargo containers. The Company manages and provides administrative support to the affiliated and unaffiliated owners (the “Owners”) of the containers and structures and manages container leasing investment programs.
The Company conducts its business activities in four main areas: container ownership, container management, container resale and military management. These activities are described below (also see Note 10 “Segment Information”).
The Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common shares at $16.50 per share on October 15, 2007 and listed its common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TGH.” The Company sold 9,000,000 common shares and generated proceeds of $137,846, after deducting underwriting discounts and other offering expenses. The Company used a portion of the proceeds to repay borrowings of $56,000 incurred in the Capital Transaction described in Note 6.
Container Ownership
The Company’s containers consist primarily of standard dry freight containers, but also include special-purpose containers. These containers are financed through reinvested earnings, a revolving credit facility and a secured debt facility provided by banks, and bonds payable to investors. Expenses related to lease rental income include direct container expenses, depreciation expense and interest expense.
Container Management
The Company manages, on a worldwide basis, a fleet of containers for and on behalf of the Owners.
All rental operations are conducted worldwide in the name of the Company who, as agent for the Owners, acquires and sells containers, enters into leasing agreements and depot service agreements, bills and collects lease rentals from the lessees, disburses funds to depots for container handling, and remits net amounts, less management fees and commissions, to the Owners. Revenues, customer accounts receivable, fixed assets, depreciation and other operating expenses, and vendor payables arising from direct container operations of the managed portion of the Owners’ fleet have been excluded from the Company’s financial statements.
Management fees are typically a percentage of net operating income of each Owner’s fleet and consist of fees earned by the Company for services related to management of the containers, and net acquisition fees earned on the acquisition of containers. Expenses related to the provision of management services include general and administrative expense, short-term and long-term incentive compensation expense and amortization expense.
 
F-8

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
Container Resale
The Company buys and subsequently resells used containers (trading containers) from third parties. Container sales revenue represents the proceeds on the sale of containers purchased for resale. Cost of containers sold represents only the cost of equipment purchased for resale that were sold as well as the related selling costs. The Company earns sales commissions related to the sale of the containers that it manages.
Military Management
During June 2003, the Company entered into a management agreement to provide a management information system and source containers and related equipment for the U.S. military. In the event that containers are not available within the managed fleet, the Company will fulfill its obligations to this customer by subleasing containers and equipment from shipping lines and other leasing companies. The contract is renewable annually. Management fees earned from this contract for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $1,782, $1,731 and $1,680, respectively.
 
 	(b)	 	Principles of Consolidation	
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include TGH and all its subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
The majority of the container equipment included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements is owned by Textainer Marine Containers Limited (“TMCL”) which is 83.85% and 86.74% owned by the Company as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
 	(c)	 	Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash	
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash include all interest-bearing deposits or money market securities with original maturities of three months or less. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash with various financial institutions. These financial institutions are located throughout the United States, Canada, Bermuda, Singapore, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and Malaysia. A significant portion of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash is maintained with a small number of banks and, accordingly, the Company is subject to credit risk. Restricted cash is excluded from cash and cash equivalents and is included in long-term assets.
 
 	(d)	 	Intangible Assets	
Intangible assets, consisting primarily of exclusive rights to manage container fleets, are amortized over the expected life of the contracts based on forecasted income to the Company. The contract terms range from 11 to 13 years. Intangible assets are evaluated for impairment by applying the recognition and measurement provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144  Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets  (“SFAS 144)”. Under SFAS 144, an impairment loss shall be recognized if the carrying amount of the intangible assets is not recoverable by future undiscounted cash flows and the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.
 
F-9

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
 	(e)	 	Lease Rental Income	
Leasing income arises principally from the renting of containers owned by the Company to various international shipping lines. Revenue is recorded when earned according to the terms of the container rental contracts. These contracts are typically for terms of five years or less and are generally classified as operating leases.
Under long-term lease agreements, containers are usually leased from the Company for periods of three to five years. Such leases are generally cancelable with a penalty at the end of each 12-month period. Under master lease agreements, the lessee is not committed to leasing a minimum number of containers from the Company during the lease term and may generally return the containers to the Company at any time, subject to certain restrictions in the lease agreement. Under long-term lease and master lease agreements, revenue is earned and recognized evenly over the period that the equipment is on lease. Under direct finance and sales-type leases, the containers are usually leased from the Company for the remainder of the container’s useful life with a bargain purchase option at the end of the lease term. Revenue is earned and recognized on direct finance leases over the lease terms so as to produce a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the leases. Under sales-type leases, a gain or loss is recognized at the inception of the leases by subtracting the book value of the containers from the estimated fair value of the containers and the remaining revenue is earned and recognized over the lease terms so as to produce a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the leases.
Container leases do not include step-rent provisions or lease concessions, nor do they depend on indices or rates.
The following is a schedule, by year, of future minimum lease payments receivable under the long-term leases as of December 31, 2008:

Year ending December 31:	  	 	 	
2009	  	$	78,812	
2010	  	 	55,531	
2011	  	 	44,046	
2012	  	 	28,996	
2013 and thereafter	  	 	34,814	
 	  	 	 	
Total future minimum lease payments receivable	  	$	242,199	
 	  	 	 	
The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its lessees to make required payments. These allowances are based on management’s current assessment of the financial condition of the Company’s lessees and their ability to make their required payments. If the financial condition of the Company’s lessees were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.
 
 	(f)	 	Direct Container Expense	
Direct container expense represents the operating costs arising from the containers owned by the Company and includes storage, handling, maintenance, DPP, agent and insurance expense.
 
 	(g)	 	Containers Held for Resale	
The Company, through one or more of its subsidiaries, buys trading containers for resale, which are valued at the lower of cost or market value. The cost of trading containers sold is specifically identified.
 
F-10

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
 	(h)	 	Foreign Currencies	
A functional currency is determined for each of the entities within the Company based on the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency are re-measured into its functional currency at the balance sheet date with a gain or loss recognized in current year net income. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses that arise from exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in a foreign currency are recognized in net income as incurred. Foreign currency exchange gains (losses), reported in Other, net in the consolidated statements of income were $17, $183, and $(189) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. For consolidation purposes, the financial statements are then translated into U.S. dollars using the current exchange rate for the assets and liabilities and a weighted average exchange rate for the revenues and expenses recorded during the year with any translation adjustment shown as an element of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
 	(i)	 	Containers and Fixed Assets	
Capitalized container costs include the container cost payable to the manufacturer and the associated transportation costs incurred in moving the containers from the manufacturer to the containers’ first destined port. Containers purchased new are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of 12 years to an estimated dollar residual value. Containers purchased used are depreciated based upon their remaining useful lives at the date of acquisition to an estimated dollar residual value. The Company evaluates the estimated residual values and remaining estimated useful lives on an ongoing basis. During the last few years, the Company experienced a significant increase in resale prices, as a result of (i) a lower number of containers available for sale due to higher utilization and (ii) the increased cost of new containers. Based on this extended period of higher container resale values and an expectation that new equipment prices will remain near current levels, the Company increased the estimated future residual values of its containers during 2008 and 2006. These increases in residual values caused a decrease in depreciation expense of $7,200 ($6,984 after tax or $0.15 per diluted share) and $5,534 ($5,349 after tax or $0.14 per diluted share) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2006. Assuming no change in equipment cost balances the change in 2008 and 2006 would result in a decrease in future depreciation expense of $14,282 and $16,533 per year, respectively, at the time those changes were made. Depreciation expense may fluctuate in future periods based on fluctuations in these estimates.
Fixed assets are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from three to seven years.
The Company reviews its containers and fixed assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company compares the carrying value of the containers to expected future undiscounted cash flows for the purpose of assessing the recoverability of the recorded amounts. If the carrying value exceeds expected future undiscounted cash flows, the assets are reduced to fair value. In addition, containers identified as being available for sale are valued at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less costs to sell.
The Company has evaluated the recoverability of the recorded amount of container rental equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and determined that a reduction in the carrying values of containers held for continued use was not required, but a write-down in the value of certain containers identified for sale was required.
 
F-11

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded impairments of $546, $566 and $183, which are included in depreciation expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income, to write down the value of 2,671, 2,552 and 989 containers identified for sale, respectively, to their estimated fair value. The fair value was estimated based on recent gross sales proceeds. When containers are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the carrying value of 451 and 371 containers identified for sale included impairment charges of $73 and $91, respectively. The carrying value of these containers identified for sale amounted to $418 and $313 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and is included in Containers, net on the consolidated balance sheets.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded the following net gain on sales of containers:

 	  	2008	  	2007	  	2006	
 	  	Units	  	Amount	  	Units	  	Amount	  	Units	  	Amount	
Gain on sales of previously written down containers, net	  	2,585	  	$	1,339	  	3,004	  	$	1,415	  	1,359	  	$	1,594	
Gain on sales of containers not written down, net	  	27,526	  	 	14,308	  	34,491	  	 	12,129	  	26,206	  	 	7,964	
 	  	 	  	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	
Gain on sales of containers, net	  	30,111	  	$	15,647	  	37,495	  	$	13,544	  	27,565	  	$	9,558	
 	  	 	  	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	
If other containers are subsequently identified as available for sale, the Company may incur additional write-downs or may incur losses on the sale of these containers if they are sold. The Company will continue to evaluate the recoverability of recorded amounts of containers and a write-down of certain containers held for continued use and/or an increase in its depreciation rate may be required in future periods for some or all containers.
 
 	(j)	 	Income Taxes	
The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded when the realization of a deferred tax asset is unlikely.
As of January 1, 2007, the company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48). Under FIN 48, the company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in the recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. If there are findings in future IRS examinations of the Company’s tax returns, those findings may could result in additional income tax expense. Prior to the adoption of FIN 48, the Company recognized the effect of income tax positions only if such positions were probable of being sustained.
 
F-12

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
 
 	(k)	 	Maintenance and Repair Expense and Damage Protection Plan	
The Company’s leases require the lessee to pay for any damage to the container beyond normal wear and tear at the end of the lease term. The Company offers a Damage Protection Plan (“DPP”) to certain lessees of its containers. Under the terms of the DPP, the Company charges lessees an additional amount primarily on a daily basis and the lessees are no longer obligated for certain future repair costs for containers subject to the DPP. It is the Company’s policy to recognize these revenues as earned on a daily basis over the related term of its lease. The Company has not recognized revenue and related expense for customers who are billed at the end of the lease term under the DPP or for other lessees who do not participate in the DPP. Based on past history, there is uncertainty as to collectability of these amounts from lessees who are billed at the end of the lease term because the amounts due under the DPP are typically re-negotiated at the end of the lease term or the lease term is extended. The Company uses the direct expense method of accounting for maintenance and repairs.
 
 	(l)	 	Concentrations	
Although substantially all of the Company’s income from operations is derived from assets employed in foreign countries, virtually all of this income is denominated in U.S. dollars. The Company does pay some of its expenses in various foreign currencies. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, $9,791 or 38%, $12,491 or 38% and $12,377 or 42%, respectively, of the Company’s direct container expenses were paid in 15 different foreign currencies. The Company does not hedge these container expenses as there are no significant payments made in any one foreign currency and the Company’s contract with the U.S. military contains a provision to protect it from fluctuations in exchange rates for payments made in foreign currencies.
The Company’s customers are international shipping lines, which transport goods on international trade routes. Once the containers are on hire with a lessee, the Company does not track their location. The domicile of the lessee is not indicative of where the lessee is transporting the containers. The Company’s business risk in its foreign concentrations lies with the creditworthiness of the lessees rather than the geographic location of the containers or the domicile of the lessees. Except for the major lessees noted in the table below, no other single lessees made up greater than 10% of the Company’s lease rental income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Lessee	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
Customer A	  	10	%	 	n/a	 	 	n/a	 	
Customer B	  	n/a	 	 	11	%	 	11	%	
One single lessee (Customer A) accounted for 17% of the Company’s accounts receivable, net as of December 31, 2008 and no single lessee accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable, net as of December 31, 2007.
 
 	(m)	 	Customers	
The Company had no customer that individually accounted for over 10% of the lease billings of the Company’s owned and managed fleet in 2008, 2007 and 2006. The Company currently has
 
F-13

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
containers on-hire to more than 400 customers. The Company’s customers are mainly international shipping lines, but the Company also leases containers to freight forwarding companies and the U.S. military. The Company’s five largest customers accounted for approximately 34.0% of the Company’s total owned and managed fleet’s 2008 leasing billings. The Company’s largest customer represented approximately 9.8% of the Company’s total owned and managed fleet’s 2008 leasing billings. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, revenue from the Company’s 25 largest container lessees by lease billings represented 75.9%, 78.4% and 80.7% of the Company’s total owned and managed fleet’s container lease billings, respectively, with revenue from the Company’s single largest container lessee accounting for $44.7 million, $33.0 million and $28.9 million or 9.8%, 8.4% and 9.0% of the Company’s total owned and managed fleet’s container lease billings during the respective periods. A default by any of these major customers could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, results from operations and financial condition. In addition, the largest lessees of the Company’s owned fleet are often among the largest lessees of the Company’s managed fleet. The largest lessees of the Company’s managed fleet are responsible for a significant portion of the billings that generate the Company’s management fee revenue.
 
 	(n)	 	Fair Value of Financial Instruments	
In accordance with SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, the Company calculates the fair value of financial instruments and includes this additional information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements when the fair value is different from the book value of those financial instruments. The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and payable, due from affiliates, net, container contracts payable, due to owners, net, debt and interest rate swaps. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments approximates the related book value of such instruments except that, based on the borrowing rates available to the Company, the fair value of long-term debt (including current maturities) was approximately $641,281 and $572,345 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, compared to a book value of $724,643 and $581,414 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
 	(o)	 	Derivative Instruments	
The Company has entered into various interest rate swap and cap agreements to mitigate its exposure associated with its variable rate debt. The swap agreements involve payments by the Company to counterparties at fixed rates in return for receipts based upon variable rates indexed to the London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The differentials between the fixed and variable rate payments under these agreements are recognized in Realized (losses) gains on derivative instruments, net in the consolidated statement of income.
As of the balance sheet dates, none of the derivative instruments the Company has entered into qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 133,  Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,  as amended (“SFAS 133”). The fair value of the derivative instruments is measured at each balance sheet date and the change in fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of income as unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net.
 
 	(p)	 	Share Options and Restricted Share Units	
In accordance with SFAS No. 123R Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), the Company estimates the fair value of all employee share options awarded under its 2007 Share Incentive Plan (the
 
F-14

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
“2007 Plan”) on the grant date using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”) option-pricing model as a method for determining the estimated fair value for employee share option awards. Compensation expense for employee share awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Share-based compensation expense of $3,022 and $911 was recorded as a part of long-term incentive compensation for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 for share options and restricted share units awarded to employees under the 2007 Plan.
 
 	(q)	 	Comprehensive Income (Loss)	
In accordance with SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income (“SFAS 130”), the Company reports changes in equity from all sources. The effect of SFAS 130 is limited to the form and content of the Company’s disclosures of its foreign currency translation adjustment as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).
 
 	(r)	 	Estimates	
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to the container rental equipment, intangible assets, accounts receivable, income taxes, and accruals.
These estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments regarding the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 
 	(s)	 	Reclassifications	
Certain reclassifications of 2007 and 2006 amounts have been made in order to conform with the 2008 financial statement presentation.
 
 	(t)	 	Net income per share	
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if all outstanding share options were exercised or converted into common shares. For the year ended December 31, 2008, 1,038,624 share options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method, in accordance with the FASB’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128  Earnings Per Share.  For the year ended December 31, 2007, 1,044,734 share options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive. For the year ended
 
F-15

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2006, all share options to acquire common shares were dilutive. A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic EPS with that of diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is presented as follows:

Share amounts in thousands	  	2008	  	2007	  	2006	
Numerator	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Net income—basic and diluted EPS	  	$	85,241	  	$	67,668	  	$	56,281	
Denominator	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic	  	 	47,605	  	 	40,800	  	 	38,186	
Dilutive share options	  	 	222	  	 	41	  	 	302	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted	  	$	47,827	  	$	40,841	  	$	38,488	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Earnings per common share	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Basic	  	$	1.79	  	$	1.66	  	$	1.47	
Diluted	  	$	1.78	  	$	1.66	  	$	1.46	
 
 	(u)	 	Fair value measurements	
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 utilizes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The following is a brief description of those levels:
 
 	•	 	Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.	
 
 	•	 	Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.	
 
 	•	 	Level 3: Unobservable inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions.	
SFAS 157 retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value and clarifies that the exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability, that is, the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. Therefore, the definition focuses on the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability (an exit price), not the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). With the exception of a one year deferral for the implementation of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for interim periods within those years with earlier application encouraged.
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157 for the fair value measurement of recurring items, in particular, its interest rate swaps. The partial adoption of SFAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities had no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company does not believe the adoption of the deferred portion of SFAS 157 will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
F-16

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
The Company measures the fair value of its $433,560 notional amount of interest rate swaps under a Level 3 input as defined by SFAS 157. The Company relies on a valuation prepared by its brokers that is based on a discounted cash flow analysis using forecasted interest rate yield curves. The Company’s interest rate swap agreements had a net fair value liability of $19,387 and $4,282 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The change in fair value for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 of $15,105, $8,274 and -$574, respectively, was recorded in the consolidated statement of income as part of unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115  (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 establishes a fair value option under which entities can elect to report certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. However, SFAS 159 specifically includes financial assets and financial liabilities recognized under leases (as defined in SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases ), as among those items not eligible for the fair value measurement option except contingent obligations for cancelled leases and guarantees of third-party lease obligations. Effective January 1, 2008 the Company adopted SFAS 159. The Company did not elect the fair value option for any assets or liabilities, therefore the adoption of SFAS 159 had no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
 	(v)	 	Recently Issued Accounting Standards	
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statements-an amendment of ARB No. 51  (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires a company to clearly identify and present ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the company within the equity section of the company’s balance sheets but separate from the company’s equity. It also requires the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest (minority interest) to be clearly identified and presented on the face of the consolidated statement of income; changes in ownership interest to be accounted for as equity transactions; and when a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary and the gain or loss on the deconsolidation of the subsidiary must be measured at fair value. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. The recognition and measurement provisions of SFAS 160 are to be applied prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and the presentation and disclosure provisions of SFAS 160 are to be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The Company’s consolidated financial statements will reflect the presentation and disclosure requirements of SFAS 160 in its Form 6-K for the period ending March 31, 2009.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R replaced SFAS No. 141,  Business Combinations  (“SFAS 141”). SFAS 141R retains the fundamental requirements in SFAS 141 that the acquisition method of accounting (which SFAS 141 called the  purchase method ) be used for all business combinations and for an acquirer to be identified for each business combination. SFAS 141R also establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer: a) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase and c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R will apply
 
F-17

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009. This statement may impact how the Company accounts for future business combinations and the Company’s future consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows depending on the terms of the business combinations and the businesses acquired.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133  (“SFAS 161”). This new standard requires enhanced disclosures for derivative instruments, including those used in hedging activities. SFAS 161 will be effective for the Company as of January 1, 2009. The Company is assessing the potential revisions to disclosures required by SFAS 161.
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 162”). The new standard is intended to improve financial reporting by identifying a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP for non-governmental entities. For non-governmental entities, the guidance in SFAS 162 replaces that prescribed in Statement on Auditing Standards (SAS) No. 69,  The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles  and becomes effective 60 days following the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing amendments to AU Section 411,  The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS 162 will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
(2)	 	Step Acquisition	
On November 1, 2007, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Textainer Limited (“TL”) purchased 3,000 additional Class A shares of TMCL for cash consideration of $71,131. TL’s total ownership interest in Class A common shares before and after the step acquisition was 50% and 75%, respectively. The Company has consolidated TMCL since the inception of the entity in 2001. The Company accounted for this transaction as a step acquisition, allocating the purchase price based on the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired in proportion to the percentage of shares acquired. The Company also recorded an adjustment to the purchase price allocation to reduce the carrying value of containers by $3,002 for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of a change in the Company’s tax basis in those containers. As a result of this purchase, TL and Fortis now hold voting interests in TMCL of 75% and 25%, respectively. In addition, voting matters related to commencing bankruptcy proceedings and amending related board and shareholder meeting requirements require the approval of a separate Class C common shareholder, which does not have any economic ownership interest in TMCL. The step acquisition was recorded as follows:

 	  	2007	
Purchase method adjustment to carrying values:	  	 	 	
Minority interest acquired	  	$	56,133	
Tangible assets—containers	  	 	10,592	
Intangible assets—lease contracts	  	 	2,362	
Discount on Secured Debt Facility	  	 	751	
Discount on 2005-1 Bonds	  	 	1,293	
 	  	 	 	
 	  	$	71,131	

F-18

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
(3)	 	Transactions with Affiliates and Owners	
Amounts due from affiliates, net generally result from cash advances and the payment of affiliated companies’ administrative expenses by the Company on behalf of such affiliates. Balances are generally paid within 30 days.
Management fees, including acquisition fees and sales commissions for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

 	  	2008	  	2007	  	2006	
Fees from affiliated Owner	  	$	6,014	  	$	6,351	  	$	5,628	
Fees from unaffiliated Owners	  	 	20,807	  	 	16,043	  	 	8,886	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Fees from Owners	  	 	26,821	  	 	22,394	  	 	14,514	
Other fees	  	 	1,782	  	 	1,731	  	 	1,680	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Total management fees	  	$	28,603	  	$	24,125	  	$	16,194	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Due to Owners, net represents lease rentals collected on behalf of and payable to Owners, net of direct expenses and management fees receivable. Due to Owners, net at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:

 	  	2008	  	2007	
Affiliated Owner	  	$	902	  	$	3,695	
Unaffiliated Owners	  	 	9,975	  	 	14,324	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Total due to Owners, net	  	$	10,877	  	$	18,019	

(4)	 	Direct Financing and Sales-type Leases	
The Company leases containers under direct financing and sales-type leases. The Company had 40,391 and 28,820 containers under direct financing and sales-type leases as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The components of the net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Future minimum lease payments receivable	  	$	117,747	 	 	$	72,234	 	
Less unearned income	  	 	(26,028	)	 	 	(15,043	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases	  	$	91,719	 	 	$	57,191	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts due within one year	  	$	17,086	 	 	$	9,116	 	
Amounts due beyond one year	  	 	74,633	 	 	 	48,075	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases	  	$	91,719	 	 	$	57,191	 	

F-19

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments receivable under these direct financing and sales-type leases as of December 31, 2008:

Year ending December 31:	  	 	 	
2009	  	$	24,689	
2010	  	 	22,740	
2011	  	 	19,488	
2012	  	 	18,113	
2013 and thereafter	  	 	32,717	
 	  	 	 	
Total future minimum lease payments receivable	  	$	117,747	
 	  	 	 	
Lease rental income includes income earned from direct financing and sales-type leases in the amount of $6,499, $4,092 and $3,587 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively.
 
(5)	 	Containers and Fixed Assets	
Containers, net at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Containers	  	$	1,337,601	 	 	$	1,179,719	 	
Less accumulated depreciation	  	 	(338,190	)	 	 	(322,845	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Containers, net	  	$	999,411	 	 	$	856,874	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
All owned containers are pledged as collateral for debt as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Fixed assets, net at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Computer equipment and software	  	$	6,385	 	 	$	5,871	 	
Office furniture and equipment	  	 	1,757	 	 	 	1,804	 	
Automobiles	  	 	167	 	 	 	203	 	
Leasehold improvements	  	 	1,105	 	 	 	1,147	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	9,414	 	 	 	9,025	 	
Less accumulated depreciation	  	 	(8,008	)	 	 	(7,795	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed assets, net	  	$	1,406	 	 	$	1,230	 	

(6)	 	Intangible Assets	
On July 1, 2006, the Company purchased the exclusive rights to manage the approximately 315,000 twenty foot equivalent unit (“TEU”) container fleet of Gateway Management Services Limited for $18,983 (the “Gateway Transaction”). The purchase price will be fully amortized over the expected 11-year life of the contract on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2,160, $2,141 and $1,023, respectively.
On July 23, 2007, the Company purchased the exclusive rights to manage the approximately 500,000 TEU container fleet of Capital Lease Limited, Hong Kong (“Capital”) for $56,000. The Company began managing the Capital fleet on September 1, 2007. The purchase price will be fully amortized over the
 
F-20

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
expected 13-year life of the contract on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $4,458 and $1,489, respectively.
The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

Balance as of December 31, 2005	  	$	—  	 	
Addition arising from the Gateway Transaction	  	 	18,983	 	
Amortization expense	  	 	(1,023	)	
 	  	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2006	  	 	17,960	 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Addition arising from the Capital Transaction	  	 	56,000	 	
Step acquisition adjustment related to lease contracts (1)	  	 	2,363	 	
Amortization expense	  	 	(3,677	)	
 	  	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2007	  	$	72,646	 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Amortization expense of step acquisition adjustment related to lease contracts and other (1)	  	 	(916	)	
Amortization expense	  	 	(6,979	)	
 	  	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2008	  	$	64,751	 	

(1)	 	Represents a step acquisition adjustment related to TL’s purchase of 3,000 additional shares of TMCL. The adjustment was recorded to increase the balance of lease contracts to an amount that equaled the fair market value of the lease contracts on the date of the acquisition. See Note 2 “Step Acquisition” for further discussion.	
The following is a schedule, by year, of future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2008:

Year ending December 31:	  	 	 	
2009	  	$	7,856	
2010	  	 	6,543	
2011	  	 	6,089	
2012	  	 	6,515	
2013 and thereafter	  	 	37,748	
 	  	 	 	
Total future amortization of intangible assets	  	$	64,751	

(7)	 	Accrued Expenses	
Accrued expenses at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:

 	  	2008	  	2007	
Interest payable	  	$	1,369	  	$	1,411	
Accrued compensation	  	 	6,032	  	 	5,060	
Direct container expense	  	 	2,227	  	 	2,446	
Other	  	 	584	  	 	2,198	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Total accrued expenses	  	$	10,212	  	$	11,115	

F-21

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
(8)	 	Income Taxes	
The Company is not subject to taxation in its country of incorporation; however, the Company is subject to taxation in certain other jurisdictions due to the nature of the Company’s operations. The Company estimates its tax liability based upon its understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which it operates. Income tax (benefit) expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following:

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	  	2006	
Current	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	
Bermuda	  	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	  	$	—  	
Foreign	  	 	972	 	 	 	6,661	  	 	3,269	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	 	972	 	 	 	6,661	  	 	3,269	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	
Deferred	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	
Bermuda	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	  	 	—  	
Foreign	  	 	(1,843	)	 	 	186	  	 	1,030	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	 	(1,843	)	 	 	186	  	 	1,030	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	$	(871	)	 	$	6,847	  	$	4,299	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	
The components of income before income taxes and minority interest were as follows:

 	  	2008	  	2007	  	2006	
Bermuda sources	  	$	—  	  	$	—  	  	$	—  	
Foreign sources	  	 	93,053	  	 	91,441	  	 	80,079	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	$	93,053	  	$	91,441	  	$	80,079	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
A reconciliation of the differences between the Bermuda statutory income tax rate and the effective tax rate as provided in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
Bermuda tax rate	  	0.00	%	 	0.00	%	 	0.00	%	
Foreign tax rate	  	-1.60	%	 	1.24	%	 	0.65	%	
Tax uncertainties	  	0.66	%	 	6.58	%	 	4.50	%	
Other	  	0.00	%	 	-0.33	%	 	0.22	%	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	-0.94	%	 	7.49	%	 	5.37	%	

F-22

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented below:

 	  	2008	  	2007	
Deferred tax assets:	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Net operating loss	  	$	4,420	  	$	3,488	
Other	  	 	3,650	  	 	2,462	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Deferred tax assets	  	 	8,070	  	 	5,950	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Containers, net	  	 	12,345	  	 	14,908	
Other	  	 	1,341	  	 	1,504	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	  	 	13,686	  	 	16,412	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Net deferred tax liability	  	$	5,616	  	$	10,462	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company’s management considers whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company’s management considers the projected future taxable income for making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, the Company’s management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences noted above.
On October 1, 2007, the Company purchased an additional interest in Textainer Marine Containers Limited, a partnership for US tax purposes. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized a fair market value adjustment to its container equipment for U.S tax purposes and recorded a deferred tax asset of $3,003 as an adjustment to the original purchase accounting.
The Company has net operating loss carry-forwards of $12,998 that will begin to expire from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2028 if not utilized.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not reflect the income taxes that would be payable to foreign taxing jurisdictions if the earnings of a group of corporations operating in those jurisdictions were to be transferred out of such jurisdictions, because such earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in those countries. At December 31, 2008, cumulative earnings of approximately $28,323 would be subject to income taxes of approximately $8,110 if such earnings of foreign corporations were transferred out of such jurisdictions in the form of dividends.
The Company’s foreign tax returns, including the United States, State of California, Malaysia, Singapore, and United Kingdom, are subject to examination by the various tax authorities. With the exception of two foreign tax returns of two foreign subsidiaries, the Company’s foreign tax returns are no longer subject to examinations by taxing authorities for years before 2002.
The 2004 United States tax return for TGH’s subsidiary Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and the 2004 and 2005 United States tax returns for TGH’s subsidiary TL were examined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). In May 2008, the Company received notification from the IRS that they had completed their examination and made no changes to the amount of tax reported. As a result, the Company reduced the amount of
 
F-23

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
unrecognized tax benefits and recognized a tax provision reduction during the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company’s effective tax rate reflects the recognition of this $4,191 tax provision reduction.
As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $1,035 decrease in the liability for uncertain tax positions, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. At January 1, 2007, the Company had accrued tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $7,338, in addition to interest of $498 and penalties of $76.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefit amounts for 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2007	  	$	7,338	 	
Increases related to current year tax positions	  	 	7,051	 	
Increases related to prior year tax positions	  	 	3,488	 	
Decreases related to prior year tax positions	  	 	(2,964	)	
Expiration of the statute of limitations	  	 	(156	)	
 	  	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2007	  	 	14,757	 	
Increases related to current year tax positions	  	 	4,320	 	
Increases related to prior year tax positions	  	 	103	 	
Decreases related to prior year tax positions	  	 	(4,191	)	
Expiration of the statute of limitations	  	 	(297	)	
 	  	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2008	  	$	14,692	 	
 	  	 	 	 	
If the unrecognized tax benefits of $14,692 at December 31, 2008 were recognized, tax benefits in the amount of $14,471 would reduce our annual effective tax rate. The Company believes the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2008 will decrease by $1,006 in the next twelve months due to expiration of the statute of limitations, of which $1,006 would reduce our annual effective tax rate.
Interest and penalty expense (benefit) recorded during 2008 amounted to $48 and $0, respectively. Total accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2008 were $916 and $41, respectively, and were included in non-current income taxes payable. Interest and penalty expense (benefit) recorded during 2007 amounted to $197 and ($35), respectively. Total accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2007 were $736 and $41, respectively, and were included in non-current income taxes payable.
 
F-24

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
(9)	 	Revolving Credit Facilities, Bonds Payable and Secured Debt Facility, and Derivative Instruments	
The following represents the Company’s debt obligations as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:

Revolving Credit Facilities, Bonds Payable and Secured Debt Facility	  	2008	  	2007	
Revolving Credit Facilities, weighted average interest at 2.67% and 6.42% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively	  	$	53,000	  	$	21,500	
2005-1 Bonds, interest at 1.73% and 5.56% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively	  	 	371,241	  	 	428,938	
Secured Debt Facility, weighted average interest at 2.45% and 5.35% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively	  	 	300,402	  	 	130,976	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Total debt obligations	  	$	724,643	  	$	581,414	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Amount due within one year	  	$	58,000	  	$	64,585	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Amounts due beyond one year	  	$	666,643	  	$	516,829	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Revolving Credit Facilities
On April 22, 2008, TL terminated its then-existing revolving credit facility that provided for an aggregate commitment amount of up to $75,000 (which also included within such amount a $25,000 letter of credit facility) (the “Prior Credit Facility”). On the same date, TL replaced the Prior Credit Facility with a new credit agreement, (the “2008 Credit Agreement”), with the same banks that were party to the Prior Credit Facility, as well as additional banks, to provide a new revolving credit facility (the “2008 Credit Facility”) in an aggregate commitment amount of up to $205,000 (which also includes within such amount a $50,000 letter of credit facility). The 2008 Credit Facility provides for payments of interest only during its term beginning on its inception date through April 22, 2013 when all borrowings are due in full. Interest on the outstanding amount due under the 2008 Credit Facility at December 31, 2008 was based either on the U.S. prime rate or LIBOR plus a spread between 0.5% and 1.5%, which varies based on TGH’s leverage. Total outstanding principal under the 2008 Credit Facility and the Prior Credit Facility was $53,000 and $21,500 as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The Company had no outstanding letters of credit under the 2008 Credit Facility or the Prior Credit Facility as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
The 2008 Credit Facility is secured by the Company’s containers and under the terms of the 2008 Credit Facility, the total outstanding principal may not exceed the lesser of the commitment amount and a formula based on the Company’s net book value of containers and outstanding debt.
TGH acts as a guarantor of the 2008 Credit Facility. The 2008 Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including limitations on certain liens, indebtedness and investments. In addition, the 2008 Credit Facility contains certain restrictive financial covenants on TGH’s tangible net worth, leverage, debt service coverage and on TL’s leverage and interest coverage. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants at December 31, 2008. There is a commitment fee of 0.20% to 0.30% on the unused portion of the 2008 Credit Facility, which varies based on the leverage of TGH and is payable in arrears. In addition, there is an agent’s fee, which is payable annually in advance.
Bonds Payable and Secured Debt Facility
In 2005, the Company’s subsidiary, TMCL, issued $580,000 in variable rate amortizing bonds (the “2005-1 Bonds”) to institutional investors. The $580,000 in 2005-1 Bonds represent fully amortizing notes
 
F-25

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
payable on a straight-line basis over a scheduled payment term of 10 years, but not to exceed the maximum payment term of 15 years. Under a 10-year amortization schedule, $58,000 in 2005-1 Bond principal will amortize per year. Under the terms of the 2005-1 Bonds, both principal and interest incurred are payable monthly. TMCL is permitted to make voluntary prepayments of all, or a portion of, the principal balance of the 2005-1 Bonds commencing with the payment date occurring in June 2008. Ultimate payment of the 2005-1 Bond principal is insured by Ambac Assurance Corporation and the cost, 0.275% on the outstanding principal balance of the 2005-1 Bonds, of this insurance coverage is recognized as incurred on a monthly basis. The interest rate for the outstanding principal balance of the 2005-1 Bonds equals one-month LIBOR plus 0.25%. The target final payment date and legal final payment date are May 15, 2015 and May 15, 2020, respectively.
The Company’s primary ongoing container financing requirements are funded by revolving notes issued by TMCL (the “Secured Debt Facility”). On July 2, 2008, the Company extended its Secured Debt Facility and amended certain terms thereof, including an increase in the commitment from $300,000 to $475,000. Following the July 2, 2008 amendments, the interest rate, payable monthly in arrears, is LIBOR plus 1.25% during an initial two-year revolving period. If the Secured Debt Facility is not refinanced or renewed prior to the new Conversion Date of July 1, 2010, the interest rate would increase and the Secured Debt Facility would stop revolving and begin amortizing over a term that is scheduled to be 10 years but not to exceed 15 years. Following the July 2, 2008 amendments, the Secured Debt Facility is no longer insured by Ambac Assurance Corporation.
Under the terms of the 2005-1 Bonds and Secured Debt Facility, the total outstanding principal of these two programs may not exceed an amount (the “Asset Base”) that is calculated by a formula based on TMCL’s book value of equipment, restricted cash and direct financing and sales-type leases. The total obligations under the 2005-1 Bonds and the Secured Debt Facility are secured by a pledge of TMCL’s assets. TMCL’s total assets amounted to $1,061,011 as of December 31, 2008. The 2005-1 Bonds and the Secured Debt Facility also contain restrictive covenants regarding the average age of TMCL’s container fleet, certain earnings ratios, ability to incur other obligations and to distribute earnings, TGH’s container management subsidiary net income and debt levels, and overall Asset Base minimums, in which TMCL and TGH’s container management subsidiary were in full compliance at December 31, 2008.
The following is a schedule by year, of future scheduled repayments, as of December 31, 2008:

  	  	Revolving
Credit Facility	  	2005-1 Bonds(1)	  	Secured Debt
Facility(1)	
Year ending December 31:	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
2009	  	$	—  	  	$	58,000	  	$	—  	
2010	  	 	—  	  	 	58,000	  	 	15,050	
2011	  	 	—  	  	 	58,000	  	 	30,100	
2012	  	 	—  	  	 	58,000	  	 	30,100	
2013 and thereafter	  	 	53,000	  	 	140,167	  	 	225,750	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	$	53,000	  	$	372,167	  	$	301,000	

	
 	(1)	 	Future scheduled payments for the 2005-1 Bonds and the Secured Debt Facility exclude step acquisition adjustments of $926 and $598, respectively, related to TL’s purchase of 3,000 additional shares of TMCL. The adjustments were recorded to reduce the balance of both the 2005-1 Bonds and the Secured Debt Facility to an amount that equaled the fair market value of the debt on the date of the acquisition. See Note 2 “Step Acquisition” for further discussion.	
 
F-26

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
The future repayments schedule for the Secured Debt Facility is based on the facility not being extended on its Conversion Date and then converting into a ten-year fully amortizing note payable.
Derivative Instruments
The Company has entered into several interest rate cap and swap agreements with several banks to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates associated with its bonds payable and Secured Debt Facility. The following is a summary of the Company’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2008:

Derivative instruments	  	Notional
amount	
Interest rate cap contracts with several banks which cap one-month LIBOR rates fixed between 4.77% and 7.11% per annum, nonamortizing notional amounts, with termination dates through November 2015	  	$	110,000	
Interest rate swap contracts with several banks, with one-month LIBOR rates fixed between 3.36% and 5.32% per annum, amortizing notional amounts, with termination dates through November 2013	  	 	433,560	
 	  	 	 	
Total notional amount as of December 31, 2008	  	$	543,560	
 	  	 	 	
During February 2009, the Company entered into an interest rate cap contract with a bank, which caps one-month LIBOR fixed rate at 3.48% per annum, in non-amortizing notional amount of $10,000 and a term from March 16, 2009 through March 15, 2010.
The Company’s interest rate swap agreements had a net fair value liability of $19,387 and $4,282 as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The change in fair value was recorded in the consolidated statement of income as unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net.
 
F-27

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
(10)	 	Segment Information	
As described in Note 1(a) “Nature of Operations”, the Company operates in four reportable segments: container ownership, container management, container resale and military management. The following tables show segment information for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, reconciled to the Company’s income before taxes as shown in its consolidated statements of income:

2008	 	Container
Ownership	 	Container
Management	 	 	Container
Resale	 	Military
Management	 	Other	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Totals	
Lease rental income	 	$	194,795	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	$	3,805	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	 	$	198,600	
Management fees	 	 	—  	 	 	42,861	 	 	 	9,113	 	 	1,782	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(25,153	)	 	 	28,603	
Trading container sales proceeds	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	34,231	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	34,231	
Gain on sale of containers, net	 	 	15,649	 	 	(2	)	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	15,647	
Other revenue	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	 	$	210,444	 	$	42,859	 	 	$	43,344	 	$	5,587	 	$	—  	 	 	$	(25,153	)	 	$	277,081	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation expense	 	$	49,709	 	$	676	 	 	$	—  	 	$	72	 	$	—  	 	 	$	(1,557	)	 	$	48,900	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	$	26,227	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	 	$	26,227	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net	 	$	15,105	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	 	$	15,105	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segment income before taxes	 	$	58,711	 	$	15,021	 	 	$	14,249	 	$	1,551	 	$	(2,563	)	 	$	(2,599	)	 	$	84,370	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	1,189,272	 	 	133,056	 	 	$	2,578	 	$	1,227	 	$	1,812	 	 	$	(24,178	)	 	$	1,303,767	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of long-lived assets	 	$	293,889	 	$	926	 	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	 	$	294,815	

2007	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Lease rental income	 	$	188,139	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	$	4,203	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	 	$	192,342	
Management fees	 	 	—  	 	 	38,469	 	 	 	8,022	 	 	1,731	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(24,097	)	 	 	24,125	
Trading container sales proceeds	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	25,497	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	25,497	
Gain on sale of containers, net	 	 	13,550	 	 	(6	)	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	13,544	
Other revenue	 	 	—  	 	 	17	 	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	267	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	284	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	 	$	201,689	 	$	38,480	 	 	$	33,519	 	$	5,934	 	$	267	 	 	$	(24,097	)	 	$	255,792	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation expense	 	$	49,304	 	$	585	 	 	$	—  	 	$	76	 	$	—  	 	 	$	(1,208	)	 	$	48,757	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	$	37,094	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	 	$	37,094	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net	 	$	8,274	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	 	$	8,274	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segment income before taxes	 	$	48,209	 	$	17,302	 	 	$	10,294	 	$	2,161	 	$	(536	)	 	$	(2,915	)	 	$	74,515	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	1,023,449	 	$	133,450	 	 	$	6,676	 	$	848	 	$	2,452	 	 	$	(38,529	)	 	$	1,128,346	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of long-lived assets	 	$	202,641	 	$	56,558	 	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	 	$	259,199	

F-28

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

2006	 	Container
Ownership	 	Container
Management	 	 	Container
Resale	 	Military
Management	 	Other	 	Eliminations	 	 	Totals	
Lease rental income	 	$	181,481	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	$	4,612	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	186,093	
Management fees	 	 	—  	 	 	29,161	 	 	 	4,946	 	 	1,680	 	 	—  	 	 	(19,593	)	 	 	16,194	
Trading container sales proceeds	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	14,137	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	14,137	
Gain on sale of containers, net	 	 	9,560	 	 	(2	)	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	9,558	
Other revenue	 	 	—  	 	 	71	 	 	 	—  	 	 	—  	 	 	409	 	 	—  	 	 	 	480	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	 	$	191,041	 	$	29,230	 	 	$	19,083	 	$	6,292	 	$	409	 	$	(19,593	)	 	$	226,462	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation expense	 	$	54,574	 	$	611	 	 	$	—  	 	$	88	 	$	—  	 	$	(943	)	 	$	54,330	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	$	33,083	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	33,083	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net	 	$	574	 	$	—  	 	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	574	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segment income before taxes	 	$	42,949	 	$	11,523	 	 	$	5,458	 	$	1,172	 	$	119	 	$	(641	)	 	$	60,580	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	962,462	 	$	50,410	 	 	$	5,299	 	$	1,276	 	$	2,076	 	$	(74,256	)	 	$	947,267	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of long-lived assets	 	$	134,881	 	$	19,293	 	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	$	—  	 	 	$	154,174	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
General and administrative expenses are allocated to the reportable business segments based on direct overhead costs incurred by those segments. Amounts reported in the “Other” column represent activity unrelated to the active reportable business segments. Amounts reported in the “Eliminations” column represent inter-segment management fees between the Container Management and Container Ownership segments.
Geographic Segment Information
The Company’s container lessees use containers for their global trade utilizing many worldwide trade routes. The Company earns its revenue from international carriers when the containers are in use and carrying cargo around the world. Substantially all of the Company’s leasing related revenue are denominated in U.S. dollars. As all of the Company’s containers are used internationally, where no one container is domiciled in one particular place for a prolonged period of time, all of the Company’s long-lived assets are considered to be international with no single country of use.
 
(11)	 	Commitments and Contingencies	
 
 	(a)	 	Leases	
The Company has entered into several operating leases for office space. Rent expense amounted to $1,642 $1,445 and $1,396 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
F-29

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
Future minimum lease payment obligations under the Company’s noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 	  	Operating
leasing	
Year ending December 31:	  	 	 	
2009	  	$	1,430	
2010	  	 	1,255	
2011	  	 	1,262	
2012	  	 	1,214	
2013 and thereafter	  	 	4,945	
 	  	 	 	
Total	  	$	10,106	

 	(b)	 	Restricted Cash	
Restricted interest-bearing cash accounts were established by the Company as additional collateral for outstanding borrowings under the Company’s Secured Debt Facility and 2005-1 Bonds. The total balance of these restricted cash accounts was $16,107 and $16,742 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
 	(c)	 	Legal Proceedings	
In 2005 the Company reserved $2,500 to resolve a dispute with a container manufacturer. The Company paid $1,300 pursuant to a court order. On November 28, 2006, the Company and its parent company, Trencor Limited, entered into a letter agreement related to a settlement with this container manufacturer and the sale of a South African container manufacturing plant. This container manufacturer owed money to Trencor and had claims against the Company. Pursuant to this letter agreement, the container manufacturer agreed to return the plant to Trencor in lieu of its liabilities and the Company agreed to cover Trencor’s losses upon the sale of the plant, up to a limit of $750, in settlement of the container manufacturer’s claims against them. A $450 reduction in the reserve was released to income in the fourth quarter of 2006. On August 23, 2007, Trencor entered into a sale agreement with a third party to sell the plant for an amount that would not result in any loss being recorded. This sale was subject to certain conditions and the receipt of funds from the buyer of the plant, both of which were met in 2008. As a result, the Company reduced its reserve in its entirety in the second quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
 
 	(d)	 	Legal Proceedings on the Sale of the Partnerships’ Assets	
On April 18, 2005, six California limited partnerships formed to invest in transportation equipment sold substantially all of their assets to RFH, Ltd. (“RFH”). As part of this sale transaction, RFH engaged Textainer Equipment Management Ltd., one of the general partners, to manage the containers RFH bought.
Five lawsuits were filed between March 2005 and June 2007 in state and federal court, initiated by certain limited partners. The state cases have been consolidated into one action. The limited partners in the state action allege that the general partners breached their fiduciary duties by selling the assets for less than their fair value, retaining management rights over the assets following the sale, and making
 
F-30

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
materially false or misleading statements in proxy statements issued in connection with the sale of assets. In the federal case, plaintiffs allege a breach of fiduciary duty claim similar to that in the state action and also allege that the general partners violated federal securities laws. The lawsuits seek to recover damages for the limited partners based on the allegedly inadequate purchase price paid for the assets.
On February 5, 2009, the plaintiffs in the state case, plaintiff in the federal case, and the Textainer defendants reached a settlement agreement under which Textainer’s insurer will pay a total of $10 million to the plaintiffs on defendants’ behalf. On February 11, 2009, the Court gave the settlement agreement its preliminary approval, and a hearing regarding final approval of the settlement agreement is expected to take place in state court on April 21, 2009.
On November 24, 2008, the Ninth Circuit granted the federal parties’ joint motion for a stay in proceedings and deferral of decision in order to finalize settlement proceedings. The motion to stay was continued on January 23, 2009, and the parties expect to seek dismissal of the federal case on April 23, 2009.
 
(12)	 	Share Option and Restricted Share Unit Plans	
As of December 31, 2008, the Company maintained one active share option and restricted share unit plan, the 2007 Plan. The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of share options, restricted share units, restricted shares, share appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights. The 2007 Plan provides for grants of incentive share options only to the Company’s employees or employees of any parent or subsidiary of TGH. Awards other than incentive share options may be granted to the Company’s employees, directors and consultants or the employees, directors and consultants of any parent or subsidiary of TGH. Under the 2007 Plan, which was approved by the Company’s shareholders on September 4, 2007, a maximum of 3,808,371 share awards may be granted under the plan. At December 31, 2008, 1,052,576 shares were available for future issuance under the 2007 Plan.
Share options are granted at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the shares on the grant date. Each employee’s options vest in increments of 25% per year beginning approximately one year after an option’s grant date. Unless terminated pursuant to certain provisions within the share option plans, including discontinuance of employment with the Company, all unexercised options expire ten years from the date of grant.
Beginning approximately one year after a restricted share unit’s grant date, each employee’s restricted share units vest in increments of 15% per year for the first two years, 20% for the third year and 25% for the fourth and fifth year.
 
F-31

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
The following is a summary of activity in the Company’s 2007 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 	  	Share options
(common share equivalents)	 	 	Weighted average
exercise price	
Balances, December 31, 2006	  	—  	 	 	$	—  	
Options granted during the period	  	1,052,618	 	 	$	16.50	
Options forfeited during the period	  	(7,884	)	 	$	16.50	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Balances, December 31, 2007	  	1,044,734	 	 	$	16.50	
Options granted during the period	  	251,418	 	 	$	7.19	
Options forfeited during the period	  	(12,140	)	 	$	16.50	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Balances, December 31, 2008	  	1,284,012	 	 	$	14.68	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Options exercisable at December 31, 2008	  	100	 	 	$	14.68	

 	  	Restricted share units	 	 	Weighted average
grant date fair value	
Balances, December 31, 2006	  	—  	 	 	$	—  	
Share units granted during the period	  	1,052,618	 	 	$	14.29	
Share units forfeited during the period	  	(9,656	)	 	$	14.29	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Balances, December 31, 2007	  	1,042,962	 	 	$	14.29	
Share units granted during the period	  	251,418	 	 	$	4.52	
Share units forfeited during the period	  	(12,140	)	 	$	14.29	
Share units vested during the period	  	(100	)	 	$	14.29	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
Balances, December 31, 2008	  	1,282,140	 	 	$	12.34	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
The estimated weighted average grant date fair value of share options granted during 2008 and 2007 was $0.60 and $3.62 per share, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, $12,953 of total compensation cost related to non-vested share option and restricted share unit awards not yet recognized is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.8 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of all options outstanding, which represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing common share price of $10.60 per share as of December 31, 2008 was $868. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise prices of the Company’s share options that were in-the-money and the market value of the common shares that would have been issued if those share options were exercised as of December 31, 2008 .
The fair value of each share option granted under the 2007 Plan was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 	  	2007 Plan	 	
Risk-free interest rates	  	2.5 - 4.5	%	
Expected terms (in years)	  	6.3 - 6.4	 	
Expected common share price volatilities	  	31.3 - 35.3	%	
Expected dividends	  	4.9 - 13.0	%	
The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the share option life. The short-cut method is used to calculate
 
F-32

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)
 
the expected term because the Company does not have historical information to calculate the expected terms. The expected common share price volatility for the 2007 Plan is based on the historical volatility of publicly traded companies within the Company’s industry. The dividend yield reflects the estimated future yield on the date of grant.
 
(13)	 	Dividend	
On February 9, 2009, the Company’s board of directors approved and declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.23 per share on the Company’s issued and outstanding common shares, payable on March 3, 2009 to shareholders of record as of February 20, 2009.
 
F-33

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
Parent Company Information
December 31, 2008 and 2007
(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Assets	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	639	 	 	$	728	 	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	48	 	 	 	498	 	
Due from affiliates, net	  	 	931	 	 	 	—  	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	1,618	 	 	 	1,226	 	
Investments in subsidiaries	  	 	449,110	 	 	 	417,133	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	450,728	 	 	$	418,359	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Due to affiliates, net	  	$	—  	 	 	$	13,235	 	
Accrued expenses	  	 	1,119	 	 	 	1,008	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	1,119	 	 	 	14,243	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shareholders’ equity:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stock	  	 	476	 	 	 	476	 	
Additional paid-in capital	  	 	166,744	 	 	 	163,753	 	
Notes receivable from stockholders	  	 	—  	 	 	 	(432	)	
Accumulated other comprehensive income	  	 	(224	)	 	 	579	 	
Retained earnings	  	 	282,613	 	 	 	239,740	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total shareholders’ equity	  	 	449,609	 	 	 	404,116	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	  	$	450,728	 	 	$	418,359	 	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-34

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Parent Company Information
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
Operating expenses:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
General and administrative expense	  	$	2,598	 	 	$	861	 	 	$	348	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	  	 	2,598	 	 	 	861	 	 	 	348	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loss from operations	  	 	(2,598	)	 	 	(861	)	 	 	(348	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Equity in net income of subsidiaries	  	 	87,780	 	 	 	68,494	 	 	 	56,501	 	
Interest income	  	 	41	 	 	 	142	 	 	 	106	 	
Other income (expense)	  	 	18	 	 	 	(107	)	 	 	22	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net other income	  	 	87,839	 	 	 	68,529	 	 	 	56,629	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	85,241	 	 	$	67,668	 	 	$	56,281	 	

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-35

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Parent Company Information
Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 	  	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	85,241	 	 	$	67,668	 	 	$	56,281	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Equity in income of subsidiaries	  	 	(87,780	)	 	 	(68,494	)	 	 	(56,501	)	
Decrease (increase) in:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	450	 	 	 	(417	)	 	 	7	 	
Increase (decrease) in:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accrued expenses	  	 	111	 	 	 	905	 	 	 	(383	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments	  	 	(87,219	)	 	 	(68,006	)	 	 	(56,877	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in operating activities	  	 	(1,978	)	 	 	(338	)	 	 	(596	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increase in investments in subsidiaries, net	  	 	—  	 	 	 	(73,255	)	 	 	(18,902	)	
Distributions received from subsidiaries	  	 	55,000	 	 	 	21,500	 	 	 	10,800	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	  	 	55,000	 	 	 	(51,755	)	 	 	(8,102	)	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuance of common stock	  	 	—  	 	 	 	140,872	 	 	 	56	 	
Initial public offering costs	  	 	(31	)	 	 	(2,905	)	 	 	—  	 	
Repayments of notes receivable from stockholders	  	 	432	 	 	 	1,623	 	 	 	658	 	
Retirement of common stock	  	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(97	)	
Dividends paid	  	 	(42,368	)	 	 	(46,581	)	 	 	(27,311	)	
Due (from) to affiliates, net	  	 	(11,144	)	 	 	(41,003	)	 	 	36,107	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	  	 	(53,111	)	 	 	52,006	 	 	 	9,413	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	(89	)	 	 	(87	)	 	 	715	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year	  	 	728	 	 	 	815	 	 	 	100	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year	  	$	639	 	 	$	728	 	 	$	815	 	

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-36

Table of Contents
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION ACCOUNTS
Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 	  	Balance at
Beginning
of Period	  	Additions
Charged to
Expense	  	Additions/
(Deductions)	 	 	Balance at
End of
Period	
December 31, 2006	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts	  	$	2,199	  	$	664	  	$	(543	)	 	$	2,320	
 	 	 	 	 	
December 31, 2007	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts	  	$	2,320	  	$	1,133	  	$	(293	)	 	$	3,160	
 	 	 	 	 	
December 31, 2008	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts	  	$	3,160	  	$	3,663	  	$	(968	)	 	$	5,855	
 
F-37

Table of Contents
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit

Number	 	Description of Document	
  1.1	 	Memorandum of Association of Textainer Group Holdings Limited(1)	
 	 	
  1.2	 	Bye-laws of Textainer Group Holdings Limited(2)	
 	 	
  2.1	 	Form of Common Share Certificate(3)	
 	 	
  4.1	 	Office Lease, dated August 8, 2001, by and between Pivotal 650 California St., LLC and Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited (the “Office Lease”)(4)	
 	 	
  4.2†	 	First Amendment to the Office Lease, dated as of December 23, 2008, by and between A – 650 California Street, LLC and Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited	
 	 	
  4.3*	 	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and John A. Maccarone(5)	
 	 	
  4.4*	 	Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Ernest J. Furtado(6)	
 	 	
  4.5*	 	Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Philip K. Brewer(7)	
 	 	
  4.6*	 	Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Robert D. Pedersen(8)	
 	 	
  4.7*	 	2007 Short-Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2007(9)	
 	 	
  4.8*	 	2007 Share Incentive Plan(10)	
 	 	
  4.9*	 	2008 Bonus Plan(11)	
 	 	
  4.10*	 	Form of Indemnification Agreement(12)	
 	 	
  4.11	 	Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005, by and between Textainer Marine Containers Limited, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as indenture trustee (the “Second Amended and Restated Indenture”)(13)	
 	 	
  4.12	 	Amendment Number 1, dated as of June 3, 2005, to the Second Amended and Restated Indenture(14)	
 	 	
  4.13	 	Amendment Number 2, dated as of June 8, 2006, to the Second Amended and Restated Indenture(15)	
 	 	
  4.14†	 	Amendment Number 3, dated as of July 2, 2008, to the Second Amended and Restated Indenture	
 	 	
  4.15	 	Third Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated as of July 2, 2008, by and between Textainer Marine Containers Limited, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as indenture trustee (the “Third Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement”)(16)	
 	 	
  4.16	 	Textainer Marine Containers Limited Series 2005-1 Supplement, dated as of May 26, 2005 to the Second Amended and Restated Indenture(17)	
 	 	
  4.17†	 	Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2008, by and among Textainer Limited, as borrower, Textainer Group Holdings Limited, as guarantor, Bank of America, N.A., as agent and the lenders party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”)	
 	 	
  4.18	 	Letter Agreement, dated November 28, 2006 by and between Trencor Containers (Proprietary) Limited and Textainer Limited and Textainer Equipment Management Limited(18)	
 	 	
  4.19**	 	Fourth Amended and Restated Equipment Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2002, by and between Textainer Equipment Management Limited and Leased Assets Pool Company Limited(19)	
 	 	
  4.20	 	Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Equipment Management Services Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2007, by and between Textainer Equipment Management Limited and Leased Asset Pool Company Limited(20)	
 	 	
  4.21**	 	Container Management Services Agreement (revised), dated as of September 1, 1990, by and between Isam K. Kabbani and Textainer Equipment Management N.V., as amended(21)	

Table of Contents
 	 	 	
Exhibit

Number	  	Description of Document	
  4.22	  	Form of Management Services Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and between Green Eagle Investments N.V., and Textainer Equipment Management Limited, for the management of the container fleet of Capital Lease Limited(22)	
 	 	
  4.23	  	Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2007, by and among FB Transportation Capital LLC and Textainer Limited(23)	
 	 	
  8.1†	  	Subsidiaries of the Registrant	
 	 	
12.1†	  	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	
12.2†	  	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	
13.1†	  	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	
13.2†	  	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	
15.1†	  	Consent of KPMG LLP	
 
†   	 	Filed herewith.	
 
*   	 	Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.	
 
** 	 	Confidential treatment requested for certain portions of this exhibit, which portions are omitted and filed separately with the SEC.	
 
(1)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(2)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(3)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(4)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(5)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(6)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(7)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(8)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(9)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(10)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	

Table of Contents
(11)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(12)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(13)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(14)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(15)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(16)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(17)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(18)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(19)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(20)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(21)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(22)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.	
 
(23)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-33725) filed with the SEC on March 28, 2008.	

Exhibit 4.2
FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of December 23, 2008, by and between  A – 650 CALIFORNIA STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord” ), and  TEXTAINER EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT (U.S.) LIMITED, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) .
RECITALS
 
A.	Landlord (as successor in interest to Pivotal 650 California St., LLC, an Arizona limited liability company) and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease, dated August 8, 2001 (the  “Lease” ). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately  23,111  rentable square feet (the  “Leased Premises” ) on the fifteenth (15 th ) and sixteenth (16 th ) floors of the building located at 650 California Street, San Francisco, California (the  “Building” ).	
 
B.	The Lease by its terms shall expire on February 28, 2012 (“Prior Termination Date”), and the parties desire to extend the Term of the Lease, all on the following terms and conditions.	
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
 
1.	Extension. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for a period of fifty-eight (58) months and shall expire on December 31, 2016 ( “Extended Termination Date” ), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of the Lease. That portion of the Lease Term commencing the day immediately following the Prior Termination Date ( “Extension Date” ) and ending on the Extended Termination Date shall be referred to herein as the  “Extended Term” .	
 
2.	Monthly Basic Rent. As of the date of this Amendment, the schedule of Monthly Basic Rent and Annual Basic Rent payable with respect to the Leased Premises during the remainder of the initial Lease Term and the Extended Term is the following:	

Period	  	Rentable
Square
Footage	  	Annual Rate Per
Square Foot	  	Annual Basic
Rent	  	Monthly Basic
Rent	
1/1/09 – 12/31/09	  	23,111	  	$	48.00	  	$	1,109,328.00	  	$	92,444.00	
1/1/10 – 12/31/10	  	23,111	  	$	49.00	  	$	1,132,439.04	  	$	94,369.92	
1/1/11 – 12/31/11	  	23,111	  	$	50.00	  	$	1,155,549.96	  	$	96,295.83	
1/1/12 – 12/31/12	  	23,111	  	$	51.00	  	$	1,178,661.00	  	$	98,221.75	
1/1/13 – 12/31/13	  	23,111	  	$	52.00	  	$	1,201,772.04	  	$	100,147.67	
1/1/14 – 12/31/14	  	23,111	  	$	53.00	  	$	1,224,882.96	  	$	102,073.58	
1/1/15 – 12/31/15	  	23,111	  	$	54.00	  	$	1,247,994.00	  	$	103,999.50	
1/1/16 – 12/31/16	  	23,111	  	$	55.00	  	$	1,271,105.04	  	$	105,925.42	
All such Monthly Basic Rent and Annual Basic Rent shall be payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby.
 
3.	Additional Security Deposit. No additional Security Deposit shall be required in connection with this Amendment.	
 
4.	Expenses. During the remainder of the initial Term, Tenant shall pay for Tenant’s Share of Expenses in accordance with the terms of the Lease. For the period commencing on the Extension Date and ending on the Extended Termination Date, Tenant shall pay for Tenant’s Share of Expenses in accordance with the terms of the Lease; provided, however, that during such period the Base Year for the computation of Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs is amended from 2002 to 2012. If the Building is less than 100% occupied during all or a portion of any year (including the Base Year), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Base Operating Cost for such year (including the Base Year) as reasonably determined by Landlord employing sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Base Operating Cost that would have been paid had the Building been 100% occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Base Operating Cost for such year.	
 
5.	Improvements to Leased Premises.	
 
 	5.1	Condition of Leased Premises. Tenant is in possession of the Leased Premises and accepts the same “as is” without any agreements, representations, understandings or obligations on the part of Landlord to perform any alterations, repairs or improvements, except as may be expressly provided otherwise in this Amendment.	
 
1

 	5.2	Responsibility for Improvements to Leased Premises. Following the date of this Amendment, Tenant may perform improvements (the “Tenant Improvements”) to the Leased Premises in accordance with the terms of Section 7.2 of the Lease and Tenant shall be entitled to an improvement allowance in connection with such Tenant Improvements as more fully described in Section 5.3 of this Amendment.	
 
 	5.3	Improvement Allowance.	
 
 	5.3.1  	All Tenant Improvements to the Leased Premises shall be done in strict accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 7.2 of the Lease; provided, however, that the supervision fee of ten percent (l0%) referenced therein is hereby revised to be five percent (5%) of the total amount invoiced by Tenant’s general contractor for performance of the Tenant Improvements. Such general contractor shall be selected by Tenant from a list of general contractors supplied by Landlord (or, if Tenant’s proposed general contractor is not listed as a pre-approved general contractor, such general contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord notice of its selection of the contractor upon such selection. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the contractor to be known collectively as “Tenant’s Agents”) must be approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that, in any event, Tenant must contract with Landlord’s base building subcontractors for any mechanical, electrical, plumbing, life safety, structural, heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning work in the Leased Premises. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s Agents shall all be union labor in compliance with the master labor agreements existing between trade unions and the local chapter of the Associated General Contractors of America. Subject to the terms and provisions hereof, Landlord agrees to contribute an amount not to exceed Four Hundred Sixty-Two Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($462,200.00) (representing an amount equal to $20.00 per rentable square foot of the entire Leased Premises) toward the hard and soft costs associated with such Tenant Improvements (the “Improvement Allowance”).	
 
 	5.3.2  	Periodically during the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, but not more frequently than once a month, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment approved by Tenant, in a form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Leased Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed; (ii) invoices for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Leased Premises; (iii) appropriate executed progress mechanics’ lien releases which comply with the applicable provisions of California law, and unconditional releases (with respect to payments previously made); and (iv) all other information reasonably requested in good faith by Landlord. On or before the date that is thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt and approval of Tenant’s application for payment, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant made payable Tenant in payment of the lesser of (A) the amounts so requested by Tenant, as set forth in this Section, less a ten percent (10%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the “Final Retention”) (it being agreed that the Final Retention referenced herein shall not be duplicative of any retention held by Tenant’s general contractor) and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Improvement Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Landlord does not dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with any plans, specification or drawings approved by Landlord, or due to any substandard work, or for any other reason; provided, however, that no such retention shall be duplicative of the retention Tenant may withhold pursuant to its agreement with its general contractor and no such deduction shall be applicable to amounts due to Tenant’s consultants, architects, suppliers of materials or other contractors who are performing review and/or consulting services (as opposed to contractors or vendors who are performing work at the Building), or for Non-Construction Allowance Items, or any amounts requested pursuant to Section 5.3.3. A check for the Final Retention payable to Tenant shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant following the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Leased Premises, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord properly executed mechanics lien releases in compliance with California law, and (ii) Landlord has determined, in good faith, that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing,	
 
2

 	with respect to fees and expenses of any architects, engineers or any other pre-construction items for which the payment scheme set forth in item (ii) or (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence is not applicable (collectively, the “Non-Construction Allowance Items”), Landlord shall make disbursements of the Improvement Allowance therefor on a monthly basis following Landlord’s receipt of invoices and other reasonable evidence that Tenant has incurred the cost for the applicable Non-Construction Allowance Items, (unless Landlord has received a preliminary notice in connection with such costs, in which event conditional lien releases must be submitted in connection with such costs) and such other information and documentation reasonably required by Landlord.	
 
 	5.3.3  	Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be entitled to apply up to Seventy Thousand Dollars ($70,000.00) of the Improvement Allowance toward a previously completed upgrade to the 16th floor computer room electrical and air conditioning systems, which amount shall be disbursed by Landlord within thirty (30) days following receipt by Landlord of invoices or other reasonable documentary evidence that Tenant has incurred the cost for the item(s) for which Tenant is seeking reimbursement (unless Landlord has received a preliminary notice in connection with any such costs, in which event conditional lien releases must be submitted in connection with the same).	
 
 	5.3.4  	If Tenant does not submit a request for payment of the entire Improvement Allowance to Landlord in accordance with the provisions contained in this Amendment by March 31, 2010, then any portion of the Improvement Allowance which has not theretofore been requested shall accrue to the sole benefit of Landlord, it being agreed that, subject to the following, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, offset, abatement or payment with respect thereto.	
 
 	5.3.5  	Landlord has established specifications (the “Specifications”) for the Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Leased Premises (collectively, the “Construction Procedures”), which Specifications have been received by Tenant. The Tenant Improvements shall comply with the Specifications for all Tenant Improvement components which have been pre-approved by Landlord. With respect to all other Tenant Improvement components, Tenant shall utilize materials and finishes which are not of lesser quality than the Specifications. Landlord may make changes to the Specifications for the Construction Procedures from time to time.	
 
6.	Other Pertinent Provisions. Landlord and Tenant agree that, effective as of the date of this Amendment (unless different effective date(s) is/are specifically referenced in this Section), the Lease shall be amended in the following additional respects:	
 
 	6.1	Notice Addresses. Landlord’s Address set forth in the Basic Lease Information of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:	
“Landlord’s Notice Address and Rent Payment Address:
A – 650 CALIFORNIA STREET, LLC
c/o CAC Real Estate Management Co., Inc.
650 California Street, 15th Floor
San Francisco, California 94108
Attention: Building Manager
with a copy of any notices to:
c/o AEW Capital Management, LP
601 South Figueroa Street, Suite 2150
Los Angeles, California 90017
Attention: Asset Manager
and:
AEW Capital Management, LP
World Trade Center East
Two Seaport Lane
Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2021
Attention: General Counsel”
 
3

 	6.2	Waivers. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection I of Section 1932, Sections 1941 and 1942 (Repairs and Alterations), 1995.310 (Assignment), and 1950.7 (Security Deposit) of the California Civil Code, and Section 1265.130 (Condemnation) of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect.	
 
 	6.3	Remedies. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS CONFERRED BY SECTION 3275 OF THE CIVIL CODE OF CALIFORNIA AND BY SECTIONS I174 (c) AND I179 OF THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OF CALIFORNIA AND ANY AND ALL OTHER LAWS AND RULES OF LAW FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT DURING THE LEASE TERM, AS AMENDED HEREBY, PROVIDING THAT TENANT SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHT TO REDEEM, REINSTATE OR RESTORE THE LEASE FOLLOWING ITS TERMINATION BY REASON OF TENANT’S BREACH. LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH ALSO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE LEASE, AS HEREBY AMENDED.	
 
7.	Miscellaneous.	
 
 	7.1	This Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Leased Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Amendment.	
 
 	7.2	Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.	
 
 	7.3	In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control.	
 
 	7.4	Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be bound by this Amendment unless and until both parties have executed and delivered the same.	
 
 	7.5	The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized items are defined therein and not redefined in this Amendment.	
 
 	7.6	Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that Tenant has dealt with no broker other than TRI Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc. in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord, its members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagee(s) and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents (collectively, the “Landlord Related Parties” ) harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that Landlord has dealt with no broker other than The CAC Group in connection with this Amendment. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant, its members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents (collectively, the  “Tenant Related Parties” ) harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment.	
 
 	7.7	Each signatory of this Amendment represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting. Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that, to the best of their respective knowledge, such party is not (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury ( “OFAC” ); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.”	
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

LANDLORD:	 	 	 	TENANT:	
 	 	 	
A– 650 CALIFORNIA STREET, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company	 	 	 	TEXTAINER EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT
(U.S. LIMITED,
a Delaware corporation	
 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Illegible	 	 	 	By:	 	/s/ John A. Maccarone	
Name:	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	John A. Maccarone	
Title:	 	Authorized Signatory	 	 	 	Title:	 	President and CEO	
Dated:	 	1/5, 2009	 	 	 	Dated:	 	23 Dec, 2008	
 
5

Exhibit 4.14
AMENDMENT NUMBER 3
TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE
THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER 3, dated as of July 2, 2008 (this “Amendment”), by and between TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED, a company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Issuer ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), is made to the Indenture (as defined below).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have previously entered into the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005 (as amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, including by Amendment Number 1, dated as of June 3, 2005, and Amendment Number 2, dated as of June 8, 2006, the “ Indenture ”);
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Indenture in order to modify certain provisions of the Indenture;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture.
SECTION 2. Full Force and Effect. Other than as specifically modified hereby, the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof and is hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.
SECTION 3. Amendments to the Indenture. Pursuant to Section 1001 or 1002 of the Indenture (as applicable), the Indenture is hereby amended as follows:
(a) The words “and receipt of the prior written consent of each Series Enhancer” in the first paragraph of the definition of “Eligible Container” in Section 101 of the Indenture are hereby replaced with the words “and receipt of the prior written consent of the Requisite Global Majority”.
(b) The words “ten percent (10%)” in clause (i) of the definition of “Eligible Container” in Section 101 of the Indenture are hereby replaced with the words “twenty-five percent (25%)”.
(c) Section 101 of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding the following definition of “TGH” in appropriate alphabetical order:
“TGH: Textainer Group Holdings Limited, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda, including its permitted successors and assigns.”

(d) Clause (i) of the definition of “Rated Institutional Person” in Section 101 of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “(i) FB Aviation & Intermodal Finance Holding B.V., FB Transportation Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or other wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of either Fortis Bank S.A./N.V. or Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V.”.
(e) The definition of “Step Up Warehouse Fee” in Section 101 of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding the phrase “(whether or not characterized as a fee in the relevant Related Documents)” immediately after the words “incremental fee”.
(f) Section 606(h) of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting at the beginning there of “for purposes of the Asset Base calculation,”.
(g) Section 801(ix) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the phrase “, or the Manager on behalf of the Issuer,”.
(h) Section 1001(a)(ix) of the Indenture is amended by deleting the phrase “Four Hundred Million Dollars ($400,000,000)” and replacing it with the phrase “Five Hundred Seventy-Nine Million Dollars ($579,000,000)”.
(i) Section 1002(a) of the Indenture is amended by inserting, immediately prior to the “; provided, however,” where it appears in the seventh line thereof, the following language: “(other than any such additions, changes, eliminations or modifications described in Section 1001)”.
(j) Section 1002 (a)(iv) of the Indenture is amended by deleting “except as set forth in clause (ix) of Section 1001(a) hereof,” where it appears at the beginning thereof.
(k) Section 1201(1) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “A “default” or an “event of default” ” where it appears at the beginning thereof and replacing it with the phrase “An “event of default” or a material “default” ”.
(l) A new clause (11) is added to the definition of Early Amortization Event in Section 1201 of the Indenture as follows:
“(11)(A) a breach of any financial covenant of TGH set forth in the documents governing any Indebtedness of TGH in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or greater (the “ Funded Debt Documents ”) shall have occurred and shall not have been permanently waived within sixty (60) days thereafter by the applicable lenders, or (B) any default, not described in clause (A), under any Funded Debt Document shall have occurred and as a result the required lenders under the affected financing transaction have accelerated all or part of such Indebtedness.”
 
- 2 -

(m) The last paragraph of Section 1201 of the Indenture is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
“If the Early Amortization Event described in clause (5) has occurred, such breach shall be deemed cured and such Early Amortization Event shall be deemed no longer continuing if such condition does not exist on any two consecutive subsequent Payment Dates. In addition, if the Early Amortization Event described in clause (11)(A) has occurred, such Early Amortization Event shall be deemed no longer continuing immediately upon the permanent waiver within sixty (60) days thereafter by the required lenders under the affected financing transaction(s) of the event(s) or condition(s) described in such clause (A). Except as set forth in the two immediately preceding sentences, if an Early Amortization Event exists on any Payment Date, then such Early Amortization Event shall be deemed to continue until the Business Day on which the Requisite Global Majority waives, in writing, such Early Amortization Event. The Indenture Trustee shall promptly provide notice of any such waiver to each Rating Agency. ”
(n) Exhibit B (Depreciation Methods By Type of Container) to the Indenture shall be deleted and replaced with Exhibit B attached to this Amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer hereby represents and warrants that the changes being effected to the Depreciation Policy are solely for purposes of GAAP financial calculations of the Issuer and shall not affect or change the method of calculating the Asset Base.
SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties. The Issuer represents and warrants as follows:
(a) Each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Indenture is true and correct in all material respects as of the date first written above with the same effect as though each had been made as of such date, except to the extent that any of such representations and warranties expressly relates to earlier dates.
(b) It is duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform its obligations set forth in this Amendment and this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all requisite corporate and, if required, equityholder action.
(c) The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Amendment shall not (1) result in the breach of, or constitute (alone or with notice or with the lapse of time or both) a default under, any material indenture, agreement or instrument to which it or any of its affiliates is a party or by which any of them or their property is or may be bound or (2) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or certificate or organizational documents or other constitutive documents of it, or (B) any order of any Governmental Authority.
(d) This Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity).
(e) No Conversion Event, Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default, nor any event that with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a Conversion Event, Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default, has occurred and is continuing.
 
- 3 -

SECTION 5. Effectiveness of Amendment.
(a) This Amendment shall become effective, as of the date first written above, upon satisfaction of the following conditions:
(i) This Amendment shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto;
(ii) (x) The Requisite Global Majority shall have received the Opinion of Counsel with respect to this Amendment contemplated by Section 1001(a) of the Indenture and (y) Indenture Trustee shall have received the Opinion of Counsel with respect to this Amendment contemplated by Section 1003 of the Indenture;
(iii) Issuer shall have provided to the Rating Agencies, each Interest Rate Hedge Provider and each Series Enhancer a written notice setting forth in general terms the substance of this Amendment;
(iv) Each Series Enhancer and the Requisite Global Majority shall have consented to this Amendment; and
(v) The Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied.
(b) Upon its effectiveness, this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
(c) Upon its effectiveness, (x) this Amendment shall be a part of the Indenture, and (y) each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture” and “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other document to the Indenture shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as amended or modified hereby.
(d) Each party hereto agrees and acknowledges that this Amendment constitutes a “Related Document” under the Indenture.
SECTION 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. A facsimile counterpart shall be effective as an original.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES;  PROVIDED  THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
- 4 -

SECTION 8. Consent to Jurisdiction. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in New York County, New York, in any action, claim or other proceeding arising out of any dispute in connection with this Amendment, any rights or obligations hereunder, or the performance of such rights and obligations.
SECTION 9. No Novation. Notwithstanding that the Indenture is hereby amended by this Amendment as of the date hereof, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to cause a novation or discharge of any existing Indebtedness of the Issuer under the original Indenture or the security interest in the Collateral created thereby.
[Signature pages follow]
 
- 5 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED	
 	
By Continental Management Limited, its Assistant Secretary	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Michael J. Harvey	
Name:	 	Michael J. Harvey	
 	 	For and on behalf of
Continental Management Limited	
Title:	 	Assistant Secretary	

 	 	 	
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Kristen L. Puttin	
Name:	 	Kristen L. Puttin	
Title:	 	Assistant Vice President	

 	 	 	
The undersigned hereby consents to the
amendment to the Indenture:	
 	
AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION,
as Series Enhancer for the Series 2000-1
Notes and the Series 2005-1 Notes and as
Requisite Global Majority	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Anthony Nocera	
Name:	 	Anthony Nocera	
Title:	 	First Vice President	

EXHIBIT B
DEPRECIATION METHODS BY TYPE OF CONTAINER
 
1.	For purposes of any calculation of the Asset Base:	
(a) a new Managed Container is depreciated using the straight-line method, over its estimated useful life of twelve (12) years to an estimated residual value of twenty-eight percent (28%) of the Original Equipment Cost of such Managed Container.
(b) a used Managed Container is depreciated based upon its remaining useful life at the date of acquisition (based upon a total useful life of twelve (12) years) to an estimated residual value determined at the date of acquisition as equal to twenty-eight percent (28%) of the Original Equipment Costs of Managed Containers that are then the same age as such used Managed Container.
 
2.	For any purpose other than that described in item 1 above, including without limitation the calculation of financial covenants, the preparation of financial reports, and the calculation of the purchase price to be paid for any containers, the Depreciation Policy shall be in accordance with GAAP (provided that any change in the Depreciation Policy, as described in this item 2, resulting from the application of GAAP, or from the requirements of the Issuer’s accountants applying GAAP, shall be deemed not to constitute a change to the Depreciation Policy under any of the Related Documents).	

Exhibit 4.17

 
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of April 22, 2008
among
TEXTAINER LIMITED,
as the Borrower,
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED,
as the Guarantor,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
and
L/C Issuer,
and
The Other Lenders Party Hereto
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as
Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	  	 	  	Page	
ARTICLE I	  	DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS	  	1	
1.01	  	Defined Terms	  	1	
1.02	  	Other Interpretive Provisions	  	26	
1.03	  	Accounting Terms	  	27	
1.04	  	Rounding	  	28	
1.05	  	Times of Day	  	28	
1.06	  	Letter of Credit Amounts	  	28	
1.07	  	Currency Equivalents Generally	  	28	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE II	  	THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS	  	28	
2.01	  	Loans	  	28	
2.02	  	Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans	  	29	
2.03	  	Letters of Credit	  	30	
2.04	  	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	38	
2.05	  	Prepayments	  	38	
2.06	  	Termination or Reduction of Commitments	  	39	
2.07	  	Repayment of Loans	  	39	
2.08	  	Interest	  	39	
2.09	  	Fees	  	40	
2.10	  	Computation of Interest and Fees	  	41	
2.11	  	Evidence of Debt	  	41	
2.12	  	Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback	  	42	
2.13	  	Sharing of Payments by Lenders	  	44	
2.14	  	Increase in Commitments	  	44	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE III	  	TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY	  	46	
3.01	  	Taxes	  	46	
3.02	  	Illegality	  	49	
3.03	  	Inability to Determine Rates	  	50	
3.04	  	Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans	  	50	
3.05	  	Compensation for Losses	  	52	
3.06	  	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders	  	52	
3.07	  	Survival	  	53	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE IV	  	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS	  	53	
4.01	  	Conditions of Initial Credit Extension	  	53	
4.02	  	Conditions to all Credit Extensions	  	56	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE V	  	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	  	56	
5.01	  	Existence, Qualification and Power	  	56	
5.02	  	Authorization; No Contravention	  	57	
5.03	  	Governmental Authorization; Other Consents	  	57	
5.04	  	Binding Effect	  	57	
5.05	  	Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect	  	57	
5.06	  	Litigation	  	58	
5.07	  	No Default	  	58	
5.08	  	Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments	  	58	
5.09	  	Environmental Compliance	  	59	
5.10	  	Insurance	  	59	
5.11	  	Taxes	  	59	
 
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

 	  	 	  	Page	
5.12	  	ERISA Compliance	  	59	
5.13	  	Subsidiaries; Equity Interests	  	60	
5.14	  	Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act	  	60	
5.15	  	Disclosure	  	60	
5.16	  	Compliance with Laws	  	60	
5.17	  	Solvency	  	61	
5.18	  	Casualty, Etc.	  	61	
5.19	  	Collateral Matters	  	61	
5.20	  	Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.	  	61	
5.21	  	Update of Schedules	  	61	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE VI	  	AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS	  	62	
6.01	  	Financial Statements	  	62	
6.02	  	Certificates; Other Information	  	62	
6.03	  	Notices	  	65	
6.04	  	Payment of Obligations	  	66	
6.05	  	Preservation of Existence, Etc.	  	66	
6.06	  	Maintenance of Properties	  	66	
6.07	  	Maintenance of Insurance	  	67	
6.08	  	Compliance with Laws	  	67	
6.09	  	Books and Records	  	67	
6.10	  	Inspection Rights	  	67	
6.11	  	Use of Proceeds	  	67	
6.12	  	Compliance with Environmental Laws	  	67	
6.13	  	Further Assurances	  	68	
6.14	  	Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds	  	68	
6.15	  	Lien Searches	  	68	
6.16	  	Material Contracts	  	68	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE VII	  	NEGATIVE COVENANTS	  	69	
7.01	  	Liens	  	69	
7.02	  	Indebtedness	  	70	
7.03	  	Investments	  	71	
7.04	  	Fundamental Changes	  	71	
7.05	  	Dispositions	  	72	
7.06	  	Restricted Payments	  	72	
7.07	  	Change in Nature of Business	  	72	
7.08	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	72	
7.09	  	Negative Pledge with respect to TMCL Shares	  	72	
7.10	  	Use of Proceeds	  	72	
7.11	  	Financial Covenants	  	73	
7.12	  	Amendments of Organization Documents	  	73	
7.13	  	Accounting Changes	  	73	
7.14	  	Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness	  	73	
7.15	  	Container Management System	  	73	
7.16	  	Lease Obligations	  	74	
7.17	  	Amendment, Etc. of Related Documents and Indebtedness	  	74	
7.18	  	OFAC	  	74	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE VIII	  	EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES	  	74	
8.01	  	Events of Default	  	74	
 
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

 	  	 	  	Page	
8.02	  	Remedies upon Event of Default	  	76	
8.03	  	Application of Funds	  	77	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE IX	  	ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT	  	78	
9.01	  	Appointment and Authority	  	78	
9.02	  	Rights as a Lender	  	79	
9.03	  	Exculpatory Provisions	  	79	
9.04	  	Reliance by Administrative Agent	  	80	
9.05	  	Delegation of Duties	  	80	
9.06	  	Resignation of Administrative Agent	  	80	
9.07	  	Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders	  	81	
9.08	  	No Other Duties, Etc.	  	81	
9.09	  	Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim	  	81	
9.10	  	Collateral Matters	  	82	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE X	  	CONTINUING GUARANTY	  	83	
10.01	  	Guaranty	  	83	
10.02	  	Rights of Lenders	  	83	
10.03	  	Certain Waivers	  	84	
10.04	  	Obligations Independent	  	84	
10.05	  	Subrogation	  	84	
10.06	  	Termination; Reinstatement	  	84	
10.07	  	Subordination	  	85	
10.08	  	Stay of Acceleration	  	85	
10.09	  	Condition of Borrower	  	85	
 	 	 	
ARTICLE XI	  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	85	
11.01	  	Amendments, Etc.	  	85	
11.02	  	Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication	  	86	
11.03	  	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies	  	88	
11.04	  	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver	  	89	
11.05	  	Payments Set Aside	  	91	
11.06	  	Successors and Assigns	  	91	
11.07	  	Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality	  	95	
11.08	  	Right of Setoff	  	96	
11.09	  	Interest Rate Limitation	  	96	
11.10	  	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness	  	96	
11.11	  	Survival of Representations and Warranties	  	97	
11.12	  	Severability	  	97	
11.13	  	Replacement of Lenders	  	97	
11.14	  	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.	  	98	
11.15	  	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	99	
11.16	  	No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility	  	99	
11.17	  	Electronic Execution of Assignments	  	100	
11.18	  	USA PATRIOT Act	  	100	
11.19	  	Time of the Essence	  	100	
 
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

 	  	 	  	Page	
SCHEDULES	  	 	
 	 	 	
2.01	  	Commitments and Applicable Percentages	  	 	
5.03	  	Certain Authorizations	  	 	
5.05	  	Existing Indebtedness	  	 	
5.06	  	Litigation	  	 	
5.08(b)	  	Existing Liens	  	 	
5.08(c)	  	Existing Investments (in excess of $1,000,000)	  	 	
5.09	  	Environmental Matters	  	 	
5.13	  	Subsidiaries of Loan Parties; Equity Interests in the Borrower; Other Equity Investments	  	 	
7.08	  	Affiliate Transactions	  	 	
11.02	  	Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices	  	 	
 	 	
EXHIBITS	  	 	
 	 	 	
A	  	Form of Loan Notice	  	 	
B	  	Form of Security Agreement	  	 	
C	  	Form of Note	  	 	
D	  	Form of Compliance Certificate	  	 	
E-1	  	Form of Assignment and Assumption	  	 	
E-2	  	Form of Administrative Questionnaire	  	 	
F	  	Opinion Matters	  	 	
G	  	Form of Borrowing Base Certificate	  	 	
H	  	Depreciation Policy	  	 	
I	  	Form of Pledge Agreement	  	 	
 
iv

CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Credit Agreement” or “Agreement”) is entered into as of April 22, 2008, among TEXTAINER LIMITED, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Borrower ”), TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Guarantor ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,  as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America, in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on
Schedule 11.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the Lenders.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit E-2 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
“Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, modified and supplemented in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Applicable Percentage” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to  Section 8.02  or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable

Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on  Schedule 2.01  or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
“Applicable Rate” means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Guarantor as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 6.02(b) :
Applicable Rate

 	  	Consolidated
Leverage Ratio of
Guarantor	  	Commitment
Fee	 	 	Eurodollar
Rate +	 	 	Base Rate
+	 	 	
Pricing Level	  	 	  	 	 	 	Letters of
Credit	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
1	  	<2.50:1	  	0.20	%	 	1.00	%	 	0.50	%	 	 	 	
2	  	>2.50:1 but <3.00:1	  	0.25	%	 	1.25	%	 	0.75	%	 	 	 	
3	  	>3.00:1	  	0.30	%	 	1.50	%	 	1.00	%	 	 	 	
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Guarantor shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to  Section 6.02(b) ;  provided , however , that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Level 3 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and in each case shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered. The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the date on which the first Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to
Section 6.02(b)  shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 1.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of  Section 2.10(b) .
“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities, which Person is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Arranger” means Banc of America Securities LLC, in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole book manager.
“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by
 
2

Section 11.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E-1 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.
“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to  Section 2.06 , and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to  Section 8.02 .
“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
“Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
“Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
“Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to  Section 2.01 .
“Borrowing Base” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to:
 
 	(a)	85% of the sum of the Net Book Values on such date of all Eligible Marine Containers, minus	
 
 	(b)	85% of the aggregate amount on such date of unpaid Vendor Debt incurred with respect to Eligible Marine Containers that is permitted pursuant to  Section 7.02 ,  plus	
 
 	(c)	85% of the Vendor Debt described in clause (b) above that will be repaid with the proceeds of a Loan within five (5) Business Days of the funding date for such Loan,  plus	
 
3

 	(d)	85% of the lesser of (x) the sum of the Net Book Values on such date of all Eligible Trading Marine Containers and (y) Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000),  minus	
 
 	(e)	85% of the aggregate amount on such date of unpaid Vendor Debt (for the avoidance of doubt, not to exceed $6,000,000) incurred with respect to Eligible Trading Marine Containers that is permitted pursuant to  Section 7.02 ,  plus	
 
 	(f)	85% of the Vendor Debt described in clause (e) above that will be repaid with the proceeds of a Loan within five (5) Business Days of the funding date for such Loan;	
provided, however, that the total Vendor Debt added to the Borrowing Base in clauses (c) and (f) above shall not at any time exceed $15,300,000 (i.e., 85% of $18,000,000) in the aggregate.
“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate with appropriate insertions setting forth the components of the Borrowing Base as of the last day of the month for which such certificate is submitted, or as of a requested Loan funding date or applicable Collateral release date, as the case may be, which certificate shall be substantially in the form of  Exhibit G  and shall be certified by an Authorized Signatory of Borrower.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
“Capitalized Leases” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.
“Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).
“Cash Equivalents” means, in the case of Borrower, any of the following which are free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Collateral Documents and customary Liens in favor of financial institutions holding such assets) and, in the case of Guarantor, any of the following:
(a) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof;  provided  that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;
(b) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a
 
4

member of the Federal Reserve System, or is organized under the laws of Canada, any province thereof or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
(c) commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than $10,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America or any province of Canada and rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof; and
(d) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition.
“Casualty Event” means any of the following events with respect to any Marine Container: (a) the actual total loss or compromised total loss thereof, (b) such Marine Container shall become lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair or permanently rendered unfit for use for any reason whatsoever, (c) the seizure thereof for a period exceeding sixty (60) days or the condemnation or confiscation thereof or (d) if such Marine Container is subject to a Lease, such Marine Container shall be deemed under its Lease to have suffered a casualty loss as to the entire Marine Container.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.
“Change of Control” means, with respect to any Person, an event or series of events after the date hereof by which:
(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “ option right ”)), directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the equity securities of such Person entitled to
 
5

vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such Person on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right);
(b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of such Person cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); or
(c) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of such Person, or control over the equity securities of such Person entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such Person on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such Person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of such securities.
“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 11.01 .
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
“Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property in which a Lien is purported to be granted under the terms of the Collateral Documents in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and any other security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 6.13 .
“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, and (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on  Schedule 2.01  or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
 
6

“Competitor” means any Person engaged and competing with either the Borrower or the Manager in the container leasing business; provided, however , that in no event shall any insurance company, bank, bank holding company, savings institution or trust company, fraternal benefit society, pension, retirement or profit sharing trust or fund, or any collateralized bond obligation fund or similar fund (or any trustee of any such fund) or any holder of any obligations of any such fund (solely as a result of being such a holder) be deemed to be a Competitor unless such Person or any of its Affiliates are directly and actively engaged in the operation of a container leasing business.
“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
“Consolidated Debt Service Ratio” means for any Person, on a consolidated basis, for any Measurement Period, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such Measurement Period, minus all Restricted Payments paid by such Person during such Measurement Period, plus all depreciation expense and amortization expense for such Measurement Period, to the extent included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such Measurement Period to (b) the Current Obligations of such Person.
“Consolidated Funded Debt” means for any Person, on a consolidated basis, as of any date of determination, the total amount of the Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries described in clauses (a) through (g) and clause (i) of the definition thereof;  provided  that, with respect to clause (c) of the definition thereof, any Swap Contracts entered into by such Person to hedge interest rate risk and which are not entered into for speculative purposes shall not be included in the calculation of Consolidated Funded Debt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Funded Debt of any Loan Party shall include Indebtedness of TMCL solely to the extent that such Indebtedness is included in the financial statements of such Loan Party delivered pursuant to  Section 6.01  hereof.
“Consolidated Intangible Assets” means for any Person, on a consolidated basis, as of any date of determination, all of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.
“Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means for any Person on a consolidated basis during any Measurement Period, the ratio of (A) the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such Measurement Period, (ii) income tax expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries during such Measurement Period, (iii) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries during such Measurement Period, and (iv) rental expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries during such Measurement Period relating to any lease of Marine Containers or transportation equipment under which such Person or Subsidiary is lessee, to (B) the sum of (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries during such Measurement Period and (2) rental expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries during such Measurement Period relating to any lease of Marine Containers or transportation equipment under which such Person or Subsidiary is lessee.
 
7

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means for any Person on a consolidated basis during any Measurement Period, the aggregate amount of the interest expense during such Measurement Period in respect of Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of determining the amount of interest expense paid in connection with Indebtedness described in (i) clause (c) of the definition thereof, net cash costs (or gains) under such Indebtedness (including amortization of fees), and (ii) clause (f) of the definition thereof, the interest component of payments on such Indebtedness paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such Measurement Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Interest Expense of any Loan Party shall only include that related to any Indebtedness of TMCL to the extent that such Indebtedness is included in the financial statements of such Loan Party delivered pursuant to  Section 6.01 .
“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means for any Person, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt of such Person to (b) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of such Person on such date.
“Consolidated Net Income” means for any Person, on a consolidated basis, as calculated for any Measurement Period, the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period;  provided ,  however , that Consolidated Net Income shall exclude (a) extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses for such Measurement Period, and (b) any unrealized adjustments, whether positive or negative, to such net income (or loss) arising from the implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board with respect to any interest rate hedge arrangement entered into by such Person for non-speculative purposes in order to mitigate interest rate exposure.
“Consolidated Net Worth” means, for any Person, on a consolidated basis, as of any date of determination, the consolidated shareholders’ equity of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP;  provided  that Consolidated Net Worth shall exclude any unrealized adjustments, whether positive or negative, arising from the implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, for any Person, as of any date of determination, the difference between (i) the Consolidated Total Assets of such Person and (ii) the Consolidated Intangible Assets of such Person.
“Consolidated Tangible Net Worth” means, for any Person, as of any date of determination, the difference between the Consolidated Net Worth of such Person and the Consolidated Intangible Assets of such Person.
“Consolidated Total Assets” means for any Person, on a consolidated basis, as of any date of determination, all assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries on such date;  provided ,  however , that Consolidated Total Assets shall exclude any unrealized adjustments, whether
 
8

positive or negative, to the value of any asset consisting of an interest rate hedge arrangement, arising from the implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, if such interest rate hedge arrangement was entered into by such Person for non-speculative purposes in order to mitigate interest rate exposure.
“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any material provision of any security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
“Current Obligations” means on a consolidated basis, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (i) all regularly scheduled payments due in respect of Consolidated Funded Debt during the succeeding twelve (12) month period,  plus  ten percent (10.0%) of the Outstanding Amount of the Loans.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
“Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate  plus  (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans  plus  (iii) 2% per annum;  provided ,  however , that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate  plus  2% per annum.
“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans or participations in L/C Obligations required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
 
9

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.
“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.
“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under  Section 11.06(b)(iii) ).
“Eligible Marine Container” means any Marine Container (including those subject to a Finance Lease, but excluding Trading Marine Containers) which is owned by the Borrower and either (i) in which the Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected security interest or (ii) in which the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest and which is subject to Liens securing Vendor Debt;  provided,  however ,  that (A) no Marine Container which has been the subject of a Casualty Event shall be an Eligible Marine Container and (B) no Marine Container which has previously been classified as an Eligible Trading Marine Container shall be an Eligible Marine Container.
“Eligible Trading Marine Container” means any Trading Marine Container (a) which is owned by the Borrower and in which the Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected security interest (or which shall, immediately following purchase thereof with the proceeds of a Borrowing, be owned by the Borrower and in which the Administrative Agent shall have a first priority perfected security interest), and (b) that has been included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base for no longer than six (6) months;  provided,  however ,  that no Marine Container which has been the subject of a Casualty Event shall be an Eligible Trading Marine Container.
“Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
 
10

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).
“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.
“Eurodollar Base Rate” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurodollar Rate.
“Eurodollar Rate” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:

 	 	Eurodollar Rate =	  	                Eurodollar Base Rate            
1.00 – Eurodollar Reserve Percentage	  	 	
Where,
“Eurodollar Base Rate” means, for such Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any
 
11

reason, then the “Eurodollar Base Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”). The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
“Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, (c) any backup withholding tax that is required by the Code to be withheld from amounts payable to a Lender that has failed to comply with clause (A) of Section 3.01(e)(ii) , and (d) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under  Section 11.13 ), any United States withholding tax that (i) is required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to the Laws in force at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with clause (B) of  Section 3.01(e)(ii) , except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to  Section 3.01(a)(ii)  or  (iii) .
“Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2007, among the Borrower, TGH, as guarantor, the lenders party thereto, Bank of America, as agent, and Banc of America Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and sole book manager.
 
12

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day;  provided  that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
“Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated March 5, 2008, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger.
“Finance Lease” means any Lease of a Marine Container that (i) provides the lessee with the right to purchase for nominal value such Marine Container at the expiration of the term of such Lease or (ii) otherwise satisfies the criteria for classification as a direct financing lease pursuant to GAAP.
“Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes (including such a Lender when acting in the capacity of the L/C Issuer). For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
“GAAP” means, subject to Section 1.03(c) hereof, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the
 
13

purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantor” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
“Guaranty” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantor under Article X in favor of the Secured Parties.
“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes.
“IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards (as published by the International Accounting Standards Board).
“Increase Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(d).
“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract (the amount of which shall be deemed as of any date to equal such amount as is required to be reflected on a balance sheet of such Person);
(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business) and not past due for more than 60 days after the date on which such trade account was created;
 
14

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
(f)(i) the capitalized amount of any Capitalized Lease and (ii) the capitalized amount of the remaining payments under any Synthetic Lease, in each case, that would appear on the balance sheet of such Person prepared at such time in accordance with GAAP;
(g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person or any warrant, right or option to acquire such Equity Interest, in each case, prior to the Maturity Date and valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference  plus  accrued and unpaid dividends;
(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing; and
(i) any of the foregoing of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made
non-recourse to such Person.
“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.
“Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).
“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.
“Information Memorandum” means the information memorandum dated March 5, 2008 used by the Arranger in connection with the syndication of the Commitments.
“Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date;  provided ,  however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.
“Interest Period” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice or such other period that is twelve months or less requested by the Borrower and consented to by all the Lenders;  provided  that:
(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
 
15

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
“Inventory” means all goods (as defined in the UCC) of Borrower held for sale, lease or rental consisting of intermodal containers, trailers, Marine Containers, and other container related transportation goods.
“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person in any other Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of such other Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of such other Person that constitute a business unit or all or a substantial part of the business of, such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
“Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower, or the Borrower in favor of the L/C Issuer, relating to such Letter of Credit.
“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
 
16

“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit by the L/C Issuer resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed by the Borrower on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing, in each case, pursuant to  Section 2.03(c) .
“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
“L/C Issuer” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.
“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit  plus  the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts  minus  the amount by which any Letters of Credit have been Cash Collateralized. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
“Lease” means each and every item of chattel paper, installment sales agreement, lease or rental agreement (including progress payment authorizations) to the extent relating to a Marine Container owned by Borrower, and includes, with respect to the foregoing, (a) all payments to be made thereunder, (b) all rights of Borrower therein, and (c) any and all amendments, renewals, extensions or guaranties thereof.
“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.
“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.
“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000). The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.
 
17

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
“Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
“Loan Documents” collectively, (a) this Agreement (including the Guaranty), (b) the Notes, (c) the Collateral Documents, (d) the Fee Letter and (e) each Issuer Document.
“Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to  Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of  Exhibit A .
“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantor.
“Manager” means TEM, in its capacity as Manager under the TEM Management Agreement.
“Marine Container” means any dry cargo, refrigerated, open top, flat rack, tank, high cube or other type of marine container which is held for lease or rental or sale, including those used as land-based storage containers (including without limitation any Trading Marine Container).
“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Guarantor, the Borrower or their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
“Maturity Date” means April 22, 2013.
“Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination for any Person, the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of such Person.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
 
18

“Net Book Value” means, as of any date of determination with respect to (a) a Marine Container (other than a Trading Marine Container) that is not subject to Finance Lease, an amount equal to the Original Equipment Cost of such Marine Container, less any accumulated depreciation as of such date of determination, calculated utilizing the Borrower’s depreciation policy as set forth on  Exhibit H  hereto, (b) a Marine Container (other than a Trading Marine Container) that is subject to a Finance Lease, the then net book value of such Finance Lease, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and (c) a Trading Marine Container, the lower of the purchase price therefor and the fair market value thereof.
“Note” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of  Exhibit C .
“Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
“OFAC” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.
“Ordinary Course of Business” means, in respect of any transaction involving the Borrower, TGH or any of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the customary practice of operators of container fleets or similar businesses, and undertaken by the Borrower, TGH or any of its Subsidiaries, in good faith and not for purposes of evading any covenant or restriction in any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any transfer of Receivables Program Assets from Borrower to TMCL that is permitted pursuant to  Section 7.05(c)  or Disposition of Trading Marine Containers permitted pursuant to  Section 7.05(d) .
“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
“Original Equipment Cost” means, with respect to each Marine Container, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the vendor’s or manufacturer’s invoice price of the related Marine Container, and (ii) all reasonable and customary inspection, transport, and initial positioning costs necessary to put such Marine Container in service.
 
19

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, other than Excluded Taxes.
“Outstanding Amount” means (i) with respect to Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.
“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.
“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“Pledge Agreement” means the Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2008, executed by TGH, substantially in the form of Exhibit I , as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.
“Pro Rata” means, with respect to the Lenders, in accordance with their respective aggregate Loans and risk participations in Letters of Credit outstanding at any given time, or if no Loans or Letters of Credit are outstanding, in accordance with their respective shares of the Aggregate Commitments.
“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction, or series of transactions, that may be entered into by the Borrower or any Seller pursuant to which the Borrower or any Seller may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Borrower or any other Seller) and any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Receivables Program Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future);  provided  that:
(a) no portion of the indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of a Receivables Subsidiary (i) is guaranteed by the Borrower or any other Seller (excluding guarantees of obligations pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Borrower or any other Seller in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Borrower or any other Seller, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction of obligations incurred in such transactions, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,
 
20

(b) neither the Borrower nor any other Seller has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding with a Receivables Subsidiary (except in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Seller than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not affiliates of the Borrower, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable;  provided  that a sale of Marine Containers at net book value shall be deemed to comply with this paragraph;
(c) any such sale, conveyance or transfer to a Receivables Subsidiary or other Person of Receivables Program Assets shall be in exchange for consideration not less than the sum of (x) with respect to any Inventory, the sum of the net book value of such Inventory, plus (y) with respect to any other assets constituting Receivables Program Assets, the fair market value thereof; and
(d) the Borrower and any other Seller do not have any obligation to maintain or preserve the financial condition of a Receivables Subsidiary or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.
“Receivables” means all rights of the Borrower or any Seller to payments (whether constituting accounts, chattel paper, instruments, general intangibles or otherwise, and including the right to payment of any interest or finance charges), which rights are identified in the accounting records of the Borrower or such Seller as accounts receivable.
“Receivables Document” means each (x) receivables purchase agreement, pooling and servicing agreement, credit agreement, agreement to acquire undivided interests or any other agreement to transfer, or create a security interest in, Receivables Program Assets, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time entered into by the Borrower, another Seller and/or a Receivables Subsidiary, and (y) other instrument, agreement or document entered into by the Borrower, any other Seller or a Receivables Subsidiary relating to the transactions contemplated by the items referred to in clause (x) above, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time. The Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2006 (as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time), among the Borrower, Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V. and TMCL shall be deemed a Receivables Document.
“Receivables Program Assets” means (a) all Inventory and Receivables which are purported to be transferred by the Borrower, another Seller or a Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to the Receivables Documents, (b) all Receivables Related Assets, and (c) all collections (including recoveries) and other proceeds of the assets described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b).
 
21

“Receivables Related Assets” means (i) any rights arising under the documentation governing or relating to Inventory or Receivables (including rights in respect of liens securing such Receivables and other credit support in respect of such Receivables), (ii) any proceeds of such Inventory or Receivables and any lockboxes or accounts in which such proceeds are deposited, (iii) spread accounts and other similar accounts (and any amounts on deposit therein) established in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, (iv) any warranty, indemnity, dilution and other intercompany claim arising out of Receivables Documents and (v) other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving goods (as defined in the UCC) and Receivables.
“Receivables Subsidiary” means a Special Purpose Vehicle that is a Subsidiary of the Borrower created in connection with the transactions contemplated by a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which subsidiary engages in no activities other than those incidental to such Qualified Receivables Transaction. TMCL shall be deemed a Receivables Subsidiary.
“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).
“Related Documents” means (i) the TMCL Indenture and each “Related Document” (as defined in the TMCL Indenture), and (ii) the transaction documents governing any Qualified Receivables Transaction.
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans, a Loan Notice and (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application.
“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, two or more Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to  Section 8.02 , two or more Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition);  provided  that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
 
22

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, director, secretary (or, with respect to TGH, any assistant secretary) or treasurer of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of any Person, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to any Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such dividend or other distribution or payment;  provided, however,  that with respect to the Borrower, any loan made by the Borrower to TGH the proceeds of which will be used by TGH to pay dividends to the shareholders of TGH shall also be subject to the limitations contained in  Section 7.03(h) .
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
“Sanctioned Entity” means (i) an agency of the government of, (ii) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by or (iii) a natural person resident in a country that is subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time as such program may be applicable to such agency, organization or person.
“Sanctioned Person” means a person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals or Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
“Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer.
“Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2008, executed by the Borrower, substantially in the form of  Exhibit B , as such agreement may be amended, modified and supplemented in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.
“Seller” means the Borrower and any Subsidiary or other affiliate of the Borrower (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) which is a party to a Receivables Document.
 
23

“Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
“Special Purpose Vehicle” means a trust, partnership or other special purpose entity established by the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to implement a Qualified Receivables Transaction.
“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means the representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in a securitization or sale of receivables transaction.
“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
 
24

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
“Synthetic Lease” means (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, including, without limitation, a Japanese operating lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“TEM” means Textainer Equipment Management Limited, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda and its successors and assigns.
“TEM Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Equipment Management Services Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2002, between TEM and Borrower, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. The term “TEM Management Agreement” shall also be deemed to include any and all other written agreements which Borrower and TEM may enter into from time to time under which TEM has a right to hold, manage, lease or rent property (including without limitation Marine Containers) of Borrower.
“TGH” means Textainer Group Holdings Limited, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda and its successors and assigns.
“TMCL” means Textainer Marine Containers Limited, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda and its successors and assigns.
“TMCL Indenture” means the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005, between TMCL and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as indenture trustee, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, including refinancings thereof.
“Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.
“Trading Marine Container” means a Marine Container acquired (or to be acquired with the proceeds of a Borrowing) by the Borrower for purpose of the future sale thereof to a third party, and which is not subject to a Lease.
 
25

“Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
“Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.
“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
“Vendor Debt” means all vendor debt and trade payables of Borrower associated with its acquisition of Marine Containers (including Marine Containers subject to Finance Leases).
1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
 
26

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”
(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
1.03 Accounting Terms. (a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared (unless otherwise specified herein) in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements,  except  as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
(b) Changes in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders);  provided that , until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
(c) Transition from GAAP Accounting to IRFS Standards. If the Loan Parties shall elect as of the end of any financial reporting period to prepare their financial statements in accordance with IFRS rather than GAAP, then, following delivery to Agent of a completed Compliance Certificate attaching the information required to be delivered for such financial reporting period, the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to amend (in a manner mutually satisfactory to Lenders and Loan Parties) the thresholds or methods of calculation required by  Section 7.11  hereof such that compliance therewith is neither more nor less burdensome (as determined by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion) to Loan Parties as a result of such conversion to IFRS and, thereafter, all references in the Loan Documents to GAAP shall be deemed references to IFRS.
(d) Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. All references herein to consolidated financial statements of the Borrower or the Guarantor and its respective Subsidiaries or to the determination of any amount for the Borrower or the Guarantor and its respective Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or any similar reference shall, in each case, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that the Borrower or the Guarantor is required to consolidate pursuant to
 
27

FASB Interpretation No. 46 – Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities: an interpretation of ARB No. 51 (January 2003) as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein.
1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
1.05 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time;  provided ,  however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
1.07 Currency Equivalents Generally. Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in Articles II, IX and X) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Dollars, such equivalent amount thereof in the applicable currency to be determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (as defined below) for the purchase of such currency with Dollars. For purposes of this  Section 1.07 , the “Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date of such determination; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.
ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
2.01 Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the lesser of (x) the amount of such Lender’s Commitment and (y) such Lender’s Pro Rata share of the Borrowing Base;  provided ,  however , that after giving effect to any Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Aggregate Commitments and (y) the Borrowing Base, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender  plus  such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not exceed the lesser of (x) such Lender’s Commitment and (y) such
 
28

Lender’s Pro Rata share of the Borrowing Base. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this  Section 2.01 , prepay under  Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this  Section 2.01 . Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.
(a) Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans ; provided ,  however , that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period”, the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this  Section 2.02(a)  must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $3,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in  Sections 2.03(c)  and  2.04(c) , each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.
 
29

(b) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in  Section 2.02(a) . In the case of a Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in  Section 4.02  (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension,  Section 4.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower;  provided ,  however , that if, on the date the Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are Unreimbursed Amounts outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing,  first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such Unreimbursed Amounts, and  second , shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.
(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as, Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.
(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
(e) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than fifteen (15) Interest Periods in effect with respect to Loans.
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.02 to the contrary, the Borrower may not select the Eurodollar Rate for the initial Credit Extension unless such Credit Extension is made at least three Business Days after the date hereof.
2.03 Letters of Credit.
(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment.
(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this  Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b) , and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower and any drawings thereunder;  provided  that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not
 
30

exceed the lesser of (1) the Aggregate Commitments and (2) the Borrowing Base, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender plus  such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not exceed the lesser of (1) such Lender’s Commitment and (2) such Lender’s Pro Rata share of the Borrowing Base, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
(ii) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:
(A) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.
(iii) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;
(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $500,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;
 
31

(D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or
(E) a default of any Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(c) exists or any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.
(iv) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.
(v) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
(vi) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in  Article IX  with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in  Article IX  included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.
 
(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit.
(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of
 
32

any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.
(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or Borrower, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in  Article IV  shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage  times  the amount of such Letter of Credit.
(iii) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.
(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in  Section 2.02  for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02  (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice or Borrowing Base Certificate). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative
 
33

Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
(ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of  Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.
(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02  cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which Unreimbursed Amount shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to  Section 2.03(c)(ii)  shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this  Section 2.03 .
(iv) Until each Lender funds its Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.
(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this  Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing;  provided ,  however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Loans pursuant to this  Section 2.03(c)  is subject to the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02  (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this  Section 2.03(c)  by the time specified in  Section 2.03(c)(ii) , the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the
 
34

Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) Repayment of Participations.
(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with  Section 2.03(c) , if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in  Section 11.05  (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
 
35

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or
(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
(f) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit;  provided ,  however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of  Section 2.03(e) ;  provided ,  however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight
 
36

draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
(g) Cash Collateral. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. Sections 2.05  and  8.02(c)  set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this  Section 2.03 ,  Section 2.05 and  Section 8.02(c) , “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the L/C Issuer.
(h) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.
(i) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate  times  the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with  Section 1.06 . Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December,
 
37

commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee (i) with respect to each commercial Letter of Credit, at the rate specified in the Fee Letter, computed on the amount of such Letter of Credit, and payable upon the issuance thereof, (ii) with respect to any amendment of a commercial Letter of Credit increasing the amount of such Letter of Credit, at a rate separately agreed between the Borrower and the L/C Issuer, computed on the amount of such increase, and payable upon the effectiveness of such amendment, and (iii) with respect to each Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum specified in the Fee Letter, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with  Section 1.06 . In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
(k) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.
2.04 [Intentionally Omitted].
2.05 Prepayments.
(a) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty;  provided  that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $3,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the
 
38

Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to  Section 3.05 . Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.
(b) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess;  provided ,  however , that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this  Section 2.05(b)  unless after the prepayment in full of the Loans the Total Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect.
(c) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Borrowing Base as evidenced by the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently received by the Administrative Agent, Borrower shall immediately prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in an amount equal to such excess. Any mandatory prepayment of the Loans made pursuant to this  Section 2.05(c)  shall be applied:  first , to accrued and unpaid fees;  second , to accrued and unpaid interest; and  third , to the unpaid principal balance of such Loans.
2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments or the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments or the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, or (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations that are not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.
2.07 Repayment of Loans. The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding on such date.
2.08 Interest.
(a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period  plus  the Applicable Rate; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate  plus  the Applicable Rate.
 
39

(b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
2.09 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in Section 2.03:
(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate  times  the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the Total Outstandings. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in  Article IV  is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
(b) Other Fees. (i) The Borrower shall pay to the Arranger and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
 
40

2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees.
(a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid,  provided  that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to  Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Guarantor or for any other reason, the Guarantor or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Guarantor as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher (or lower) pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to (or receive a refund from) the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or Borrower, as applicable) (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower or the Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess (or deficiency) of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under  Section 2.03(c)(iii) ,  2.03(i)  or  2.08(b)  or under  Article VIII . The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
2.11 Evidence of Debt.
(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
 
41

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.
(a) General. All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
(b) (i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with  Section 2.02  (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by  Section 2.02 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid
 
42

by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this  Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in  Article IV  are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
(d) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and to make payments pursuant to  Section 11.04(c)  are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under  Section 11.04(c)  on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under  Section 11.04(c) .
(e) Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
 
43

(f) Insufficient Funds. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, Unreimbursed Amounts, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal and Unreimbursed Amounts then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and Unreimbursed Amounts then due to such parties.
2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its  pro rata  share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them,  provided  that:
(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation.
2.14 Increase in Commitments.
(a) Request for Increase. Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Borrower may, from time to time, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $100,000,000 in the aggregate;  provided  that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000, and (ii) the Borrower may make a maximum of two such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).
 
44

(b) Lender Elections to Increase. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.
(c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel. Any requested increase in the Aggregate Commitments need not be achieved in full in order for such requested increase to take effect with respect to the Commitments of any such Lenders who agree to such increase.
(d) Effective Date and Allocations. If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.
(e) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in  Article V  and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this  Section 2.14 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of  Section 5.05  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of  Section 6.01 , and (B) no Default exists. The Borrower shall prepay any Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to  Section 3.05 ) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.
(f) Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 11.01 to the contrary.
 
45

ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.01 Taxes. (a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes.
(i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or the Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes. If, however, applicable Laws require the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws as determined by the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.
(ii) If the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Administrative Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.
(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower and the Guarantor. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower and the Guarantor shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(c) Tax Indemnifications. (i) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, the Borrower and the Guarantor shall, and do hereby, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) withheld or deducted by the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent or paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The Borrower and the Guarantor shall also, and do hereby, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender or the L/C Issuer for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as
 
46

required by clause (ii) of this subsection. A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower and the Guarantor by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(ii) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, each Lender and the L/C Issuer shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Borrower or the Administrative Agent by any Governmental Authority as a result of the failure by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (e). Each Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii). The agreements in this clause (ii) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.
(d) Evidence of Payments. Upon request by the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this  Section 3.01 , the Borrower and the Guarantor shall each deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower and the Guarantor, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.
(e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation. (i) Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower, to the Guarantor and to the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable Laws or when reasonably requested by the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender by the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction.
 
47

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be, is resident for tax purposes in the United States,
(A) any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Administrative Agent executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and
(B) each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
(I) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,
(II) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
(III) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and all required supporting documentation,
(IV) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower or the Guarantor within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or
(V) Executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
 
48

(iii) Each Lender shall promptly (A) notify the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Administrative Agent make any withholding or deduction for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender.
(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or the L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a credit or refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be or with respect to which the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided  that the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower or the Guarantor, as the case may be (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Person.
3.02 Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so converted.
 
49

3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans.
(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) ) or the L/C Issuer;
(ii) subject any Lender or the L/C Issuer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by  Section 3.01  and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer); or
(iii) impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
 
50

(b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy (other than a change solely in such policy)), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation,  provided  that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions (i) suffered more than six months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof) or (ii) if such Lender or L/C Issuer has not required other similarly situated borrowers or obligors to pay comparable amounts with respect to such increased costs or reductions.
(e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans. The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan,  provided  the Borrower shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.
 
51

3.05 Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);
(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or
(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to  Section 11.13 ;
including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Base Rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, the L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to  Section 3.02 , then such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to  Section 3.01  or  3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to  Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.
 
52

(b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to  Section 3.01 , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with  Section 11.13 .
3.07 Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and resignation of the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:
(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;
(ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;
(iii) executed counterparts of the Security Agreement, duly executed by the Borrower, together with:
(A) copies of (1) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in proper form for filing with the office of the District of Columbia Recorder of Deeds and the California Secretary of State and (2) Form No. 9 in proper form for filing with the Registrar of Companies of Bermuda, each covering the Collateral described in the Security Agreement,
(B) results of lien searches for filings in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (A) above that name the Borrower as debtor, and
(C) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreement has been taken (including receipt of duly executed payoff letters, UCC-3 termination statements and landlords’ and bailees’ waiver and consent agreements);
(iv) the Pledge Agreement, duly executed by Guarantor, together with the original share certificates evidencing all of the shares of the Borrower owned by the Guarantor, and corresponding share transfer forms duly executed in blank;
 
53

(v) certified copies of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party;
(vi) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed and in good standing in Bermuda, including without limitation certificates of compliance issued by the Registrar of Companies of the Islands of Bermuda for each Loan Party, dated a date close to the date of this Agreement, stating that each Loan Party is duly incorporated and in good standing under the Companies Act 1981 of the Islands of Bermuda;
(vii) favorable opinions of (1) Morrison & Foerster LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, and (2) appropriate local counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to the matters set forth in  Exhibit F  and such other matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Required Lenders may reasonably request;
(viii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;
(ix) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and the Guarantor certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a)  and  (b)  have been satisfied, and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
(x) a duly completed Compliance Certificate as of the last day of the respective fiscal quarters of the Borrower and the Guarantor ended on December 31, 2007, signed by Responsible Officers of the Borrower and the Guarantor;
(xi) evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained, is in effect and contains endorsements naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as a joint assured and/or co-loss payee, as the case may be, under such insurance;
(xii) evidence that all filings, recordations and searches necessary or desirable to perfect the Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document shall have been completed, and that all related filing and recording fees and taxes shall have been duly paid;
(xiii) a Borrowing Base Certificate duly certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower relating to the initial Credit Extension; and
 
54

(xiv) evidence that the Existing Credit Agreement has been or concurrently with the Closing Date is being terminated, all amounts owing by the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been or concurrently with the Closing Date are being repaid, and all Liens securing obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement have been or concurrently with the Closing Date are being released;
(xv) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.
(b) (i) All fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid and (ii) all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.
(c) Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
(d) The Administrative Agent shall have completed a due diligence investigation of the Guarantor, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries in scope, and with results, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall have been given such access to the management, records, books of account, contracts and properties of the Guarantor, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries and shall have received such financial, business and other information regarding each of the foregoing persons and businesses as they shall have requested, including, without limitation, information as to possible contingent liabilities, tax matters, collective bargaining agreements and other arrangements with employees, the annual (or other audited) financial statements of the Guarantor, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended 2005, 2006 and 2007, interim financial statements of the Guarantor, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries dated the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available (or, in the event the Administrative Agent’s due diligence review reveals material changes since such financial statements, as of a later date within 45 days of the Closing Date); and no changes or developments shall have occurred, and no new or additional information, shall have been received or discovered by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders regarding the Guarantor, the Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries or the transactions contemplated hereby after February 1, 2008 that either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and nothing shall have come to the attention of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to lead them to believe that the transactions contemplated hereby will have a Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4.01(d) shall only be a condition precedent to the initial Credit Extension hereunder to be made on or about April 25, 2008.
(e) No action, suit, investigation or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor or the Borrower, threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental authority that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
55

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this  Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender.
4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this  Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of  Section 6.01 .
(b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.
(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer, shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
(d) The Borrowing Base exceeds the Total Outstandings at such time, after giving effect to such Credit Extension, and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly completed and executed Borrowing Base Certificate demonstrating the same.
(e) The Borrower and TGH shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11.
Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in  Sections 4.02(a)  and  (b)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each Loan Party, for itself and, where applicable, its Subsidiaries, represents and warrants, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power. Each Loan Party (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and
 
56

carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation of such Person or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law, the violation of which could be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. Each approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Loan Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Loan Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, has been satisfied or obtained, except for the authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings set forth on  Schedule 5.03 hereto.
5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms.
5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.
(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Persons set forth therein and their respective Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Persons set forth therein and their respective Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.
 
57

(b) The unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, dated December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date, (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
(c) Schedule 5.05 sets forth all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the each of Borrower, TEM, TMCL and TGH, and their respective Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.
(d) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.06 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of each Loan Party after due and diligent investigation, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues (a) that purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) as of the date hereof, except as specifically disclosed in  Schedule 5.06 , either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there has been no adverse change in the status, or financial effect on any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, of the matters described on  Schedule 5.06 .
5.07 No Default. Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is in default under or with respect to, or a party to, any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments.
(a) Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by  Section 7.01 .
(b) Schedule 5.08(b) sets forth a complete and accurate (as of the date hereof) list of all Liens on the property or assets of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries. The property of each Loan Party is subject to no Liens, other than Liens set forth on  Schedule 5.08(b) , and as otherwise permitted by  Section 7.01 .
(c) Schedule 5.08(c) sets forth a complete and accurate list of each Investment held by any Loan Party on the date hereof which is in excess (individually) of $1,000,000, showing as of the date hereof the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.
 
58

5.09 Environmental Compliance. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09, to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, there exist no claims, alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law, on their respective businesses, operations and properties, which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.10 Insurance. The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses.
5.11 Taxes. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against any Loan Party or its respective Subsidiaries that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party is party to any tax sharing agreement (and a “check-the-box” tax election shall not be deemed to constitute a “tax sharing agreement”).
5.12 ERISA Compliance.
(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.
(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
 
59

5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. No Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.13, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by a Loan Party in the amounts specified on  Schedule 5.13  free and clear of all Liens except those created under the Collateral Documents. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by TGH in the amounts specified on Part (b) of Schedule 5.13  free and clear of all Liens except those created under the Collateral Documents. Set forth on Part (c) of  Schedule 5.13  is a complete and accurate list of all Loan Parties, showing as of the Closing Date (as to each Loan Party) the jurisdiction of its incorporation, the address of its principal place of business and its U.S. taxpayer identification number or, in the case of any non-U.S. Loan Party that does not have a U.S. taxpayer identification number, its unique identification number issued to it by the jurisdiction of its incorporation. The copy of the charter of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(vi) is a true and correct copy of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect as of the date hereof.
5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.
(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.
(b) Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor is, nor or is required to be, registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
5.15 Disclosure. Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, in each case that (individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;  provided  that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
5.16 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
60

5.17 Solvency. Each Loan Party is Solvent.
5.18 Casualty, Etc. Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.19 Collateral Matters. The provisions of the Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by  Section 7.01 ) on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Closing Date and as contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect or protect such Liens.
5.20 Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.
(a) None of the requesting or borrowing of the Loans, the requesting or issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit or the use of the proceeds of any thereof will result in a violation by any Loan Party of the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended) or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto (which for the avoidance of doubt shall include, but shall not be limited to (a) Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) and (b) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law
107-56)).
(b) None of the Marine Containers included in any calculation of the Borrowing Base submitted by the Loan Parties are on lease or sublease to a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.
(c) No Loan Party or a Subsidiary thereof (i) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) has more than 5% of its assets on lease or sublease to Sanctioned Entities, or (iii) derives more than 5% of its operating income from investments in, or transactions with, Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Entities. The proceeds of any Loan or the issuance or extension of any Letter of Credit will not be used, and have not been used, to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.
5.21 Update of Schedules. Any Schedule referenced in Article V may be periodically updated by any Loan Party as often as is necessary to insure the continued accuracy of such Schedule, by such Loan Party providing to the Administrative Agent, in writing or via electronic means, a revised version of such Schedule in accordance with the provisions of  Section 11.02 . Each such updated Schedule shall be effective immediately upon the receipt thereof by the Administrative Agent.
 
61

ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, each of the Borrower and TGH shall:
6.01 Financial Statements. In the case of the Borrower, deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:
(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of each of TMCL, the Borrower, TEM and TGH (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007), a consolidated and, with respect to TGH, consolidating, balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated and, with respect to TGH, consolidating, statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;  provided, however , that the Borrower’s annual financial statements may be unaudited; and
(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of each of the Borrower and TGH (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007), a consolidated and, with respect to TGH, consolidating, balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated and, with respect to TGH, consolidating, statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of such Person’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures of TGH for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
6.02 Certificates; Other Information. In the case of the Borrower, deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements;
 
62

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;
(c) promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;
(d) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
(e) a Borrowing Base Certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, with appropriate insertions, (i) not later than thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar month, dated as of the last day of such month (unless any certificate required by (ii) or (iii) below has already been delivered to the Administrative Agent for such calendar month or as of a later date), (ii) in connection with each Loan Notice, dated as of the requested Loan funding date (but delivered to the Administrative Agent on the date Borrower delivers the Loan Notice to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.02(a) ), and (iii) in connection with each release of Collateral which is permitted under  Section 9.10(a) , dated as of the applicable date of release (but delivered to the Administrative Agent at least one (1) Business Day prior to such date);
(f) upon Administrative Agent’s request, or, if the aggregate net book value of Marine Containers owned by the Borrower exceeds Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000), within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower, a summary setting forth (i) the number and type of Marine Containers then owned by Borrower and included in the Collateral, (ii) their aggregate net book value, and (iii) their aggregate original cost (or, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, a detailed report as of the end of such month, setting forth with respect to each unit of Marine Container then owned by Borrower its (1) serial or other identifying number, (2) in-service date, (3) net book value (including totals thereof), and (4) original cost (including totals thereof));
(g) upon the Administrative Agent’s request, as soon as practicable, and in any event not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, a Responsible Officer of TGH, relating to all inventory and fleets managed by TEM, dated as of the end of the quarter, setting forth: (i) a breakout of inventory by type, (ii) utilization by inventory type, (iii) average per diem rates by inventory type, and (iv) a list of the ten (10) largest (in terms of cost equivalent unit on hire) customers of the TEM fleet, with detailed accounts receivable aging reports (listing receivables of 30, 60, 90, and over 90 days duration) for each and a summarized aging report for all other customers giving the same aging information, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to, and with such additional information as may be from time to time reasonably requested by, the Required Lenders;
 
63

(h) promptly following receipt thereof, copies of each Asset Base Report and Manager Report (each, as defined in the TMCL Indenture) and each Equipment and Lease Report (as defined in Section 7.1 of the Management Agreement (as such term is defined in the TMCL Indenture));
(i) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to  Section 6.01  or any other clause of this  Section 6.02 ;
(j) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a report summarizing the insurance coverage (specifying type, amount and carrier) in effect for the Borrower and containing such additional information as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably specify;
(k) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party, which, if pursued through a determination adverse to such Loan Party, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(l) at least 15 days prior to the commencement of each fiscal year of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for each such Person for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flow as of the end of and for each fiscal quarter during such fiscal year and setting forth the assumptions used for purposes of preparing each such budget) and, promptly when available and from time to time, any significant revisions of each such budget (including, without limitation, any amounts to be paid to any pension plan), which need not be prepared in accordance with GAAP, but which, in any event, shall be in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent; and
(m) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial,
 
64

third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by  Section 6.02(b)  to the Administrative Agent. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”), and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities, it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11 .07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” For purposes of clarification, any materials not marked “PUBLIC” shall be deemed private information.
6.03 Notices. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent:
(a) of the occurrence of any Default;
 
65

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including any such matter consisting of (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower and any Governmental Authority; (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws; or (iv) the occurrence of any Early Amortization Event or Event of Default (as each such term is defined in the TMCL Indenture);
(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;
(d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower, including any determination by the Guarantor referred to in  Section 2.10(b) ; and
(e) following publication of a long-term debt rating of the Guarantor, of any notification from either Moody’s or S&P that such rating has (x) been placed on watch for a possible downgrade or (y) been downgraded.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a)  shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.
6.04 Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property not permitted under the Loan Documents; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any applicable terms of subordination.
6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by  Section 7.04 ; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.06 Maintenance of Properties. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.
 
66

6.07 Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain, to the extent commercially practicable, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing for not less than 30 days’ (or 10 days’, in the case of cancellation for nonpayment of premium) prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance.
6.08 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.09 Books and Records. Maintain (a) proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Loan Party; and (b) such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over such Loan Party.
6.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors and officers, all at such reasonable times (but no more frequently than twice per year) during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower;  provided that , so long as no Default or Event of Default is continuing, the Borrower and the Guarantor shall, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, only be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent for costs and expenses incurred in connection with one such inspection per year;  provided ,  further , that when a Default or an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time (without limitation regarding frequency) during normal business hours and without advance notice.
6.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (i) to refinance existing indebtedness of the Borrower, (ii) for working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes of the Borrower which are not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document, and (iii) for the issuance of Letters of Credit.
6.12 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Comply, and cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action ordered by any Governmental Authority as necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws; provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.
 
67

6.13 Further Assurances. Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject any Loan Party’s properties, assets, rights or interests (excluding (i) in the case of the Borrower, any Equity Interests in TMCL or any Receivables Subsidiary and any property not related to the Marine Containers owned by Borrower and (ii) in the case of the Guarantor, any property other than Equity Interests in the Borrower) to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to be a party, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.
6.14 Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds. Make all payments and otherwise perform all obligations in respect of all leases of real property to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, keep such leases in full force and effect and not allow such leases to lapse or be terminated or any rights to renew such leases to be forfeited or cancelled, notify the Administrative Agent of any default by any party with respect to such leases and cooperate with the Administrative Agent in all respects to cure any such default, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.15 Lien Searches. Promptly following receipt by the Loan Parties of the acknowledgment copy of any financing statement filed under the Uniform Commercial Code in any jurisdiction by or on behalf of the Secured Parties, deliver to the Administrative Agent completed lien search results listing such financing statement and all other effective financing statements filed in such jurisdiction that name any Loan Party as debtor.
6.16 Material Contracts. Materially perform and observe all the terms and provisions of its Contractual Obligations and maintain its material rights and obligations thereunder, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
68

ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor shall, nor shall they, if so indicated, permit their respective Subsidiaries to:
7.01 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:
(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 5.08(b);
(c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days after receipt of notice thereof or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;
(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;
(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);
(i) Liens on Receivables Program Assets incurred in connection with Qualified Receivables Transactions;
(j) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(e), (f), (g), (h) or (j);
(k) rights under Leases, held by (i) any lessee or sublessee thereunder or (ii) any owner (other than any Loan Party) of a Marine Container subject thereto;
 
69

(l) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing on property on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by such Loan Party; and
(m) Liens arising from or related to precautionary UCC or like personal property financing statements filed in connection with leases entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business.
7.02 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except (subject to the proviso at the end of this Section 7.02):
(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
(b) Indebtedness listed on Schedule 5.05, and any refinancings or replacements thereof;
(c) Guarantees of (x) the Borrower in respect of Indebtedness not otherwise prohibited hereunder of any of its Subsidiaries, or (y) the Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness not otherwise prohibited hereunder of any of its Subsidiaries;
(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries existing or arising under any Swap Contract,  provided  that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party (other than by way of setoff);
(e) Vendor Debt; provided that (A) such Vendor Debt represents the purchase price of such Marine Containers, (B) the amount of such Vendor Debt does not exceed 100% of the purchase price (including any fees or other expenses incurred in connection therewith, such as repositioning costs) of the applicable Marine Containers and (C) such Vendor Debt is not overdue in accordance with the payment terms thereof; and
(f) for TGH, Indebtedness, not including Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement, in the maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000);
(g) for TEM, Indebtedness in the maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000);
(h) Indebtedness incurred by any Receivables Subsidiary (including without limitation TMCL) in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
(i) Indebtedness of such Person incurred as a result of an Investment in such Person not prohibited under Section 7.03; and
 
70

(j) for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount such that, before and after giving effect to the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness (when considered with all other outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower permitted or incurred hereunder), no Default or Event of Default shall occur;
provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness otherwise permitted pursuant to the foregoing paragraphs of this Section 7.02 shall not be permitted if the incurrence thereof, when considered with all other outstanding Indebtedness of any Loan Party (or any Subsidiary thereof) permitted or incurred under this Agreement, would cause a violation of any financial covenant set forth in  Section 7.11  hereof.
7.03 Investments. Make or hold any Investments, except:
(a) Investments in the form of Cash Equivalents;
(b) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000 at any time outstanding, for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;
(c) Investments by Borrower in TMCL;
(d) Investments by the Borrower in Subsidiaries (other than TMCL);
(e) Investments by the Guarantor in either the Borrower or TEM, provided, that both before and after each such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall occur;
(f) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;
(g) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.02;
(h) any Investment consisting of a loan by the Borrower to the Guarantor, the proceeds of which will be used by the Guarantor solely for the payment of dividends to holders of its Equity Interests;  provided  that the aggregate amount of such Investments made in any fiscal year, when added to the amount of Restricted Payments made by Borrower in compliance with  Section 7.06  during such fiscal year, shall not exceed the amount of such Restricted Payments permitted to be made in such fiscal year pursuant to  Section 7.06 ;
(i) Investments listed on Schedule 5.08(c); and
(j) other Investments by the Borrower made in the Ordinary Course of Business.
7.04 Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Person may merge with such Loan Party,  provided  that such Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person.
 
71

7.05 Dispositions. Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, or enter into any agreement to do so, except:
(a) Leases;
(b) Dispositions of inventory (including Marine Containers) in the Ordinary Course of Business, so long as, both before and after giving effect to each such Disposition, the Borrowing Base exceeds the Total Outstandings at such time;
(c) So long as (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist as a result of such sale, conveyance or transfer and (ii) Borrower has delivered a completed Borrowing Base Certificate to the Administrative Agent in connection with such sale, conveyance or transfer, sales of Receivables Program Assets in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction; and
(d) So long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist as a result of such sale, conveyance or transfer, Dispositions of Trading Marine Containers in the Ordinary Course of Business.
provided, however, that any Disposition to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall be for the fair market value of the asset(s) Disposed.
7.06 Restricted Payments. Declare or make any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, if, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, (i) a Default or Event of Default would exist or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the amount of such Restricted Payment made in any fiscal year, when aggregated with the amounts of all other such Restricted Payments made by Borrower in such fiscal year, would exceed seventy percent (70%) of Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the prior fiscal year.
7.07 Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by it on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto, or any business engaged in by container lessors generally.
7.08 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of such Loan Party, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (a) on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to such Loan Party as would be obtainable by such Loan Party at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (b) transactions otherwise not prohibited under this Article VII or (c) as described on Schedule 7.08.
7.09 Negative Pledge with respect to TMCL Shares. In the case of Borrower, sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise encumber the 9,000 issued and outstanding Class A Shares of TMCL owned by the Borrower.
7.10 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
 
72

7.11 Financial Covenants.
(a) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of Guarantor. In the case of the Guarantor, permit Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Guarantor at any time to be less than an amount equal to the sum of (i) $268,068,000, (ii) an amount equal to 30% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Guarantor earned in each full fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2007 (with no deduction for a net loss in any such fiscal quarter) and (iii) an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate increases in Consolidated Net Worth of the Guarantor after the date hereof by reason of the issuance and sale of Equity Interests of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary (other than issuances to the Guarantor or a wholly-owned Subsidiary thereof), including upon any conversion of debt securities of the Guarantor into such Equity Interests.
(b) Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio of Guarantor. In the case of the Guarantor, permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Guarantor to exceed 3:5 to 1.
(c) Minimum Consolidated Debt Service Ratio of Guarantor. In the case of the Guarantor, permit the Consolidated Debt Service Ratio of the Guarantor as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than 1.1 to 1.
(d) Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio of Borrower. In the case of the Borrower, permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Borrower to exceed 3:5 to 1.
(e) Minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of Borrower. In the case of the Borrower, permit the ratio of Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of Borrower to be less than 1.35:1.
7.12 Amendments of Organization Documents. Amend any of its Organization Documents in a way that could cause a Material Adverse Effect.
7.13 Accounting Changes. Subject to Section 1.03, make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or (b) fiscal year.
7.14 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness. Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of, any Indebtedness with a stated maturity later than the Maturity Date, except (a) the prepayment of the Credit Extensions in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (b) regularly scheduled or required repayments, prepayments or redemptions of Indebtedness set forth in
Schedule 5.05 .
7.15 Container Management System. Create, incur, assume or grant or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, in favor of any Person, any Lien on the container management system (or similar software package and/or computer system designed to manage and track the Containers under management by the Manager) used by the Manager in the ordinary course of its business. Each Loan Party shall promptly take, or cause to be taken, such actions as may be necessary to discharge any such Lien.
 
73

7.16 Lease Obligations. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby such Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall sell or transfer any property owned by it in order then or thereafter to lease such property or lease other property that such Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries intends to use for substantially the same purpose as the property being sold or transferred, other than any Capitalized Lease or Synthetic Lease.
7.17 Amendment, Etc. of Related Documents and Indebtedness. (a) Cancel or terminate any Related Document or consent to or accept any cancellation or termination thereof, (b) amend, modify, or change in any manner any term or condition of any Related Document or give any consent, waiver or approval thereunder, (c) waive any default under or any breach of any term or condition of any Related Document, (d) take any other action in connection with any Related Document or (e) add additional events of default to any such Related Document, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (a) through (e), in such a manner as would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.18 OFAC. (a) Lease, sublease or sell, or consent to the lease, sublease or sale of, a Marine Container owned by such Loan Party to a person or jurisdiction prohibited to such Loan Party under applicable law.
(b) If any Loan Party obtains knowledge that a Marine Container then included in the most recent calculation of the Borrowing Base submitted to the Administrative Agent hereunder is leased or subleased to a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity (other than by the United States government, or pursuant to a license issued by the appropriate authority), then such Loan Party shall, within five (5) Business Days after obtaining knowledge thereof, remove such Marine Container from the calculation of the Borrowing Base for so long as such condition continues. No Trading Marine Container included in the Borrowing Base will be sold to a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
8.01 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a) Non-Payment. The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to (i) pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) pay within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) pay within five days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
(b) Specific Covenants. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05 ,  6.07 ,  6.10 ,  6.11 ,  6.12,  or  Article VII , or the Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in S ection 2 ,  5.7 , 5.11  or  5.16  of the Security Agreement; or
 
74

(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days; or
(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made; or
(e) Cross-Default. (i) Any Loan Party (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $15,000,000, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof as a result thereof is greater than $5,000,000; or
(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or
 
75

(h) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding $15,000,000 (to the extent not subject to a policy of insurance issued by an independent third-party insurer rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
(i) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000; or
(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or
(k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control with respect to the Guarantor; or
(l) Ownership of Equity Interests. The occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Guarantor shall cease, directly or indirectly, to own and control legally and beneficially all of the Equity Interests in the Borrower, (ii) the Guarantor shall cease, directly or indirectly, to own and control legally and beneficially all of the Equity Interests in TEM or (iii) the Borrower shall cease, directly or indirectly, to (x) own and control legally and beneficially at least fifty percent (50%) of the Equity Interest in TMCL or (y) Control TMCL; or
(m) Collateral Documents. Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.01 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by  Section 7.01 ) on the Collateral purported to be covered thereby.
8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
 
76

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;
(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and
(d) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under the Loan Documents;
provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
8.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to  Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under  Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of any Lender or the L/C Issuer arising under the Loan Documents) and amounts payable under  Article III , ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause  Second  payable to them;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause  Third  payable to them;
 
77

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause  Fourth  held by them;
Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit; and
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.01 Appointment and Authority.
(a) Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and the L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 9.05  for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this  Article IX  and  Article XI  (including  Section 11.04(c) , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
 
78

9.02 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided  that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and
(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in  Sections 11.01  and  8.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in  Article IV  or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
 
79

9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
9.05 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above;  provided  that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly,
 
80

until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and  Section 11.04  shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer (b) the retiring L/C Issuer shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.
9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunners or Arrangers listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.
9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,
 
81

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under  Sections 2.03(i)  and  (j) ,  2.09  and  11.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09  and  11.04 .
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.
9.10 Collateral Matters.
(a) The Lenders and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion:
(i) to release any Lien on any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to  Section 11.01 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders; and
(ii) to subordinate any Lien on any Collateral to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by
Section 7.01(i) .
(b) In the event of any Disposition of Collateral permitted pursuant to Section 7.05(c) or (d), the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer agree that the Secured Parties’ Lien on such Collateral automatically shall be released. In such event, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall be deemed to have released such Collateral from the Lien of the Collateral Documents, and the Administrative Agent shall, at Borrower’s request, within three (3) Business Days execute any documentation reasonably required to evidence such release.
 
82

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular Collateral pursuant to this  Section 9.10 . In each case as specified in this  Section 9.10 , the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such Collateral from the Lien of the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this  Section 9.10 .
ARTICLE X
CONTINUING GUARANTY
10.01 Guaranty. The Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all of the Obligations, whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, damages, costs, expenses or otherwise, of the Borrower to the Secured Parties, and whether arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancings and other modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Secured Parties in connection with the collection or enforcement thereof). The Administrative Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall, absent manifest error, be binding upon the Guarantor and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Obligations. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing.
10.02 Rights of Lenders. The Guarantor consents and agrees that the Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Obligations or any part thereof, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Loan Documents; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Secured Parties in their sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of the Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of the Guarantor.
 
83

10.03 Certain Waivers. The Guarantor waives (a) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of any Secured Party) of the liability of the Borrower; (b) any defense based on any claim that the Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the Guarantor’s liability hereunder; (d) any right to proceed against the Borrower, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in the power of any Secured Party whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by any Secured Party; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties. The Guarantor expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Obligations. As provided below, this Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
10.04 Obligations Independent. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Obligations and the obligations of any other guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against the Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.
10.05 Subrogation. The Guarantor shall not exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all of the Obligations and any amounts payable under this Guaranty have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full and the Commitments are terminated. If any amounts are paid to the Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Secured Parties to reduce the amount of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.
10.06 Termination; Reinstatement. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Guaranty are indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Commitments and the Obligations are terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Guarantor is made, or any of the Secured Parties exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any of the Secured Parties in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not the Secured Parties are in possession of or have released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of the Guarantor under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Guaranty.
 
84

10.07 Subordination. The Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower owing to the Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of the Borrower to the Guarantor as subrogee of the Secured Parties or resulting from the Guarantor’s performance under this Guaranty, to the Obligations. If the Secured Parties so request, any such obligation or indebtedness of the Borrower to the Guarantor shall be enforced and performance received by the Guarantor as trustee for the Secured Parties and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Secured Parties on account of the Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty.
10.08 Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against the Guarantor or the Borrower under any Debtor Relief Laws, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by the Guarantor immediately upon demand by the Secured Parties.
10.09 Condition of Borrower. The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower and any other guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower and any such other guarantor as the Guarantor requires, and that none of the Secured Parties has any duty, and the Guarantor is not relying on the Secured Parties at any time, to disclose to the Guarantor any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower or any other guarantor (the Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information and any defense relating to the failure to provide the same).
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
11.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given;  provided ,  however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 (other than Section 4.01(b)(i) or (c)), or, in the case of the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.02, without the written consent of each Lender;
(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender;
(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under such other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment;
 
85

(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (ii) of the second proviso to this  Section 11.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or change the manner of computation of any financial ratio (including any change in any applicable defined term) used in determining the Applicable Rate that would result in a reduction of any interest rate on any Loan or any fee payable hereunder without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount;  provided ,  however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;
(e) change Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
(f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender;
(g) subject to Section 9.10, release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;
(h) release the Guarantor from the Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender; or
(i) impose any greater restriction on the ability of any Lender to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Required Lenders;
and, providedfurther, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iii) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.
11.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.
(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below and the penultimate paragraph of  Section 6.02 ), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(i) if to the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on  Schedule 11.02 ; and
 
86

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices and other communications sent by telecopier, hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when sent. Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).
(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent (which include those set forth in the penultimate paragraph of  Section 6.02 ),  provided  that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to  Article II  if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it,  provided  that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Subject to the penultimate paragraph of Section 6.02, unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed to have been given upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website must be followed by an e-mail communication identifying the website address therefor as described in the foregoing clause (i).
(c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower, the Guarantor, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims,
 
87

damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party;  provided ,  however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, the Guarantor, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto (or, in the case of Borrower, to the Administrative Agent). Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided or under any other Loan Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
 
88

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with  Section 8.02  for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer;  provided ,  however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with  Section 11.08  (subject to the terms of  Section 2.13 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
11.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i)the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or
 
89

instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) (iv) any civil penalty or fine assessed by OFAC against, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with defense thereof by, an Indemnitee as a result of conduct of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof that violates a sanction enforced by OFAC, or (v) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided  that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
(c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount,  provided  that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of  Section 2.12(d) .
(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any
 
90

damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, unless such distribution was made as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or in violation by such Indemnitee of  Section 11.07 , other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.
(f) Survival. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
11.05 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
11.06 Successors and Assigns.
(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in
 
91

subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations) at the time owing to it);  provided  that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i) Minimum Amounts.
(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);  provided ,  however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.
(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned.
(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A) the consent of the Borrower (which, except in the case of an assignee that is considered by the Borrower to be a Competitor of any Loan Party or Affiliate thereof, shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;
 
92

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and
(C) the consent of the L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding).
(iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500;  provided ,  however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment;  provided ,  further , that in no event shall the Borrower be required to pay such fee. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(v) No Assignment to Borrower. No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of  Sections 3.01 ,  3.04 ,  3.05 , and  11.04  with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.
(c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms
 
93

hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations) owing to it);  provided  that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement;  provided  that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to  Section 11.01  that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of  Sections 3.01 ,  3.04  and  3.05  to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of  Section 11.08  as though it were a Lender,  provided  such Participant agrees to be subject to  Section 2.13  as though it were a Lender.
(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of  Section 3.01  unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with  Section 3.01(e)  as though it were a Lender.
(f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank;  provided  that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g) Resignation as L/C Issuer after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as L/C
 
94

Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to  Section 2.03(c) ). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.
11.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and agree to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.
For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof relating to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof,  provided  that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party or any such Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
 
95

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.
11.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application,  provided  that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
11.09 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
11.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in  Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the parties listed in the caption hereto and when the Administrative Agent shall have received
 
96

counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
11.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.
11.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
11.13 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to  Section 3.01 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by,  Section 11.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment),  provided  that:
(a) [RESERVED];
(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under  Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and
 
97

(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
11.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
(a) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(c) WAIVER OF VENUE. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN  SECTION 11.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
 
98

11.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
11.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and the Guarantor acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and the Arranger are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, the Guarantor and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and the Guarantor has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Borrower and the Guarantor is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, the Guarantor and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, the Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and the Guarantor hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and the Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
 
99

11.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
11.18 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” an anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.
11.19 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.
 
100

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

TEXTAINER LIMITED	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Christopher C. Morris	
Name:	 	Christopher C. Morris	
Title:	 	Secretary	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

 	 	 	
TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Christopher C. Morris	
Name:	 	Christopher C. Morris
For and on behalf of
Continental Management Limited	
Title:	 	Assistant Secretary	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

 	 	 	
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Administrative Agent	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Matthew C. Correia	
Name:	 	Matthew C. Correia	
Title:	 	Vice President	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

 	 	 	
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender and as
L/C Issuer	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ David Meehan	
Name:	 	David Meehan	
Title:	 	Vice President	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

 	 	 	
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Sunil Pandya	
Name:	 	Sunil Pandya	
Title:	 	Assistant Vice President	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

 	 	 	
FORTIS CAPITAL CORP., as a Lender	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Adam T. DiMartino	
Name:	 	Adam T. DiMartino	
Title:	 	Director	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ R.L.A. Rutgers van Rozenburg	
Name:	 	R.L.A. Rutgers van Rozenburg	
Title:	 	 	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

 	 	 	
BAYERISCHE HYPO- UND VEREINSBANK AG, as a Lender	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Seelandt	
Name:	 	Seelandt	
Title:	 	VP	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ S. Göbel	
Name:	 	S. Göbel	
Title:	 	VP	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

 	 	 	
CREDIT INDUSTRIEL ET COMMERCIAL, NEW YORK BRANCH,  as a Lender	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Adrienne Molloy	
Name:	 	Adrienne Molloy	
Title:	 	Vice President	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Alex Aupoix	
Name:	 	Alex Aupoix	
Title:	 	Vice President	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

 	 	 	
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender	
 	 	
By:	 	[ILLEGIBLE] on behalf of:	
Name:	 	John McCrachen	
Title:	 	Director	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

 	 	 	
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A. as a Lender	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ J. William Bloore	
Name:	 	J. William Bloore	
Title:	 	Vice President	
 
Credit Agreement – TL Syndication

SCHEDULE 2.01
COMMITMENTS
AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES

Lender	  	Commitment	  	Applicable
Percentage	 	
Bank of America, N.A.	  	$	40,000,000	  	19.5	%	
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association	  	$	40,000,000	  	19.5	%	
Credit Industriel et Commercial, New York Branch	  	$	25,000,000	  	12.2	%	
Fortis Capital Corp.	  	$	25,000,000	  	12.2	%	
Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG	  	$	25,000,000	  	12.2	%	
KeyBank National Association	  	$	25,000,000	  	12.2	%	
Union Bank of California, N.A.	  	$	25,000,000	  	12.2	%	
Total	  	$	205,000,000	  	100.000000000	%	
 
1

SCHEDULE 5.03
CERTAIN AUTHORIZATIONS
None.
 
5.03-1

SCHEDULE 5.05
EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
1. Indebtedness under the TMCL Indenture and Related Documents (as defined in the TMCL Indenture).
2. Indebtedness of Guarantor in favor of Borrower.
 
5.05-1

SCHEDULE 5.06
LITIGATION
1. Textainer Limited, Plaintiff vs. Bank of America, N.A., Defendant, in which Chang Sheng Trading Co., Inc. [CSTC NEVADA], Intervenor, intervened, Case No. CGC-04-431312, Superior Court for the County of San Francisco.
2. Five lawsuits have been filed in connection with the sale of the assets of six California limited partnerships, of which Textainer Equipment Management Ltd, Textainer Financial Services Corporation, Textainer Capital Corporation, and Textainer Limited are general partner or associate general partners. The assets were sold to RFH, Ltd., a Bermuda company with limited liability, of which FB Aviation & Intermodal Finance Holding B.V., an investment subsidiary of Fortis, is an equity owner:
a. In re: Textainer Partnership Securities Litigation, filed on March 8, 2005 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, Case No. C 05 0969 MMC (the “Federal Suit”); appeal pending, Craig, et al. v. TCC Equipment Income Fund, et al., in the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, No. 07- 15186;
b. Leonard Labow, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, v. Textainer Financial Services Corporation Textainer Equipment Management Limited; Textainer Limited; Textainer Capital Corporation Textainer Group Holdings Limited; John A Maccarone; and RFH Ltd.; TCC Equipment Income Fund, a California limited partnership; Textainer Equipment Income Fund II L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund II, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund IV, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund V, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Fund VI, L.P.; Nominal Defendants, filed on April 11, 2005 in the Superior Court of California, San Francisco County, Case No. CGC-05-440303 (the “Labow Suit”);
c. Michael Schwartz, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. Textainer Financial Services Corporation; Textainer Equipment Management Limited; Textainer Limited; Textainer Capital Corporation; Textainer Group Holdings Limited; John A Maccarone, Defendants; and TCC Equipment Income Fund, a California limited partnership, Textainer Equipment Income Fund II, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund III, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund IV, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund V, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Fund VI, L.P., Nominal Defendants, filed on July 18, 2005 in the Superior Court of California, San Francisco County, Case No. CGC 05443183 (the “Schwartz Suit”);
d. Alan P. Gordon, as Trustee for the Gordon Family Trust, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, Plaintiff, v. Textainer Financial Services Corporation; Textainer Equipment Management Limited; Textainer Limited; Textainer Capital Corporation; Textainer Group Holdings Limited; John A. Maccarone, Defendants, filed on November 30, 2005 in the Superior Court of California, San Francisco County, Case No. CGC 05-447199 (the “Gordon Suit”);
e. Stephen Craig, Plaintiff v. Textainer Financial Services Corporation; Textainer Equipment Management Limited; Textainer Limited; Textainer Capital Corporation, Defendants, filed on March 21, 2007 in the Superior Court of California, San Francisco County, Case No. CGC-07-46156.
 
5.06-1

The four state court actions have all been consolidated into a single proceeding titled In re Textainer Financial Services Corporation, et al., Case No. CGC 05140303.
 
5.06-2

SCHEDULE 5.08(b)
EXISTING LIENS
 
1.	Liens in connection with the TMCL Indenture and Related Documents (as defined in the TMCL Indenture).	
 
2.	Liens created in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement and predecessor financing document.	
 
3.	Liens in favor of CIT Group/Equipment Financing Inc. and documented by a charge with serial number 5225 filed in Bermuda.	
 
4.	Liens in favor of Internationale Nedelanden Lease Structured Finance B.V. and documented by a charge with serial number 5226 filed in Bermuda.	
 
5.08(b)-1

SCHEDULE 5.08(c)
INVESTMENTS IN EXCESS OF $1,000,000
 
1.	Various capital contributions made by Borrower and by Guarantor in Subsidiaries thereof.	
 
2.	See also Schedule 5.13.	
 
5.08(c)-1

SCHEDULE 5.09
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
None.
 
5.09-1

SCHEDULE 5.13
SUBSIDIARIES OF LOAN PARTIES;
EQUITY INTERESTS IN THE BORROWER;
OTHER EQUITY INVESTMENTS
Part (a). Subsidiaries.

  	  	Loan Party
Owner	  	Subsidiary Owned	  	Number and Class
of Shares Owned	
 	 	 	 	
1.	  	Guarantor	  	Textainer Limited	  	12,000 Ordinary	
 	 	 	 	
2.	  	Guarantor	  	TEM	  	100 Preference	
 	 	 	 	
3.	  	Guarantor
(through TEM)	  	Textainer Equipment Management (S) Pte Ltd	  	100,000 Ordinary	
 	 	 	 	
4.	  	Guarantor
(through TEM)	  	Textainer Equipment Management (US) Limited	  	1,000 Ordinary	
 	 	 	 	
5.	  	Guarantor
(through TEM)	  	Textainer Equipment Management (UK) Limited	  	1,000 Ordinary	
 	 	 	 	
6.	  	Guarantor	  	Textainer Capital Corporation	  	1,000 Ordinary1	
 	 	 	 	
7.	  	Borrower	  	TMCL	  	9,000 Class A
1 Class B	
 	 	 	 	
8.	  	Borrower	  	Textainer Asset Finance Limited	  	12,000 Ordinary	
 	 	 	 	
9.	  	Guarantor

(through Textainer Capital Corporation)	  	Textainer Financial Services Corporation	  	1,000 Ordinary2	
 	 	 	 	
10.	  	Borrower	  	Textainer Equipment Income Fund V-B, L.P.	  	Partnership	
 	 	 	 	
11.	  	Guarantor	  	Textainer Acquisition Services Limited	  	12,000 Ordinary	
Part (b). Owners of Equity Interests in the Borrower.
See item 1 of part (a) above.

1	Dormant	
 
5.13-1

Part (c). Loan Parties

Loan Party	  	Jurisdiction of
Incorporation	  	Address of
Principal Place of
Business	  	U.S. Taxpayer
Identification Number	
 	 	 	 	
Borrower	  	Bermuda	  	Century House
16 Par-la-Ville Road
Hamilton HM HX,
Bermuda	  	98-0530316	
 	 	 	 	
Guarantor	  	Bermuda	  	Century House
16 Par-la-Ville Road
Hamilton HM HX,
Bermuda	  	52-1865999	
 
5.13-2

SCHEDULE 7.08
AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS
 
1.	Purchases of property from Affiliates, the aggregate amount of which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of Borrower.	
 
2.	Transactions contemplated under TEM Management Agreement.	
 
3.	The payment of operating and administrative expenses by Borrower, Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries on behalf of TMCL, whether through a consulting agreement, administrative services agreement or by common agreement among the parties.	
 
4.	The purchase of inventory by Borrower, Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries on behalf of TMCL and the assignment and acceptance of such inventory.	
 
5.	See also Schedule 5.05.	
 
5.13-1

SCHEDULE 11.02
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OFFICE;
CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
BORROWER:
Century House
16 Par-la-Ville Road
Hamilton HM HX, Bermuda
Telephone: 441/292-2487
Facsimile: 441/295-4164
With a copy to:
Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited
650 California St., 16th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94108
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: 415/434-0551
Facsimile: 415/434-0599
GUARANTOR:
Century House
16 Par-la-Ville Road
Hamilton HM HX, Bermuda
Telephone: 441/292-2487
Facsimile: 441/295-4164
With a copy to:
Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited
650 California St., 16th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94108
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: 415/434-0551
Facsimile: 415/434-0599
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
Administrative Agent’s Office
For daily borrowing/repaying activity:
Michael Faidell
Credit Services Representative
Bank of America, N.A.
Mail Code: MA5-503-06-04
 
1

1 Federal St.
Boston, MA 02110
Phone: 617-434-0687
Fax: 617-310-3108
Email: michael.r.faidell@bankofamerica.com
Wire Instructions:
Bank of America, N.A., New York, NY
ABA #: 026-009-593
Acct.#: 1366180011281
Attn: MA Wire Clearing Account
Ref: Textainer Limited
For financial reporting requirements, bank group communications and Bank of America Logistics:
Primary: Matthew Correia
Agency Management Officer
Bank of America, N.A.
Mail Code: MA5-100-12-12
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
Telephone: 617-434-3663
Fax: 617-790-1354
Email: matthew.c.correia@bankofamerica.com
Secondary: Carol Alm
Agency Management Officer
Bank of America, N.A.
Telephone: 617-434-8748
Fax: 617-790-1353
Email: carol.g.alm@bankofamerica.com
L/C ISSUER:
Alfonso Malave
Trade Services
Bank of America, N.A.
PA6-580-02-30
1 Fleet Way
Scranton, PA
Telephone: 570-330-4212
Fax: 570-330-4186
Email: alfonso.malave@bankofamerica.com
 
2

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF LOAN NOTICE
Date:             ,         
 
To:	Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent	
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2008 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Textainer Limited (the “ Borrower ”), Textainer Group Holdings Limited, as guarantor, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
The undersigned hereby requests (select one):
¨ A Borrowing of Loans                            ¨ A conversion or continuation of Loans
 
 	1.	On                                                           (a Business Day).	
 
 	2.	In the amount of $                            .	
 
 	3.	Comprised of                                              .	
[Type of Loan requested]
 
 	4.	For Eurodollar Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of months.	
 
 	[5.	A completed Borrowing Base Certificate is attached hereto as Exhibit A.]2	
The Borrowing, if any, requested herein complies with the provisos to the first sentence of Section 2.01 of the Agreement.

TEXTAINER LIMITED	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	
Name:	 	 	
 	 	
Title:	 	 	
 
2	Omit in the case of any Loan Notice submitted solely in connection with any conversion or continuation of Loans.	
 
A - 1
Form of Loan Notice

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of              (this “Security Agreement”), is made by TEXTAINER LIMITED, an exempted company with limited liability organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Grantor ”), in favor of  B ANK OF  A MERICA , N.A. , not in its individual capacity, but solely as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns, in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) on behalf of the Secured Parties under and as defined in the Credit Agreement described below.
RECITALS
A. Grantor, Textainer Group Holdings Limited, an exempted company with limited liability organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (together with its successors and permitted assigns, “ TGH ”), and Agent have entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same hereafter may from time to time be amended, supplemented, modified or restated, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with certain Lenders and an L/C Issuer (each as defined therein), pursuant to which Secured Parties have agreed to extend and make available to Borrower certain Credit Extensions (as defined therein).
B. Lenders and the L/C Issuer are willing to make the Loans and other Credit Extensions to Grantor, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor shall have executed and delivered in favor of Secured Parties this Security Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce Lenders and the L/C Issuer to make the Credit Extensions and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, Grantor hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows:
1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, (a) the terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined, (b) all terms defined in the UCC and used herein shall have the same definitions herein as specified therein (however, if a term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC differently than in another Article of the UCC, the term has the meaning specified in Article 9) and (c) the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings being equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
“Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2 hereof.
“Container Related Agreement” means any agreement relating to the Pledged Containers or the use or management thereof, including but not limited to the Leases, the TEM Management Agreement and any other management agreements, in each case, solely to the extent relating to such Pledged Containers or the use or management thereof.
“Discharge of Secured Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 hereof.
 
B-1

“Permitted Liens” means any Liens on the Collateral which are not prohibited pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.
“Pledged Containers” means any and all Marine Containers that have not been expressly released from the Lien of this Security Agreement by Agent pursuant to  Section 3(d)  hereof.
“Secured Obligations” mean the Obligations.
“Security Agreement” means this Security Agreement and all Schedules hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or supplemented.
2. Grant of Security Interest. As collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all the Secured Obligations and in order to induce Secured Parties and Agent to enter into the Credit Agreement and to make the Credit Extensions in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, Grantor hereby collaterally assigns, conveys, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates and transfers to Agent, for itself and for the benefit of Secured Parties, and hereby grants to Agent, for itself and for the benefit of Secured Parties, a security interest in and to all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Grantor (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):
(a) All Pledged Containers;
(b) All accounts;
(c) All chattel paper;
(d) All documents;
(e) All general intangibles;
(f) All instruments;
(g) All inventory;
(h) All equipment;
(i) All letter-of-credit rights;
(j) All supporting obligations related to property listed in clauses (b) through (i) above; and
(k) All property of Grantor held by Agent or Secured Parties including, without limitation, all property of every description now or hereafter in the possession or custody of or in transit to Agent or Secured Parties for any purpose, including, without limitation, safekeeping, collection or pledge, for the account of Grantor, or as to which Grantor may have any right or power;
 
B-2

(l) To the extent not included above and without limiting the foregoing, the TEM Management Agreement, all Leases and all schedules, supplements, amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, and guarantees thereof in every case whether now owned or hereafter acquired and all amounts, rentals, proceeds and other sums of money due and to become due under the Container Related Agreements, including, without limitation, (i) all rental payments and other moneys, including all insurance payments and claims for losses due and to become due to the Grantor under, and all claims for damages arising out of the breach of, any Container Related Agreement; (ii) the right of the Grantor to terminate, perform under, or compel performance of the terms of the Container Related Agreements; and (iii) any guarantee of the Container Related Agreements and any rights of the Grantor in respect of any subleases or assignments permitted under the Container Related Agreements;
(m) Any and all payments made or due to Grantor in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any governmental body, authority or agency and any other cash or non-cash receipts from the sale, exchange, collection or other disposition of the Collateral; and
(n) All proceeds of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of each of the foregoing;
provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, there shall be excluded from the definition of Collateral and the grant hereunder of a Lien thereon and a security interest therein in favor of Agent, (i) all Collateral released from the Lien hereof by Agent pursuant to  Section 3(d)  hereof, and (ii) any Equity Interests in TMCL;  provided further , that the Agent hereby expressly disclaims any security interest in or Lien upon any right, title or interest of any third party (other than the Borrower) in any of the following: any Container Related Agreement, or any general intangible, instrument, letter of credit right, account, chattel paper, document, supporting obligation or proceeds relating to any Container Related Agreement, which does not arise out of or in any way relate to (but only to the extent such Collateral does not arise out or is not related to) the Pledged Containers.
3. Rights of Agent and Secured Parties; Collection of Accounts; Release of Collateral; Quiet Enjoyment.
(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Security Agreement to the contrary, Grantor expressly agrees that it shall remain liable under each of its Container Related Agreements and each of its licenses to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder and that it shall perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder, all in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions of each such Container Related Agreement or license. Secured Parties and Agent shall not have any obligation or liability under any Container Related Agreement or license by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement or the granting to Secured Parties and Agent of a Lien therein or the receipt by Secured Parties and Agent of any payment relating to any Container Related Agreement pursuant hereto, nor shall Secured Parties and Agent be required or obligated in any manner to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of Grantor under or pursuant to any Container Related Agreement, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance by any party
 
B-3

under any Container Related Agreement, or to present or file any claim, or to take any action to collect or enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.
(b) Secured Parties and Agent authorize Grantor to collect its accounts, provided that such collection is performed in a prudent and businesslike manner, and Agent may, during the continuance of any Event of Default and without notice, limit or terminate said authority at any time. If required by Agent at any time during the continuation of any Event of Default, any proceeds, when first collected by Grantor, received in payment of any such account or in payment for any of its pledged inventory or on account of any of its Container Related Agreements shall be promptly deposited by Grantor in precisely the form received (with all necessary endorsement) by Grantor in a special bank account maintained by Agent subject to withdrawal by Agent only, as hereinafter provided, and until so turned over shall be deemed to be held in trust by Grantor for and as Secured Parties’ property and shall not be commingled with Grantor’s other funds or properties. Such proceeds, when deposited, shall continue to be collateral security for all of the Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as hereinafter provided. Agent may, in its sole discretion, apply all or a part of the funds on deposit in said special account to the principal of or interest on or both in respect of any of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of  Section 7(d)  hereof, and any part of such funds which Agent elects not so to apply and deem not required as collateral security for the Secured Obligations shall be paid over from time to time by Agent to Grantor. If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the request of Agent, Grantor shall deliver to Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the sale and delivery of such inventory.
(c) Agent may at any time, during the continuance of any Event of Default, after first notifying Grantor of its intention to do so, notify account debtors of Grantor, parties to the Container Related Agreements of Grantor, Obligors in respect of pledged instruments of Grantor and obligors in respect of pledged chattel paper of Grantor that the accounts and the right, title and interest of Grantor in and under such Container Related Agreements, instruments, and chattel paper have been assigned to Agent and that payments shall be made directly to Agent. Upon the request of Agent, Grantor shall so notify such account debtors, parties to such Container Related Agreements, obligors in respect of such instruments and obligors in respect of such chattel paper. During the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent may, in its name, or in the name of others communicate with such account debtors, parties to such Container Related Agreements, obligors in respect of such instruments and Obligors in respect of such chattel paper to verify with such parties, to Agent’s satisfaction, the existence, amount and terms of any such accounts, Container Related Agreements, instruments or chattel paper.
(d) Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, Grantor has entered or will enter into various secured financing arrangements which require that Grantor maintain certain minimum collateral levels. Agent and Secured Parties acknowledge that the Secured Parties’ Lien on the Collateral may be released in accordance with  Section 9.10  of the Credit Agreement.
(e) The security interest hereby granted to Agent by Grantor is subject to the right of any lessee to the quiet enjoyment of the related Pledged Containers so long as such lessee is not in default under such Lease.
 
B-4

4. Representations and Warranties. Grantor hereby represents and warrants to Secured Parties and Agent that:
(a) Except for the Lien granted to Agent under this Security Agreement and other Permitted Liens, Grantor is the sole legal and equitable owner of each item of the Collateral in which it purports to grant a security interest hereunder, having good and marketable title thereto free and clear of any and all Liens other than Permitted Liens.
(b) No financing statement perfecting a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code of any state in the United States of America, and no document registering a charge under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, covering any of the Collateral, are on file in any public office in any such jurisdiction, excepting the financing statements and documents registering a charge filed or to be filed and registered or to be registered in respect of and for the security interest provided for herein or in the documents related to the Existing Credit Agreement. The Grantor has not executed or delivered, or filed with any public office, and has not authorized or permitted any other person to execute or deliver, or file with any public office, any financing statement, charge or other document perfecting any lien, claim or security interest under the law of any state in the United States of America, Bermuda, or any other jurisdiction in any of the Collateral, excepting the financing statements and documents registering a charge filed or to be filed and registered or to be registered in respect of and for the security interest provided for herein except for those relating to the Permitted Liens.  Schedule 5.08(b)  to the Credit Agreement contains a complete list of any existing security agreements or equivalent security or lien instruments regarding the Collateral.
(c) This Security Agreement creates a legal and valid security interest on and in all of the Collateral in which Grantor now has rights, and all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken. Accordingly, Agent has a fully perfected first priority security interest in all of the Collateral (other than Collateral in which a security interest can be perfected only by possession or control) in which Grantor now has rights and in which a security interest can be perfected by filing an initial financing statement on form UCC-1 in the United States or a Form 9 in Bermuda, subject only to the Permitted Liens. This Security Agreement will create a legal and valid and fully perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral (other than Collateral in which a security interest can be perfected only by possession or control) in which Grantor now has rights and in which a security interest can be perfected by filing an initial financing statement on form UCC-1 in the United States or a Form 9 in Bermuda, in which Grantor later acquires rights, when Grantor acquires those rights, subject only to the Permitted Liens.
(d) The Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any), and the location of the Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business or principal residence, as the case may be, are specified on  Schedule 5.13  to the Credit Agreement. The Grantor has furnished to the Agent certified organizational documents and a long-form good standing certificate as of a date which is recent to the date hereof.
(e) The amount represented by Grantor to Agent from time to time as owing by each account debtor or by all account debtors in respect of the pledged accounts of Grantor shall at such time be the correct amount actually and unconditionally owing by such account debtor thereunder.
 
B-5

(f) None of the Collateral is of type covered by a certificate of title or with respect to which a security interest or lien may or is required to be filed under, or notice thereof given under, any federal statute of the United States.
(g) The Leases are maintained at the offices of TEM, located at the addresses for TEM set forth in the TEM Management Agreement. The Grantor has received a written acknowledgment from TEM that it is holding the Leases on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Secured Parties. None of the Leases that constitute or evidence the Collateral have any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Agent.
(h) The Grantor has received all necessary consents and approvals required by the terms of the Collateral to the pledge to the Agent of its interest and rights in such Collateral hereunder.
(i) No creditor of the Grantor has in its possession any goods that constitute or evidence the Collateral.
5. Covenants. Grantor covenants and agrees with Secured Parties and Agent that from and after the date of this Security Agreement and until the Secured Obligations have been performed and paid in full:
5.1 Further Assurances; Pledge of Instruments. At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Agent, and at the sole expense of Grantor, Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Agent may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Security Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (a) using its best efforts to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the assignment to Agent of any Container Related Agreement or license held by Grantor or in which Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, (b) filing or cooperating with Agent in filing in any appropriate filing office in any appropriate jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral, regardless of whether any particular asset constituting Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC, and (ii) provide any other information required for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment (and in accordance therewith the Grantor (x) agrees to furnish any such information to the Agent promptly upon the Agent’s request and (y) ratifies the Agent’s filing prior to the date hereof, in any appropriate jurisdiction, of any Uniform Commercial Code initial financing statements or amendments thereto that have been reviewed and approved by Grantor), (c) filing or cooperating with Agent in filing any forms or other documents required to be filed in any foreign jurisdiction or under any international treaty or convention (including without limitation the UNIDROIT convention, if and when such convention becomes effective), required to secure or protect Secured Parties’ and Agent’s interest in the Collateral, (d) transferring Collateral to Agent’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by possession), and (e) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Grantor shall,
 
B-6

at the Grantor’s expense, take and cause to be taken all such actions as Agent may reasonably request in order to perfect and continue the perfection of the liens and security interests granted to Secured Parties and Agent in the Collateral, including, without limitation, compliance with the laws and regulations of any state or county relating to the perfection of security interests. Grantor hereby authorizes Agent to file, without the signature of Grantor, any financing statement or amendment thereto described in clause (b) above which is required to secure or protect Secured Parties’ and Agent’s interest in the Collateral;  provided  that, prior to making any such filing, Agent shall submit a draft of such filing to Grantor for its review and approval. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any instrument, such instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to Agent and delivered to Agent immediately upon Grantor’s receipt thereof if so requested by Agent.
5.2 Schedules. Grantor shall furnish Agent from time to time, at Agent’s request, with written statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral in such detail as the Agent may reasonably require.
5.3 Container Related Agreements. On Agent’s request, Grantor shall deliver the originals of any and all Container Related Agreements, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation, any equipment or rental schedules, other schedules, riders, addenda and supplements executed pursuant thereto, as the same may from time to time be amended or supplemented.
5.4 Maintenance of Records; Offices. Grantor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense complete records of the Collateral, including, without limitation, a record of all payments received and all credits granted with respect to the Collateral and all other dealings with the Collateral. Grantor shall not, during the continuance of this Security Agreement, remove or cause to be removed, except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, the records concerning the Collateral from the premises identified in  Section 4(d)  hereof without prior written notice to Agent. Grantor will not change its chief executive office or principal place of business except upon giving Agent fifteen (15) days prior written notice.
5.5 Indemnification. In any suit, proceeding or action brought by Secured Parties or Agent relating to the Collateral, any guarantee thereof or sublease or assignment permitted thereunder, for any installment of, or interest on, any rental or other sum owing thereunder, or to enforce any provisions of any of the Container Related Agreements, any guarantee thereof or sublease or assignment permitted thereunder, the Grantor will save, indemnify and keep the Secured Parties and Agent harmless from and against all expense, loss or damage suffered by reason of any defense, setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or reduction of liability whatsoever of any lessee or party under any Container Related Agreement, or any guarantor or sublessee or party thereunder or its successors, arising out of a breach by the Grantor or any company or individual related to Grantor of any obligation under any such Container Related Agreement or in respect of the Collateral covered by such Container Related Agreement or any sublease or assignment permitted thereunder or arising out of any other agreement, indebtedness or liability at any time owing to or in favor of such party or any such guarantor or sublessee or party or its successors from the Grantor. All of the foregoing obligations of Grantor shall be and remain enforceable against and only against Grantor and shall
 
B-7

not be enforceable against the Secured Parties or Agent or any party or parties in whom any of the rights of the lessor under any Container Related Agreement shall vest by reason of the successive assignments or transfers thereof.
5.6 Compliance with Terms of Accounts, etc. In all material respects, Grantor shall perform and comply with all of its obligations in respect of pledged accounts, chattel paper, Container Related Agreements and instruments.
5.7 Limitation on Liens on Collateral. Grantor shall not create, permit or suffer to exist, and shall defend the Collateral against and take such other action as is necessary to remove, any Lien on the Collateral, except (a) Permitted Liens and (b) the Lien granted to Agent under this Security Agreement. Grantor shall further defend the right, title and interest of Agent in and to any of Grantor’s rights under the pledged chattel paper, Container Related Agreements, documents, general intangibles, instruments, inventory and proceeds thereof against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever (other than holders of Permitted Liens).
5.8 Limitations on Modifications of Accounts, Etc. During the continuance of any Event of Default, Grantor shall not, without Agent’s prior written consent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the pledged accounts, chattel paper, instruments or amounts due under any Container Related Agreement or document, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon other than trade discounts granted in the ordinary course of business of Grantor and other adjustments and settlements made in accordance with Grantor’s standard credit policy and procedure.
5.9 Insurance.
(a) Maintenance of Insurance. The Grantor will, or will require each of its lessees pursuant to its Leases of Pledged Containers to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to its properties and business against such casualties and contingencies as shall be in accordance with general practices of businesses engaged in similar activities. Such insurance shall be in such minimum amounts that the Grantor will not be deemed co-insurer under applicable insurance laws, regulations and policies and otherwise shall be in such amounts, contain such terms, be in such forms and be for such periods as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. In addition, the Grantor shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such insurance maintained by (or on behalf of) the Grantor to be payable to the Agent as a loss payee (or co-loss payee). In the event the Grantor receives any proceeds from any such insurance maintained by lessees of Pledged Containers, the Grantor shall promptly notify the Agent of the same and shall use reasonable efforts to cause such proceeds to be disbursed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Grantor will (a) keep all of its physical property (other than Pledged Containers and other equipment comprising Collateral which are subject to Leases in which the Grantor, pursuant to such Leases, has required the lessees thereunder to maintain insurance with respect thereto) with casualty or physical hazard insurance on an “all risks” basis, with broad form flood and earthquake coverages and electronic data processing coverage, with a depreciated replacement value endorsement and an “agreed amount” clause in an amount equal to 100% of the depreciated replacement value of such property, and (b) maintain, in amounts and with
 
B-8

deductibles equal to those generally maintained by businesses engaged in similar activities, general public liability insurance against claims of bodily injury, death or property damage occurring, on, in or about the properties of the Grantor.
(b) Insurance Proceeds. During the continuance of an Event of Default, the proceeds of any casualty insurance in respect of any casualty loss of any of the Collateral shall, subject to the rights, if any, of other parties with an interest having priority in the property covered thereby, be paid to the Grantor or the Agent as their interests may appear.
(c) Continuation of Insurance. All policies of insurance maintained by the Grantor shall provide for at least thirty (30) days (or 10 days, in the case of cancellation for nonpayment of premium) prior written cancellation notice to the Agent. Likewise, the Grantor shall use reasonable efforts to cause such policies of insurance maintained by its lessees to provide for at least thirty (30) (or 10 days, in the case of cancellation for nonpayment of premium) days prior written cancellation notice to the Grantor. In the event the Grantor receives a cancellation notice with respect to any policy of insurance maintained by the Grantor, the Grantor shall promptly provide notice of the same to the Agent. In the event of failure by the Grantor to provide and maintain insurance as herein provided, the Agent may upon prior written notice to the Grantor, at its option, provide such insurance and charge the amount thereof to the Grantor. The Grantor shall furnish the Agent with documentation evidencing compliance with the foregoing insurance provision.
5.10 Taxes, Assessements, Etc. Grantor shall pay all Federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon the inventory, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.
5.11 Limitations on Disposition. Grantor shall keep the Collateral separate and identifiable from other property located on the same premises of Grantor as the Collateral and Grantor shall not Dispose of any of the Collateral in contravention of  Section 7.05  of the Credit Agreement.
5.12 Further Identification of Collateral.
(a) Grantor shall, if so requested by Agent, furnish to Agent, as often as Agent shall reasonably request, statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail;
(b) Grantor shall, if so requested by Agent, stamp or cause to be stamped on the first and signature pages of all executed counterparts of the TEM Management Agreement a clear and conspicuous legend reading substantially as follows:
“CERTAINRIGHTSUNDERANDPROCEEDSOFTHIS AGREEMENTARESUBJECTTOASECURITYINTERESTIN FAVOR OF ONE OR MORE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS .”
 
B-9

The Grantor further agrees that it will maintain such legend on each such original so long thereafter as this Security Agreement remains effective. The Grantor will deliver, or cause to be delivered, all such original counterparts to the Agent upon the reasonable request of the Required Lenders if no Event of Default shall then be in effect, or upon the request therefor of the Required Lenders exercised in their sole discretion if an Event of Default shall then be in effect, or if the purpose of said request is to determine that an Event of Default has occurred, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would occur, or has been cured.
5.13 Notices. Grantor shall advise Agent promptly, in reasonable detail, of (a) any material Lien, other than Permitted Liens, attaching to or asserted against any of the Collateral, (b) any material change in the composition of the Collateral and (c) the occurrence of any other event which would have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Collateral or on the Lien created hereunder.
5.14 Right of Inspection and Audit. Grantor shall permit representatives and independent contractors of the Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to conduct audits and make physical verifications of inventory and test verifications of the accounts, and to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors and officers, all at such reasonable times (but no more frequently than twice per year) during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to Grantor;  provided that , so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Grantor shall, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, only be required to reimburse the Agent for costs and expenses incurred in connection with one such inspection per year;  provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists the Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of Grantor at any time (without limitation regarding frequency) during normal business hours and without advance notice.
5.15 Maintenance of Facilities. Grantor shall maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in accordance with the requirements of  Section 6.06  of the Credit Agreement.
5.16 Continuous Perfection. Grantor shall not change its name, identity or corporate structure, its place of business, its chief executive office, its mailing address or organizational identification number in any manner which might make any financing or continuation statement filed in connection herewith seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the UCC (or any other then applicable provision of the UCC) unless Grantor shall have given Agent at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice thereof and shall have taken all action (or made arrangements to take such action substantially simultaneously with such change if it is impossible to take such action in advance) necessary or reasonably requested by Agent to amend such financing statement or continuation statement so that it is not seriously misleading.
5.17 Documents in Trust. The Grantor will hold all documents in its possession which constitute Collateral (including all Leases (to the extent such Leases are not in the possession of TEM) and policies of insurance covering any Pledged Container) in trust for the Agent and Secured Parties and will keep the same safe and not defaced.
 
B-10

5.18 Books and Records. The Grantor will make appropriate entries in its books or records from time to time indicating the security interest created by this Security Agreement and the interest of the Agent and Secured Parties in the Collateral.
5.19 Serial Numbers. The Grantor will monitor and use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the obligations of TEM to cause each Pledged Container to be inscribed with the serial number therefor and will endeavor in good faith to ensure that such serial number remains thereon and legible so long as such Pledged Container remains subject to the lien created by this Security Agreement.
5.20 Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records. If the Collateral at any time includes any electronic chattel paper, any electronic document or any “transferable record,” as that term is defined in Section 7021 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in §16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, the Grantor shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, at the request and option of the Agent, shall take such action as the Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Agent control, under §9-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code of such electronic chattel paper, control, under §7-106 of the Uniform Commercial Code, of such electronic document or control, under Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, §16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record.
5.21 Representations and Warranties Concerning Collateral, Etc. The Grantor further represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Agent that (i) none of the Collateral constitutes, or is the proceeds of, “farm products” as defined in §9-102(a)(34) of the UCC, and (ii) the Grantor holds no commercial tort claim.
6. Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact.
(a) Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Agent, and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of Grantor and in the name of Grantor or in its own name, from time to time at Agent’s discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Security Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby gives Agent the power and the right, on behalf of Grantor, without notice to or assent by Grantor, to do the following:
(i) to ask, demand, collect, receive and give acquittances and receipts for any and all monies due or to become due under any Collateral and, in the name of Grantor in its own name or otherwise to take possession of, endorse and collect any checks, drafts, note, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of monies due under any Collateral and to file any claim or to take or commence any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such monies due under any Collateral whenever payable;
 
B-11

(ii) to pay or discharge any Liens, including, without limitation, any tax lien, levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, to effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Security Agreement and to pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof; and
(iii) to (1) direct any person liable for any payment under or in respect of any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due or to become due thereunder directly to Agent or as Agent shall direct, (2) receive payment of any and all monies, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time arising out of or in respect of any Collateral, (3) sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with accounts and other instruments and documents constituting or relating to the Collateral, (4) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any part thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral, (5) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against Grantor with respect to any Collateral, (6) settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described above and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as Agent may deem appropriate, and (7) sell, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at Agent’s option and Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which Agent may reasonably deem necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and Agent’s Lien therein in order to effect the intent of this Security Agreement, all as fully and effectively as Grantor might do.
(b) Agent agrees that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, it shall not exercise the power of attorney or any rights granted to Agent pursuant to this  Section 6 . Grantor hereby ratifies, to the extent permitted by law, all that said attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof and in accordance with the terms hereof. The power of attorney granted pursuant to this  Section 6  is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until the Secured Obligations are paid and performed in full.
(c) The powers conferred on Agent hereunder are solely to protect Secured Parties’ and Agent’s interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Agent or Secured Parties to exercise any such powers. Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives shall be responsible to Grantor for any act or failure to act, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(d) Grantor also authorizes Agent, at any time and from time to time during the continuance of any Event of Default, to (i) communicate in its own name with any party to any Container Related Agreement with regard to the assignment of the right, title and interest of Grantor in and under the Container Related Agreements hereunder and other matters relating thereto and (ii) execute, in connection with the sale of Collateral provided for in  Section 7  hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral.
 
B-12

(e) If Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein and Agent, as provided for by the terms of this Security Agreement, shall perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement, the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, of Agent incurred in connection with such performance or compliance, together with interest thereon at the rate then in effect in respect of the Loans, shall be payable by Grantor to Agent on demand and shall constitute Secured Obligations secured hereby.
7. Rights and Remedies Upon Default.
(a) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Secured Parties or Agent may exercise in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it under this Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Grantor expressly agrees that in any such event Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or notice of any kind (except the notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon Grantor or any other person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and notices are hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the UCC and other applicable law), may forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give an option or options to purchase or sell or otherwise dispose of and deliver said Collateral (or contract to do so), or any part thereof, in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange or broker’s board or at any of Agent’s offices or elsewhere at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. Secured Parties and Agent shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of said Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption, which equity of redemption Grantor hereby releases. Grantor further agrees, at Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Agent at places which Agent shall reasonably select, whether at Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. If any Collateral shall require rebuilding, repairing, maintenance, preparation, or is in process or other unfinished state, the Agent shall have the right, at its option, to do such rebuilding, repairing, preparation, processing or completion of manufacturing, for the purpose of putting the Collateral in such salable or disposable form as it shall deem appropriate. Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization or sale as provided in  Section 7(d)  hereof, Grantor remaining liable with respect to its Obligations to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral granted by it hereunder and the aggregate amount of such Obligations, and only after so paying over such net proceeds and after the payment by Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including any applicable provision of Article 9 of the UCC, need Agent account for the surplus, if any, to Grantor. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Grantor waives all claims, damages, and demands against Secured Parties and Agent arising out of the repossession, retention or sale of the Collateral except such as arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Parties or Agent. Grantor agrees that Agent need not give more than ten (10) days’ notice (which notification shall be deemed given when mailed or delivered on an overnight basis, postage prepaid, addressed to Grantor at its address referred to on the signature page of the Credit Agreement) of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which a private sale may take place and that such notice is reasonable notification of such matters.
 
B-13

Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay all amounts to which Secured Parties and Agent are entitled, Grantor also being liable for the reasonable fees of any attorneys employed by Secured Parties and Agent to collect such deficiency.
(b) Grantor also agrees to pay all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Secured Parties (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Secured Parties), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Security Agreement.
(c) Grantor hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or any notice (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) of any kind in connection with this Security Agreement or any Collateral.
(d) The proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be distributed by Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, in the order set forth in  Section 8.03  of the Credit Agreement.
(e) To the extent permitted by applicable law, Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands against the Agent and Secured Parties arising out of the repossession, removal, retention, sale or lease of the Collateral except to extent the same claims, damages and demands are due to Agent or Secured Parties’ gross negligence or willful misconduct.
8. Limitation on Agent’s Duty in Respect of Collateral. Agent shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in the custody, preservation and disposition of any of the Collateral if it takes such action as Agent would take in the custody, preservation and disposition of its own property, or, if applicable, as Grantor requests in writing (provided that failure of Agent to comply with any such request shall not in itself be deemed a failure to act reasonably, and no failure of Agent to do any act not so requested shall be deemed a failure to act reasonably).
9. Termination; Reinstatement. This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until all Secured Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Security Agreement are indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Aggregate Commitments and the Secured Obligations are terminated (“ Discharge of Secured Obligations ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Security Agreement shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Grantor is made, or any of the Secured Parties exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Secured Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any of the Secured Parties in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not the Secured Parties are in possession of or have released this Security Agreement and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of the Grantor under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Security Agreement.
 
B-14

10. Miscellaneous.
10.1 Notices. Any notice or other communication hereunder to any party shall be addressed and delivered (and shall be deemed given) in accordance with the Credit Agreement.
10.2 Severability. Any provision of this Security Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibitions or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10.3 Headings. The various headings in this Security Agreement are issued for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Security Agreement or any provisions hereof.
10.4 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Amendments.
(a) Secured Parties and Agent shall not be deemed to have waived any of their respective rights and remedies in respect of the Secured Obligations or the Collateral unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and Secured Parties. No delay or omission on the part of the Agent or Secured Parties in exercising any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver of such right or remedy or any other right or remedy. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion.
(b) All rights and remedies of the Agent and Secured Parties with respect to the Secured Obligations or the Collateral, whether evidenced hereby or by any other instrument or papers, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly, alternatively, successively or concurrently at such time or at such times as the Agent and/or Secured Parties deem expedient, and are not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.
(c) None of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement may be altered, modified or amended except by an instrument in writing, duly executed by Grantor, Secured Parties and Agent.
10.5 Termination of Lien. Upon the Discharge of Secured Obligations, the Lien herein granted automatically shall be released, and Agent, at the cost and expense of the Grantor, shall do and execute all such acts, things and instruments as are reasonably requested by Grantor to effect such release.
10.6 Successor and Assigns. This Security Agreement and all obligations of Grantor hereunder shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Grantor, and shall, together with the rights and remedies of Secured Parties or Agent hereunder, inure to the benefit of Secured Parties and Agent, any future holder of any Note and their respective successors and assigns. No sales of participations, other sales, assignments, transfers or other dispositions of any agreement governing or instrument evidencing the Secured Obligations or any portion thereof or interest therein shall in any manner affect the Lien granted to Agent hereunder.
 
B-15

10.7 Further Indemnification. Grantor agrees to pay, and to save Secured Parties and Agent, and each of them, harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales or other similar taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Security Agreement.
10.8 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION, ETC.
(a) THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION, AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OF THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTERESTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, OR THE REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY COLLATERAL ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK.
(b)SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AGAINST THE GRANTOR OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(c)WAIVER OF VENUE. GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
 
B-16

(d)SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN  SECTION 11.02  OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
10.9 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
10.10 Grantor Receipt. The Grantor acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Security Agreement.
10.11 Counterparts. This Security Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Except as provided in  Section 4.01  of the Credit Agreement, this Security Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the parties listed in the caption hereto and when the Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Security Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Security Agreement.
10.12 Direction of Agent. Any actions taken by the Agent under this Security Agreement may be as directed by the Required Lenders (or, to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement, each of the Secured Parties).
 
B-17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer on the date first set forth above.

GRANTOR :	
TEXTAINER LIMITED, a Bermuda exempted
company	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Printed Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	

ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY:	
BANKOF AMERICA, N.A., as Agent	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Printed Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF NOTE
________________
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to                      or registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2008 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, Textainer Group Holdings Limited, as guarantor, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.
This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.
 
C - 1
Form of note

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

TEXTAINER LIMITED	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	
 
C - 2
Form of Note

LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

Date	 	Type of
Loan Made	 	Amount of
Loan Made	 	End of
Interest
Period	 	Amount of
Principal or
Interest
Paid This
Date	 	Outstanding
Principal
Balance
This Date	 	Notation
Made By	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 
C - 3
Form of Note

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Financial Statement Date:             , 20    
To: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2008 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Textainer Limited (the “ Borrower ”), Textainer Group Holdings Limited, as guarantor, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
The undersigned Responsible Officers of the Borrower and the Guarantor hereby certify as of the date hereof that they are the                      and                       of the Borrower and Guarantor, respectively, and that, as such, they are authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Administrative Agent on the behalf of the Borrower and Guarantor, respectively, and that:
[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements]
1. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the year-end audited (except with respect to the Borrower, which may be unaudited) financial statements required by  Section 6.01(a)  of the Agreement for the fiscal year ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section.
[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements]
1. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the unaudited financial statements required by Section 6.01(b) of the Agreement for the fiscal quarter ended as of the above date. Such financial statements fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the applicable Persons in accordance with GAAP as at such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
2. The undersigned have reviewed and are familiar with the terms of the Agreement and have made, or has caused to be made under their supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the Guarantor, respectively, during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.
3. A review of the activities of the Borrower and the Guarantor during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period each of the Borrower and the Guarantor performed and observed all its Obligations under the Loan Documents, and
[select one:]
 
D - 1
Form of Compliance Certificate

[to the best knowledge of the undersigned during such fiscal period, each of the Borrower and the Guarantor performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it, and no Default has occurred and is continuing.]
—or—
[the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its nature and status:]
5. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate as of                     , 20    .

TEXTAINER LIMITED	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	
 
D - 2
Form of Compliance Certificate

For             the             Quarter/Year ended                      (“Statement Date”)
SCHEDULE 2
to the Compliance Certificate
($ in 000’s)
[ATTACH FINANCIAL COVENANT CALCULATIONS]
 
D - 3
Form of Compliance Certificate

EXHIBIT E
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (this “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each] Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignor ”) and [the][each] Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignee ”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors][the Assignees] hereunder are several and not joint.] Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees], and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor][the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of [the Assignor’s][the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor][the respective Assignors] under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, the Letters of Credit included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the][any] Assignor to [the][any] Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as [the][an] “ Assigned Interest ”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.

 	 	 	 	
1.	  	Assignor[s]:	  	 	  	 	

 	 	 	 	
2.	  	Assignee[s]:	  	 	  	 	

 	 	
[for each Assignee, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [identify Lender]]	  	 	
 	 	 	 	
3.	  	Borrower(s):	  	 	  	 	
 
4.	Administrative Agent: Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement	
 
5.	Credit Agreement: Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2008, among Textainer Limited (the “Borrower”), Textainer Group Holdings Limited, as guarantor, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer	
 
E - 1 - 1
Form of Assignment and Assumption

6.	Assigned Interest[s]:	

Assignor[s]	  	Assignee[s]	  	Aggregate
Amount of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders	  	Amount
of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned	  	Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/
Loans	 	 	CUSIP
Number	
 	  	 	  	$	________________	  	$	_________	  	____________	%	 	 	
 	  	 	  	$	________________	  	$	_________	  	____________	%	 	 	
 	  	 	  	$	________________	  	$	_________	  	____________	%	 	 	
 
[7.	Trade Date:                    ]	
Effective Date:                     , 20             [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

ASSIGNOR	
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Title:	
 	
ASSIGNEE	
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Title:	

[Consented to and] Accepted:	
 	
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as	
    Administrative Agent	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Title:	

[Consented to:]	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Title:	
 
E - 1 - 2
Form of Assignment and Assumption

ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
[                        ]
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
1. Representations and Warranties.
1.1. Assignor. [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the][[the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the][such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any Collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.
1.2. Assignee. [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by [the][such] Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire [the][such] Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section                thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by [the][such] Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, [the][any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
 
E -1- 3
Form of Assignment and Assumption

2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the][the relevant] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.
3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of                        [ confirm that choice of law provision parallels the Credit Agreement ].
 
E -1- 4
Form of Assignment and Assumption

EXHIBIT E-2
ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE
[ON FILE WITH AGENT]
 
E -2- 1
Form of Assignment and Assumption

EXHIBIT F
OPINION MATTERS
The matters contained in the following Sections of the Credit Agreement should be covered by the legal opinion:
 
 	•	 	Section 5.01(a), (b) and (c)	
 
 	•	 	Section 5.02	
 
 	•	 	Section 5.03	
 
 	•	 	Section 5.04	
 
 	•	 	Section 5.06	
 
 	•	 	Section 5.14(b)	
 
 	•	 	Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 – all shares specified therein are issued, fully paid and non-accessible (which term when used herein means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issuance thereof)	
[Add other matters as appropriate to the transaction]
 
F - 1
Option Matters

EXHIBIT G
FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
[DATE]
Bank of America, N.A.
Mail Code: MA5-100-12-12
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
Attention: Matthew C. Correia
Telephone: 617-434-3663
Fax: 617-790-1354
Email: matthew.c.correia@bankofamerica.com
 
Re:	Credit Agreement dated as of April __, 2008 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Textainer Limited, a Bermuda company (“ Borrower ”), Textainer Group Holdings Limited, a Bermuda company, Bank of America, N.A. (“BoA”) and each other lender from time to time party to the Agreement, and BoA as Administrative Agent and as L/C Issuer.	
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement. The capitalized terms used in this Borrowing Base Certificate and not defined herein have the same meaning as given to them in the Credit Agreement.
Pursuant to Section 6.02(e) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby certifies that the information furnished in Schedule 1 attached hereto [was true, accurate and complete as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of this Borrowing Base Certificate] 3  [shall be true, accurate and complete as of the funding date of the Borrowing requested in the Loan Notice that accompanies this Borrowing Base Certificate] 4 [shall be true, accurate and complete as of the date of release of Collateral in connection with which this Borrowing Base Certificate is being delivered] 5 . The calculation of each item is subject to the more detailed description thereof set forth in the Credit Agreement.
 
3	Use first set of bracketed text in any Borrowing Base Certificate delivered as a regular monthly reporting requirement.	
 
4	Use second set of bracketed text in any Borrowing Base Certificate delivered with any Loan Notice.	
 
5	Use third set of bracketed text in any Borrowing Base Certificate delivered in advance of a release of Collateral.	
 
G - 1
Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

[The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement, in each other Loan Document and in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with any Loan Document, are true and correct on and as of as of the funding date of the Borrowing requested in the Loan Notice that accompanies this Borrowing Base Certificate, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, and except that, for purposes of Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of  Section 5.05  of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of  Section 6.01  of the Credit Agreement.] 6
The Borrower does not have knowledge of the existence as of the date hereof, of any Default or Event of Default[, except for:                     ]7.
[SIGNATURE TO FOLLOW]

6	Include bracketed second paragraph only in any Borrowing Base Certificate delivered with a Loan Notice.	
 
7	If applicable, include description of any Default or Event of Default, including information regarding the nature and period of existence thereof and what action Borrower has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto.	
 
G - 2
Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Borrowing Base Certificate is executed by the undersigned this                     , 20__.

TEXTAINER LIMITED	
 	 	
By	 	 	
 	 	Name:	
 	 	Title:	
 
G - 3
Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

SCHEDULE 1
to Borrowing Base Certificate
Calculation of Borrowing Base
[see attached]
 
G - 4
Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

EXHIBIT H
CONTAINER DEPRECIATION POLICY
Leased Containers:
Purchased New:
Depreciated on a straight line basis over 12-year period to an estimated residual value
Purchased Used:
Depreciated on a straight line basis over the remaining useful life to an estimated dollar residual value
Trading Marine Containers
Not depreciated
 
H - 1
Depreciation Policy

EXHIBIT I
FORM OF PLEDGE AGREEMENT
THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “ Pledge Agreement ”) is entered into as of               , by  T EXTAINER  G ROUP  H OLDINGS  L IMITED , an exempted company with limited liability organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda having its registered office at Century House, 16 Par-la-ville Road, Hamilton HM 08, Bermuda (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Pledgor ”), in favor of  B ANK OF  A MERICA , N.A. , not in its individual capacity, but solely as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns, in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) on behalf of the Secured Parties under and as defined in the Credit Agreement described below.
RECITALS
A. Pledgor, Textainer Limited, an exempted company with limited liability organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Borrower ”), and Agent have entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same hereafter may from time to time be amended, supplemented, modified or restated, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with certain Lenders and an L/C Issuer (each as defined therein), pursuant to which Secured Parties have agreed to extend and make available to Borrower certain Credit Extensions (as defined therein) and Pledgor has guaranteed the Obligations (as defined therein) of Borrower.
B. Pledgor is the record and beneficial owner of the Pledged Shares (as defined below).
C. Pledgor, as the beneficial and record owner of 100% of the Pledged Shares and as a party to the Credit Agreement, has obtained and will obtain substantial direct and indirect economic benefit from the Credit Extensions made available by Lenders and the L/C Issuer to Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
D. Lenders and the L/C Issuer are willing to make the Loans and other Credit Extensions to Borrower, but only upon the condition, among others, that Pledgor shall have executed and delivered in favor of Secured Parties this Pledge Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce Lenders and the L/C Issuer to make the Credit Extensions and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, Pledgor hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows:
Section 1. Definitions.
1.1 All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement
 
I - 1
Form of Pledge Agreement

1.2 “Pledged Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 hereof.
1.3 “Pledged Shares” means 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Borrower, as such Pledged Shares are described in Schedule I  attached hereto, which  Schedule I  is incorporated herein by this reference and may be amended or supplemented pursuant to the terms of this Pledge Agreement.
1.4 “Proceeds”, when used herein, shall mean “proceeds,” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a) of the UCC.
Section 2.  Pledge. As security for the Obligations, Pledgor hereby pledges to Agent and Secured Parties, and grants to Agent and Secured Parties a first priority security interest in all of the Pledgor’s right, title and interest in and to (all of the following collectively, the “ Pledged Collateral ”):
(a) the Pledged Shares and the certificates representing the Pledged Shares;
(b) all additional preference shares of Borrower from time to time acquired by Pledgor in any manner (which additional preference shares shall be deemed to be part of the Pledged Shares);
(c) all Proceeds, income and payments of the foregoing, including without limitation all dividends, cash, instruments, and other property from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange therefor, and all rights and privileges with respect to the foregoing.
In furtherance of the foregoing, this Pledge Agreement is intended to create a “fixed charge” on the Pledged Collateral under the laws of Bermuda.
Section 3.  Delivery of Pledged Collateral.
(a) Until the Maturity Date, Pledgor shall deliver (and irrevocably instructs Borrower to deliver) to or upon the order of Agent any and all additional shares of stock comprising Pledged Collateral not delivered pursuant to subsection (b) below.
(b) Simultaneously with the delivery of this Pledge Agreement, Pledgor is delivering to or upon the order of Agent all certificated securities (including, without limitation, certificated instruments and stock certificates) representing the Pledged Shares, together with stock powers duly executed in blank by Pledgor. Pledgor shall promptly deliver to Agent, or cause Borrower to deliver directly to Agent, (i) share certificates or other instruments representing any Pledged Shares acquired or received by Pledgor after the date of this Pledge Agreement and (ii) a stock power duly executed in blank by Pledgor. If at any time Agent notifies Pledgor that it requires additional stock powers endorsed in blank, Pledgor shall promptly execute in blank and deliver the requested power(s) to Agent.
 
2

Section 4. Power of Attorney; Rights of Agent and Secured Parties.
(a) The Pledgor hereby constitutes and irrevocably appoints the Agent with full power of substitution and revocation, as the Pledgor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with the power, at any time during the continuation of an Event of Default (after giving effect to any applicable grace and/or cure period), to the full extent permitted by law, to affix to any certificates and documents representing the Pledged Collateral the instruments of transfer delivered with respect thereto, and to transfer or cause the transfer of the Pledged Collateral, or any part thereof, on the books of Borrower or other entity issuing such Pledged Collateral, to the name of the Agent or any nominee, and thereafter to exercise with respect to such Pledged Collateral, all the rights, powers and remedies of an owner. In addition, Pledgor hereby constitutes and irrevocably appoints Agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, as Pledgor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with the power, to the full extent permitted by law, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and in accordance with applicable law, to vote as proxy the Pledged Shares at a meeting, or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting. The power of attorney granted pursuant to this Pledge Agreement and all authority hereby conferred are granted and conferred solely to protect the Agent’s interest in the Pledged Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Agent to exercise any power. This power of attorney shall be irrevocable as one coupled with an interest until the Discharge of Obligations (as defined in  Section 12  hereof).
(b) The Agent or any Lender may pay or discharge any Liens, including, without limitation, any tax lien, levied or placed on or threatened against the Pledged Collateral, if Pledgor has not paid or discharged such Lien within the time specified therefor in the Credit Agreement. In the case of any such payment or discharge by Agent, the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, of Agent incurred in connection therewith, together with interest thereon at the rate then in effect in respect of the Loans, shall be payable by Pledgor to Agent on demand and shall constitute Obligations secured hereby.
(c) At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Agent, and at the sole expense of Pledgor, Pledgor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Agent may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Pledge Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (a) filing or cooperating with Agent in filing in any appropriate filing office in any appropriate jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Pledged Collateral, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Pledged Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC, and (ii) provide any other information required for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment (and in accordance therewith the Pledgor (x) agrees to furnish any such information to the Agent promptly upon the Agent’s request and (y) ratifies the Agent’s filing prior to the date hereof, in any appropriate jurisdiction, of any Uniform Commercial Code initial financing statements or amendments thereto that have been reviewed and approved by Pledgor), (b) filing or cooperating with Agent in filing any forms or other documents required to be filed in any foreign jurisdiction or under any international treaty, required to secure or protect Secured Parties’ and Agent’s interest in the Pledged Collateral, (c) transferring the Pledged Collateral to Agent’s possession (if a security interest in such Pledged Collateral can be perfected only by possession), and (d) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pledgor shall, at the Pledgor’s expense, take and cause to be taken all such actions as Agent may reasonably request in order to perfect and continue the perfection of the liens and security interests granted to
 
3

Secured Parties and Agent in the Pledged Collateral, including, without limitation, compliance with the laws and regulations of any applicable state or county relating to the perfection of security interests. Pledgor hereby authorizes Agent to file, without the signature of Pledgor, any financing statement or amendment thereto described in clause (a) above which is required to secure or protect Secured Parties’ and Agent’s interest in the Pledged Collateral.
Section 5.  Security Agreement. This Pledge Agreement shall constitute a “security agreement” within the meaning of the UCC. Pledgor, by executing and delivering this Pledge Agreement, has granted and hereby grants to Agent, as security for Pledgor’s performance, a security interest in the Pledged Collateral that may be subject to the UCC.
Section 6. Representations and Warranties. Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to Secured Parties and Agent as follows:
(a) The Pledged Shares are validly issued, fully paid for and non-assessable. The Pledgor is the owner of all of the authorized, issued and outstanding ordinary shares of Borrower.
(b) The Pledgor is the sole legal owner of, and has good and marketable title to, the Pledged Shares, free and clear of all Liens other than the security interest created by this Pledge Agreement; the Pledgor has the unqualified right and authority to execute and perform this Pledge Agreement.
(c) No options, warrants or other agreements with respect to the Pledged Shares are outstanding; there are no preference shares or other classes of share capital of Borrower outstanding as of the Closing Date.
(d) Any consent, approval or authorization of or designation or filing with any authority, to the extent permitted by law, on the part of the Pledgor which is required in connection with the pledge and security interest granted under this Pledge Agreement has been obtained or effected.
(e) Pledgor is solvent on the date hereof and will not become insolvent as a result of the pledge.
(f) Upon the Pledgor’s delivery of the Pledged Shares to the Agent and registration of a charge under Bermuda law, the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, will have a valid, perfected first priority Lien on such Pledged Collateral.
(g) This Pledge Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Pledgor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be subject to or limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors and by general principles of equity.
(h) Pledgor warrants and represents to Secured Parties and Agent that all representations and warranties contained in this Pledge Agreement shall be true, accurate and complete at the time of Pledgor’s execution of this Pledge Agreement and shall survive and have a continuing effect until the Discharge of Obligations.
 
4

Section 7.  Covenants of Pledgor. Pledgor covenants and agrees, until the Discharge of Obligations, that:
(a) Without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, Pledgor shall not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, grant a Lien on, or otherwise encumber, any of Pledgor’s rights in or to the Pledged Collateral.
(b) Pledgor shall, at Pledgor’s own expense, promptly execute, acknowledge, and deliver all such instruments as Secured Parties and Agent from time to time may reasonably request in order to ensure to Secured Parties and Agent the benefits of the Lien in and to the Pledged Collateral intended to be created by this Pledge Agreement.
(c) Pledgor shall maintain, preserve and defend the title to the Pledged Collateral and the Lien of Secured Parties and Agent thereon.
(d) [RESERVED]
(e) Pledgor will not (i) vote to enable or take any other action to permit the Borrower to issue any stock or other equity securities or interests of any nature or to issue any other securities convertible into or granting the right to purchase or exchange for any stock or other equity securities or interests of the Borrower or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Pledged Shares.
(f) Pledgor shall not file or cause or suffer to be filed with respect to the Borrower a voluntary petition in bankruptcy to seek relief for the Borrower under any provision of any bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, delinquency, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect, or consent to the filing of any petition against the Borrower under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, conservator, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official for the Borrower or of all or any part of Borrower’s property, or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Borrower.
(g) Pledgor shall not amend, nor consent to the amendment of the Borrower’s organization documents or bye-laws without the prior written consent of the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
Section 8. Pledgor’s Rights. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:
(a) Pledgor shall have the right, from time to time, to vote and give consents with respect to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof; provided, however,  that no vote shall be cast, and no consent shall be given or action taken, which would have the effect of impairing the position or interest of Secured Parties and Agent in respect of the Pledged Collateral or which would authorize or effect (except as and to the extent expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement) (i) the dissolution or liquidation, in whole or in part, of Borrower; (ii) the
 
5

amalgamation, consolidation or merger of Borrower with any other Person; (iii) a change in the domicile or the reincorporation or other reorganization of Borrower; (iv) the sale, disposition, or encumbrance of all or substantially all of the assets of Borrower; (v) any change in the authorized number of shares, the stated capital, or the authorized share capital of Borrower or the issuance of any additional shares of Borrower; or (vi) the alteration of the voting rights with respect to Borrower’s shares; and
(b) Pledgor shall be entitled, from time to time, to collect and receive for Pledgor’s own use any cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Shares, except dividends and other distributions paid or payable in cash in respect of any Pledged Collateral in connection with a partial or total liquidation or dissolution of Borrower;  provided, however,  that until actually paid, all rights to any such permitted dividends shall remain subject to the Lien created by this Pledge Agreement.
Section 9.  Indemnity. In addition to and without limiting or impairing in any manner whatsoever Pledgor’s other obligations under this Pledge Agreement, Pledgor agrees to indemnify Agent and Secured Parties, and each of them, from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities growing out of or resulting from this Pledge Agreement (including, without limitation, enforcement of this Pledge), except claims, losses or liabilities resulting from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Section 10. Remedies Upon an Event of Default. During the continuance of an Event of Default:
(a) Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, is hereby authorized and empowered to transfer and register in its name or in the name of its nominee the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral, to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Pledged Shares for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations, to exercise the voting rights with respect thereto, to collect and receive all cash dividends and other distributions made thereon, to sell, in one or more sales after seven (7) days’ notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which a private sale is to take place (which notice Pledgor agrees is commercially reasonable), but without any previous notice or advertisement, the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral and to otherwise act with respect to the Pledged Collateral as though Agent was the outright owner thereof, Pledgor hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing Agent the proxy and attorney-in-fact of Pledgor, with full power of substitution to do so (which appointment is coupled with an interest);  provided, however,  Agent shall not have any duty to exercise any such right or to preserve the same and shall not be liable for any failure to do so or for any delay in doing so. Any sale shall be made at a public or private sale at such location as Agent may reasonably select, and Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties or for itself, or Secured Parties may be the purchaser of the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral so sold and hold the same thereafter in its or their own right free from any claim of Pledgor or any right of redemption. If at any time when the Secured Parties and Agent shall determine to exercise their right to sell all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and such Pledged Collateral or the part thereof to be sold shall not, for any reason whatsoever, be effectively registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as then in effect, the Secured Parties and Agent may, in their sole and absolute discretion, sell such Pledged Collateral or part thereof by private sale in such manner and under such circumstances as the Secured Parties and Agent may deem necessary or
 
6

advisable in order that such sale may legally be effected without such registration. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in any such event the Secured Parties and Agent, in their sole and absolute discretion (i) may proceed to make such private sale notwithstanding that a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (ii) may approach and negotiate with a single possible purchaser to effect such sale, and (iii) may restrict such sale to a purchaser who will represent and agree that such purchaser is purchasing for its own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or sale of such Pledged Collateral or part thereof. In the event of any such sale, the Secured Parties and Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price which they, in their sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might be realized if the sale were deferred until the registration as aforesaid. Except as otherwise herein specifically provided, Pledgor hereby waives demand of performance, notices of sale, advertisements, and the presence of the Pledged Collateral at any sale thereof. Any sale hereunder may be conducted by an auctioneer or any officer or agent of Agent.
(b) In the event of any sales hereunder, Agent shall, after deducting all costs or expenses of every kind (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and other legal expenses) for care, safekeeping, collection, sale, delivery, or otherwise, apply the residue of the proceeds of the sales to the payment or reduction, either in whole or in part, of the Obligations in accordance with the agreements and instruments governing and evidencing such Obligations, returning the surplus, if any, to Pledgor.
(c) Upon any sale of the Pledged Collateral by the Secured Parties and Agent hereunder (whether by virtue of the power of sale herein granted, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise), the receipt of the Secured Parties or Agent or the officer making such sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Pledged Collateral so sold, and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Secured Parties or Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication or nonapplication thereof.
(d) Nothing herein shall be construed to make the Secured Parties or Agent liable as a member of any limited liability company or as a partner of any partnership and neither the Secured Parties nor the Agent by virtue of this Pledge Agreement or otherwise (except as referred to in the following sentence) shall have any of the duties, obligations or liabilities of a member of any company, limited liability company or as a partner in any partnership. The parties hereto expressly agree that, unless the Secured Parties and Agent shall become the absolute owner of Pledged Collateral consisting of a company or limited liability company interest or a partnership interest pursuant hereto, this Pledge Agreement shall not be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture among the Secured Parties, Agent, Pledgor and/or any other Person.
(e) Except as provided in the last sentence of paragraph (e) of this Section 10, the Secured Parties and Agent, by accepting this Pledge Agreement, did not intend to become members of any company, limited liability company or a partner of any partnership or otherwise be deemed to be a co-venturer with respect to Pledgor, any company, limited liability company, partnership and/or any other Person either before or after an Event of Default shall have occurred.
 
7

(f) The Secured Parties and Agent shall not be obligated to perform or discharge any obligation of Pledgor as a result of the pledge hereby effected.
(g) The acceptance by the Secured Parties and Agent of this Pledge Agreement, with all the rights, powers, privileges and authority so created, shall not at any time or in any event obligate the Secured Parties or Agent to appear in or defend any action or proceeding relating to the Pledged Collateral to which it is not a party, or to take any action hereunder or thereunder, or to expend any money or incur any expenses or perform or discharge any obligation, duty or liability under the Pledged Collateral.
Section 11.  Termination of Lien. Upon the Discharge of Obligations, the Lien herein granted automatically shall be released, and Agent, at the cost and expense of the Pledgor, shall do and execute all such acts, things and instruments as are reasonably requested by Pledgor to effect such release.
Section 12.  Termination; Reinstatement. This Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Pledge Agreement are indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Aggregate Commitments and the Obligations are terminated (“ Discharge of Obligations ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Pledge Agreement shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Pledgor is made, or any of the Secured Parties exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any of the Secured Parties in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not the Secured Parties are in possession of or have released this Pledge Agreement and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of the Pledgor under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Pledge Agreement.
Section 13.  Insolvency. The voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets and liabilities, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, or other proceeding affecting Pledgor or the disaffirmance of any of the Loan Documents, or Pledgor’s obligations hereunder in any such proceeding, shall not release or discharge Pledgor from this Pledge Agreement.
Section 14.  Miscellaneous.
14.1 This Pledge Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Pledge Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written,
 
8

relating to the subject matter hereof. This Pledge Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the parties listed in the caption hereto and when the Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Pledge Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Pledge Agreement.
14.2 Notices. Any notice or other communication hereunder to any party shall be addressed and delivered (and shall be deemed given) in accordance with the Credit Agreement.
14.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Amendments.
(a) Secured Parties and Agent shall not be deemed to have waived any of their respective rights and remedies in respect of the Obligations or the Pledged Collateral unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and Secured Parties. No delay or omission on the part of the Agent or Secured Parties in exercising any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver of such right or remedy or any other right or remedy. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion.
(b) All rights and remedies of the Agent and Secured Parties with respect to the Obligations or the Pledged Collateral, whether evidenced hereby or by any other instrument or papers, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly, alternatively, successively or concurrently at such time or at such times as the Agent and/or Secured Parties deem expedient, and are not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.
(c) None of the terms or provisions of this Pledge Agreement may be altered, modified or amended except by an instrument in writing, duly executed by Pledgor, Secured Parties and Agent.
14.4 Severability. Any provision of this Pledge Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibitions or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
14.5 Expenses. Pledgor also agrees to pay all out of pocket expenses incurred by the Secured Parties (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Secured Parties), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Pledge Agreement.
14.6 Counterparts. This Pledge Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and either of the parties hereto may execute this Pledge Agreement by signing any such counterpart.
 
9

14.7 Successor and Assigns. This Pledge Agreement and all obligations of Pledgor hereunder shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Pledgor, and shall, together with the rights and remedies of Secured Parties or Agent hereunder, inure to the benefit of Secured Parties and Agent, any future holder of any Note and their respective successors and assigns. No sales of participations, other sales, assignments, transfers or other dispositions of any agreement governing or instrument evidencing the Obligations or any portion thereof or interest therein shall in any manner affect the Lien granted to Agent hereunder.
14.8 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION, ETC.
(a) THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION, AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OF THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTERESTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, OR THE REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY PLEDGED COLLATERAL ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN NEW YORK.
(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. PLEDGOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT AGAINST THE PLEDGOR OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(c) WAIVER OF VENUE. PLEDGOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
 
10

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. NOTHING IN THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
14.9 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
14.10 Headings. The headings of each section of this Pledge Agreement are for convenience only and shall not define or limit the provisions thereof.
14.11 Pledgor Receipt. The Pledgor acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Pledge Agreement.
 
11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pledgor has caused this Pledge Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED	
 	 	
By:	 	 	

Printed Name:	 	 	

Title:	 	 	

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:	
 	
TEXTAINER LIMITED	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	 	
Printed Name:	 	 	
 	 	 	
Title:	 	 	
APPROVEDAND ACCEPTED:
AGENT:
BANKOF AMERICA, N.A.

 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	 	
Printed Name:	 	 	
 	 	 	
Title:	 	 	

SCHEDULE I TO PLEDGE AGREEMENT

ISSUER	  	CLASS
O F
S HARES	  	SHARE
C ERTIFICATE
N UMBER	  	NUMBER
O F  S HARES	
Textainer Limited	  	Ordinary	  	#1	  	12,000	

Exhibit 8.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Name of Subsidiary	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization	  	Name under which Subsidiary does Business	
 	 	 	
Textainer Limited	  	Bermuda	  	Textainer Limited	
 	 	 	
Textainer Equipment Management Limited	  	Bermuda	  	Textainer Equipment Management Limited	
 	 	 	
Textainer Equipment Management (S) Pte Ltd	  	Singapore	  	Textainer Equipment Management (S) Pte Ltd	
 	 	 	
Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited	  	Delaware	  	Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited	
 	 	 	
Textainer Equipment Management (U.K.) Limited	  	United Kingdom	  	Textainer Equipment Management (U.K.) Limited	
 	 	 	
Textainer Marine Containers Limited	  	Bermuda	  	Textainer Marine Containers Limited	

Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
REQUIRED BY RULE 13A-14(A) OR RULE 15D-14(A)
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, John A. Maccarone, certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Textainer Group Holdings Limited;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:	
 
 	(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
5.	The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: March 16, 2009

/s/ JOHN A. MACCARONE	
John A. Maccarone	
President and Chief Executive Officer	
(Principal Executive Officer)	

Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
REQUIRED BY RULE 13A-14(A) OR RULE 15D-14(A)
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Ernest J. Furtado, certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Textainer Group Holdings Limited;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:	
 
 	(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
5.	The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: March 16, 2009

/s/ ERNEST J. FURTADO	
Ernest J. Furtado	
First Vice President, Senior Vice President,	
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary	
(Principal Financial Officer)	

Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
REQUIRED BY RULE 13A-14(B) AND SECTION 1350
OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code), the undersigned officer of Textainer Group Holdings Limited (the “ Company ”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
 
 	1.	The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 
 	2.	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: March 16, 2009

/s/ JOHN A. MACCARONE	
John A. Maccarone	
President and Chief Executive Officer	
(Principal Executive Officer)	

Exhibit 13.2
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
REQUIRED BY RULE 13A-14(B) AND SECTION 1350
OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code), the undersigned officer of Textainer Group Holdings Limited (the “ Company ”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
 
 	1.	The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 
 	2.	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: March 16, 2009

/s/ ERNEST J. FURTADO	
Ernest J. Furtado	
First Vice President, Senior Vice President,	
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary	
(Principal Financial Officer)	

Exhibit 15.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Textainer Group Holdings Limited:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333- 147961) on Form S-8 of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries of our reports dated March 16, 2009, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and the related financial statement schedules, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which reports appear in the December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 20-F of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries.

/s/ KPMG LLP	
 	
San Francisco, California	
March 16, 2009